London Borough of Sutton Local Development Framework

Development Plan Document

Site Development Policies

Planning and Transportation Environment and Leisure March 2012

Note: This document may be subject to minor corrections and formatting changes prior to printing.

Page Contents

ONE Introduction What is a Local Development Framework? Relationship between different LDF documents Structure of the Document

TWO Planning Policy Context Introduction National Planning Policy Regional Planning Policy The London Plan South London Sub-Regional Development Framework Sutton Strategy/Sutton Partnership Core Planning Strategy

THREE Development Management Policies Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment DM1 Character and Design DM2 Protecting Amenity DM3 Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4 Historic Environment

Achieving Environmental Sustainability DM5 Sustainable Design and Construction DM6 Climate Change Mitigation DM7 Flood Risk DM8 Climate Change Adaptation DM9 Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure DM10 Air Quality DM11 Contaminated Land DM12 Noise and Vibration

DM13 Light Pollution DM14 Hazardous Substances DM15 Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land DM16 Open Space DM17 Biodiversity, Habitats and Species DM18 Agricultural Land and Diversity

Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility DM19 Promoting Sustainable Transport and Accessibility DM20 Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development DM21 New Development and the Highway Network DM22 Parking

Developing Active, Healthy and Inclusive Communities DM23 Loss of Housing DM24 Conversions DM25 Maximising Affordable Housing Provision DM26 Housing Mix DM27 Communal Accommodation DM28 Gypsy and Traveller Site Provision DM29 Housing Standards DM30 Housing and Back Garden Land DM31 Social and Community Infrastructure DM32 Telecommunications

Encouraging Enterprise and Employment DM33 Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM34 Other Land in Industrial Use DM35 Development in Town and Local Centres DM36 Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversion or Redevelopment DM37 Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM38 Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres DM39 Local Shopping provision outside Town and Local Centres DM40 Minerals

DM41 Site Allocations

FOUR Site Allocations Housing Supply Other Housing Matters Employment Retail and Town Centre Uses Open Spaces Education Health, Well Being and Recreation Sustainability Issues Transport Infrastructure Figure 1: Location of Sutton Town Centre Allocations Figure 2: Location of Site Allocations Outside the Town Centre Site Allocations Schedule

FIVE Implementation and Monitoring Implementation Monitoring

APPENDICES (See separate document)

Appendix 1 Improving the Street Scene and Living Environment

Appendix 2 Achieving Environmental Sustainability

Appendix 3 Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility

Appendix 4 Developing Active, Healthy & Inclusive Communities

Appendix 5 Encouraging Enterprise & Employment

Appendix 6 Schedule of International, National and Regional Guidance

Appendix 7 Glossary of Terms

The Relationship of Development Management Policies with the Core Planning Strategy

The Site Development Policies DPD is one of the main delivery vehicles for the vision and objectives set out in the Core Planning Strategy. On many topics, the policies in this document provide additional detail and guidance on how the approach set out in the Core Planning Strategy will be implemented through decisions on planning applications. Therefore, the two documents should be read in conjunction.

The table below has been provided for guidance purposes to show how the policies in this document relate to policies in the Core Planning Strategy. It should be noted that some Development Management policies will contribute to implementing a number of Core Planning Strategy policies. The table only deals with direct relationships between Core Planning Strategy policies and Development Management policies.

Core Planning Strategy Policy Principal Development Management Policies

PMP1: Housing Provision DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM41: Site Allocations PMP2: Suburban Heartlands DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm PMP3: Community Regeneration DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Areas and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure PMP4: Main Locations for Industry DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM34: Other Land in Industrial Use DM35: Development in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP5: Wandle Valley DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM40: Minerals PMP6: Sutton Town Centre DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport

DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM1 - Character and Design; DM4 - Historic Environment; DM5 – Environmental Sustainability; DM16 – Open Space; DM21 – New Development and the Highway Network; DM22 – Parking; and DM41 – Site Allocations PMP7: Hackbridge DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM16: Open Space DM19: Promoting Sustainable Transport DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM33: Strategic and Established Industrial Locations DM35: Development in Town Centres DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP8: Other District and Local DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Centres and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment DM24: Conversions DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM35: Development in Town Centres DM36: Office Provision through Mixed Use Conversions or Redevelopment DM37: Shopping Frontages in Town Centres DM38: Promoting Local Shopping Provision in Local Centres DM41: Site Allocations PMP9: The Open Spaces Network DM15: Green Belt/Metropolitan Open Land DM16: Open Space DM17: Biodiversity DM29: Housing Standards DM41: Site Allocations

BP1: Housing Density DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM23: Loss of Housing DM24: Conversions DM35: Development in Town Centres BP2: Affordable Housing DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision BP3: Gypsy and Traveller Sites DM28: Gypsy and Traveller Sites BP4: Education and Skills DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DM41: Site Allocations BP5: Improving Health and Well- DM19: Promoting Sustainable Being Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure BP6: One Planet Living DM5: Sustainable Design and Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM8: Climate Change Adaptation BP7: Flood Risk & Climate Change DM5: Sustainable Design and Adaptation Construction DM6: Climate Change Mitigation DM7: Flood Risk DM8: Climate Change Adaptation DM9: Water Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure BP8: Waste Reduction & See South London Joint Waste Management Plan BP9: Enabling Smarter Travel DM19: Promoting Sustainable Choices: an Area-Based Approach Transport DM41: Site Allocations BP10: Transport: Strategic and DM19: Promoting Sustainable Borough-wide Proposals Transport DM21: New Development and the Highway Network BP11: Leisure & Cultural DM31: Social and Community Development Infrastructure BP12: Good Urban Design & DM1: Character and Design Heritage DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment BP13: Taller Buildings DM1: Character and Design DM2: Protecting Amenity DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene and Public Realm DM4: Historic Environment

DP1: Effective Partnership Working DM41: Site Allocations DP2: Planning Obligations DM20: Assessing the Transport Impact of New Development DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM25: Maximising Affordable Housing Provision DP3: Infrastructure Requirements & DM3: Enhancing the Street Scene Delivery and Public Realm DM21: New Development and the Highway Network DM31: Social and Community Infrastructure DP4: Plan Monitoring & Review See Chapter Five

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Introduction

guiding and controlling new development. It identifies broad locations for new development

to meet the needs of the ONE Borough, such as housing, employment, retail, leisure, community, essential public services and transport. The Core Planning Strategy was formally adopted on 7 December 2009. All other DPDs and SPDs must be consistent with the Core Planning Introduction Strategy. 1.3 The Site Development Policies What is a Local Development DPD both identifies a range of Framework? sites to meet the development 1.1 The Planning and Compulsory needs of the Borough and puts Purchase Act 2004 requires forward policies for managing local authorities to produce a development across the Local Development Framework Borough, in accordance with (LDF), which comprises a the Core Planning Strategy. portfolio of documents rather 1.4 The South London Waste DPD, than a single document. The jointly prepared by the LDF sets out the spatial boroughs of Croydon, Kingston, strategy, and policies and Merton and Sutton, is to be proposals for the development adopted in March 2012. and other use of land. Sutton‟s 1.5 The Council has produced a LDF together with the London range of SPDs which are Plan, will form the statutory intended to provide detailed Development Plan for the guidance on issues in DPDs, Borough, guiding change over such as affordable housing or the next 10 to 15 years. urban design. Relationship between different Structure of the Document LDF documents 1.6 Chapter 2 deals with the 1.2 Sutton‟s LDF comprises a planning policy context to the number of Development Plan preparation of this DPD. Documents (DPDs) and Supplementary Planning 1.7 Chapter 3 puts forward planning Documents (SPDs). The Core policies for managing future Planning Strategy is the most development in the Borough, in significant DPD in that it sets accordance with the long-term out the key elements of the vision, strategic objectives and planning framework for Sutton, policies set out in the Core consisting of the long-term Planning Strategy. vision and strategic objectives 1.8 Chapter 4 includes a schedule for the Borough, together with of site allocations. The schedule broad policies for shaping the details individual sites and the future of the Borough and for

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 1

type of development the Council would like to be built on each site. Table 4.6 provides a summary of the allocated sites. 1.9 Chapter 5 sets out in general terms how the Council will work to implement the Core Planning Strategy and this document. It sets out a monitoring framework showing how the Development Management policies relate to the Core Policies and relevant Strategic Objectives. It also shows how performance to achieve the objectives will be measured through the use of indicators and targets and how this will be reported.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 2

A city that meets the challenges of economic and population growth;

TWO An internationally competitive and accessible city; A city of diverse, strong, secure and accessible neighbourhoods; A city that delights the senses; A city that becomes a world leader in improving the environment; and Planning Policy A city where it is easy, safe and conveneint for everyone Context to access jobs, opportunities 2.1 This document has taken into and facilities. account a number of other 2.4 This document is in general plans, strategies and conformity with the London Plan documents at the national, and for ease makes cross regional and local level into references to appropriate 2011 account in its formulation. It London Plan policies. reflects the range of objectives, policies and guidance contained South London Sub-Regional within these documents. Framework National Planning Policy 2.5 The 2008 London Plan altered the boundaries of the South 2.2 The Government has produced London Sub-Region and a number of planning policy changed the Sub-Regional statements and documents Development Frameworks into which have been taken into Sub-Regional Implementation account in the preparation of Frameworks to be more this document. A list of the focused on policy relevant national guidance is implementation. Previously, provided at Appendix 6. Sutton was located within the Regional Planning Policy South London sub-region comprising the boroughs of London Plan (October 2011) Sutton, Merton, Kingston, 2.3 During preparation of this Croydon, Bromley and document the Mayor of London Richmond. The London was progressing with a review Planaltered the boundaries to of the 2008 London Plan. In include Sutton within a South July 2011 the replacement West London sub-region London Plan was adopted and comprising Sutton, Merton, set out the following six Kingston, Croydon, Richmond, objectives for London: Wandsworth and Lambeth. This change was made to align the sub-regional structure more

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 3 Borough Context Borough Context

closely with the structure used Young People's Partnership; by other strategic service the Safer Sutton Partnership delivery agencies in London. Board; the Economic Renewal and Housing Partnership; the Sutton Strategy/Sutton Sustainable Living Themed Partnership Partnership; the Community 2.6 The Sutton Strategy 2009-20 Engagement Partnership; and (also known as the Sustainable the Sutton Adults Partnership. Community Strategy) sets out a Core Planning Strategy vision to “create a sustainable suburb in London where the 2.9 The Core Planning Strategy quality of life is better than any seeks to deliver the spatial other part of the capital”. The aspects set out in the Strategy will be used to help Sustainable Community promote the social and Strategy. The key elements of economic well-being of the the Core Planning Strategy are: people of Sutton. Creating a sustainable suburb by 2024; 2.7 The Sutton Partnership is the Borough's overarching strategic Sutton town centre will be the partnership, bringing together main focus for the public sector organisations like development of high quality the Council, the Metropolitan commercial, residential and Police Service and the Primary cultural facilities and will Care Trust; private benefit from improved public organisations such as local transport infrastructure and businesses; and voluntary and provide a high quality community organisations. The environment; Sutton Partnership is The retail and employment responsible for delivering the offer of all the district centres Sutton Strategy 2009-20, which will be strengthened and, sets out the Borough‟s shared where necessary, renewed, vision for the future and the providing a sustainable Borough‟s commitment to distribution of and access to a creating a fairer, safer and wide range of services; greener Borough. The Sutton Hackbridge will be the focus Strategy contains the Council‟s for a flagship sustainable Local Area Agreement. The regeneration project that agreement, negotiated between brings about the renewal of the Sutton Partnership and the the fabric of the area through Government, comprises 25 environmentally innovative targets covering 2008-11 which mixed-use redevelopment the Council is working to schemes; achieve. Some employment land will be developed to meet the 2.8 The Partnership's activities are Borough‟s housing needs and co-ordinated by a central board requirements of the London - the Sutton Partnership Board - Plan. However, to secure a which is chaired by the Leader balance between houses and of the Council. Its membership jobs, the Council will provide is drawn from six themed for the intensification of the partnerships: the Children &

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 4

Borough‟s Strategic & Established Industrial Locations for appropriate employment-generating uses; The attractive character and environment of the suburban heartlands, including the heritage assets of the Borough, will be safeguarded;

As a sustainable suburb, there will be a range of excellent and accessible services and facilities to meet the social, economic and environmental needs of the community and that include the provision of a new Stanley Park High School and better health care

facilities; The communities within the Little Woodcote and Cuddington areas will continue to be protected by national and regional Green Belt policy; A network of accessible open spaces will be maintained across the Borough and the

Council will support the development of the Wandle Valley Regional Park; and Biodiversity and important habitats will be enhanced in line with London and Local Biodiversity Action Plans.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 5

development control polices, which could be repetitive and quickly become out-of-date. The focus, instead, should be generic policies such as protecting residential amenity etc. Furthermore, policies THREE should not repeat national policy statements but should explain how they apply to the local area. Policies should define clearly the circumstances in which planning permission will, or will not, be granted and should focus on achieving the

outcomes required to meet the Development authority‟s spatial vision. Management Policies 3.4 Therefore, in accordance with guidance, this document Introduction contains a set of generic, 3.1 The purpose of this part of the criteria-based, development document is to put forward management policies that are detailed development relevant to the consideration of management policies that will all types of development support the policies in the Core proposals. These policies deal Planning Strategy by ensuring with matters such as character that new development is in and design, impact on amenity, accordance with the spatial access etc. where the impact of vision for the Borough. most forms of development proposals can be assessed 3.2 Community and Local against a range of common Government‟s (CLG‟s) Planning criteria. However, where more Policy Statement 12 „Local specific considerations are Spatial Planning‟ (2008) states required in relation to certain that in order to aid the delivery forms of development (e.g. of sustainable development, housing, employment), local authorities may prepare additional specific land use other development plan policies are also included. documents to provide additional 3.5 All policies set out in this detail that would not be suitable document are interdependent, in a core planning strategy and along with those set out in the that require the status of the Core Planning Strategy, and must development plan. be read together in order to 3.3 The previous Planning Policy understand their combined effect Statement 12 „Local on any planning proposal. Development Frameworks‟ Similarly, proposals need to take (2004) advised local authorities into account government against producing a guidance as set out in relevant compendium of use-related Planning Policy Statements

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 6

(PPSs) and relevant policies of Improving the Street Scene and the London Plan 2011, which Living Environment forms part of the Development Plan for Sutton. This is important Policy DM1 - Character and Design because the guidance and Background policies contained therein are not 3.9 PPS1 „Delivering Sustainable included within this document. Development‟ (2008) states that While, in some cases, reference local authorities should plan may be made to such guidance positively for the achievement or policies in this document, of high quality and inclusive responsibility rests with the design for all development, applicant to check whether they including individual buildings, contain any relevant information public and private spaces and that might be appropriate to the wider area development consideration of a particular schemes. Good design should development proposal. contribute positively to making 3.6 The Council will also, where places better for people. Design appropriate, seek planning that is inappropriate in its obligations from developments, in context, or fails to take accordance with Core Policy DP2 opportunities available for (Planning Obligations) and the improving the character and Council‟s „Planning Obligations‟ quality of an area and the way it SPD (2007). functions, should not be accepted. It further states that 3.7 The policies have been grouped local authorities should prepare according to the five key robust policies on design and Themes of the Core Planning access. Therefore, in Strategy: accordance with PPS1, London Improving the Streetscene Plan Policy 7.4 (Local and Living Environment; Character), Core Planning Achieving Environmental Strategy Strategic Objective 17 Sustainability; and Core Policies BP12 (Good Promoting Sustainable Urban Design and Heritage) Transport and Accessibility; and BP13 (Taller Buildings), the Developing Active, Healthy Council will apply the following and Inclusive Communities; policy: and Policy DM1 - Character and Design Encouraging Enterprise and Employment. Planning permission will only be granted for development that 3.8 Each policy or group of policies maintains and enhances the local includes: character and appearance of the The background to the need surrounding area. Accordingly, new for a local policy, including development, including extensions, will any relevant national or be expected to: regional policy context; Respect and retain, where possible, The wording of the policy; existing landforms and natural and features of the site, including trees The reasoned of amenity value, hedges and other justification/amplification of landscape features, and make the policy.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 7

suitable provision for high quality sustainable living. additional landscaping; Justification Be of a scale, massing and height 3.10 In order to respond to the that is appropriate to the setting of incremental nature of the the site and/or townscape function. development process, this The areas considered as having policy seeks to ensure that potential for taller buildings are development proposals are not shown on the Proposals Map and designed in isolation from their are set out in Appendix 1; context and that they make a Take the opportunity for positive contribution to the improvement within an area of poor context in which they are character, by creating development located. In accordance with of distinctive quality on suitable PPS1, it is considered that the sites; design of all new development; Complement or improve the how it makes use of natural character of the area through the features of the site; and how the use of high quality architectural site is successfully integrated design and layouts, ensuring into the local area, are integration with the surrounding land fundamental planning and buildings, together with the use considerations. However, new of high quality materials; development does not always Protect any important local views have to replicate the form of and create new ones wherever existing development and the possible; Council will welcome innovative Create attractive, functional and design solutions, particularly clearly defined private and public within areas of poor townscape space and ensure the design quality to improve the local provides for natural surveillance of environment. the latter; 3.11 Core Policy BP1 sets out the Create convenient, safe and visually Council‟s approach towards attractive areas for car and cycle housing density which indicates parking without dominating the that within the context of local development or its surroundings; site characteristics higher Meet the highest standards of density development will be accessibility and inclusion and, supported within town centres. wherever possible, ensure the The Council considers that the development is linked to existing only location within the Borough pedestrian, cycle and public within which the Mayor‟s central transport networks; density ranges should be Ensure that the design and layout of applied is to the core area of the development incorporates Sutton town centre. design principles that deter crime Accordingly, the boundaries of and reduce the fear of crime; this area are identified on the Provide high quality hard and soft Proposals Map and are set out landscape treatment of the space in Figure 1. However, the around buildings, designed as an Council will seek to protect the integral part of the development existing human scale and scheme; character of Sutton High Street Optimise the use of natural and itself in line with the overall technological measures to increase

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 8

design aspirations for Sutton the urban design principles in town centre currently set out in Core Policy BP12 and Policy the Sutton Town Centre Urban DM1 and which will ensure: Design Framework (Gillespies, Specific guidelines for each 2009), which will be updated Quarter which secure the through the preparation of a development of different specific Sutton Town Centre character areas that Urban Design SPD. encourage diversity and 3.12 Those areas where the Council interest. A brief resume of considers taller buildings could each of the Quarters is set form part of any future new out in Appendix 5; development in accordance Exemplary development with Core Policy BP13 (Taller which creates a quality visual Buildings) are shown on the experience through street Proposals Map and are set out and building design, in Appendix 1 Maps 1.40 – revealing and creating 1.47. Whilst Areas of Taller landmarks that contribute to Building Potential have been the town centre‟s identity; identified in Sutton town centre, An improved public realm the Council will seek to protect that enhances the the existing human scale and connections between spaces, character of Sutton High Street landmarks and destinations; itself. Applications for taller and buildings should be A clear structure of routes, accompanied by a design specifically for pedestrians statement, which demonstrates and cyclists, reducing how the proposal meets the existing barriers to movement criteria set out in Core Policy and establishing an attractive BP13. „visitor circuit‟. In advance of an SPD specific 3.13 Generally, outside of the to Sutton town entre the Council designated Areas of Taller will have regard to the Sutton Building Potential, the Borough Town Centre Urban Design is characterised by Framework prepared by development that is of two and Gillespies in 2009. three storeys. The amplification to Core Policy BP13 indicates 3.15 The Council will also expect the that these areas are therefore design of new developments to sensitive to the development of take every opportunity to retain taller buildings. Accordingly, an important natural features of the exceptional case would have to site such as existing trees and be made by applicants for any hedgerows and will require the proposal for development, submission and implementation which is four storeys and above of detailed landscaping outside of the Areas of Taller schemes. Planting schemes Building Potential. should, wherever possible, use native and indigenous species. 3.14 The Council will prepare urban All planning applications for design guidelines for Sutton new development, except town centre as an SPD in order householder applications, must to complement and augment be accompanied by a Design

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 9

and Access Statement which, Objective 17 promotes a safe amongst other things, shows and attractive living how the development can be environment for all by improving successfully integrated into its the design and layout of surroundings. The Council‟s buildings and public spaces „Urban Design Guide‟ SPD throughout the Borough. (2008) sets out a range of Policy DM2 - Protecting Amenity detailed design guidance that should be considered when The Council will not grant planning preparing new development permission for any development that proposals. adversely affects the amenities of future occupiers or those currently 3.16 Promoting good design and occupying adjoining or nearby layout in new development is properties, or has an unacceptable one of the most important ways impact on the surrounding area. In in which the Council can assessing the impact of the proposed address crime issues. Good development, the Council will take into designs and layouts make consideration the following: crimes more difficult to commit, Overlooking causing loss of privacy increase the likelihood of and how this is addressed by design detection of criminal activity, or separation; and, improve perceptions of safety. The Council‟s „Designing Outlook/sense of enclosure; out Crime‟ SPD (2005) provides Sunlight, daylight, overshadowing guidance to ensure that all and the need for artificial light; development proposals apply Noise and vibration levels and times the principles of designing out when such disturbances are likely to crime. occur; Odours, smoke, fumes, dust, litter 3.17 Policy DM5 (Sustainable accumulation, refuse collection/ Design and Construction) sets storage and exterior lighting; out how the Council will The effect of traffic movement to, promote sustainable design and from and within the site and car construction. parking; Policy DM2 - Protecting Amenity Microclimate (the climate of a very Background small or restricted area); 3.18 PPS1 „Delivering Sustainable The ability to and the effect of being Development‟ states that able to change use within the same policies should seek to protect Use Class (as set out in the Town and enhance the quality, and Country Planning (General character and amenity value of Permitted Development Order) the countryside and the urban (1995)) without the need to obtain areas as a whole and Planning planning consent. PPS4 „Planning for Sustainable Justification Economic Growth‟ (2009) states 3.19 In accordance with national that local authorities should guidance, it is considered prepare planning policies to important that this policy needs help manage the evening and to protect both the future late night economy in occupiers of any development, appropriate centres. Core as well as those occupying Planning Strategy Strategic properties in the vicinity. Such a

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 10

policy also needs to assess not Policy DM3 - Enhancing the Street just the impact of locating new Scene and Public Realm residential development within (a) The Council will expect all new an urban or suburban area but development to contribute positively to to consider the impact of more the street scene in terms of the design intrusive uses, notably and appearance of any buildings and associated with the evening the public realm and may require the economy. As well as taking into provision of public art, as set out in the account the matters set out in Council‟s „Planning Obligations‟ SPD this policy, the Council will have (2007) (see paragraphs 7.6-7.12 regard to the Mayor‟s „Environmental Improvements to the „Managing the Night Time Public Realm‟ and 9.35-9.39 „Public Economy‟ Best Practice Art‟). Guidance (2007) when

considering applications of this (b) In shopping centres, the Council nature, in order to minimise will grant planning permission for a their impact on adjoining new or alterations to an existing shop occupiers and the surrounding front provided it: area. In considering noise and Respects the character and vibration matters, the Council appearance of the building in which will apply Policy DM12 (Noise it is located and surrounding and Vibration). shopping premises; Policy DM3 - Enhancing the Street Is of a high standard of design Scene and Public Realm appropriate to its location; and Background Complies with other relevant 3.20 Public art can make a guidance in the Council‟s „Urban substantial contribution to the Design Guide‟ SPD (2008). enhancement of public spaces and give them identity, both as (c) Within main industrial areas, new an integral part of the space development should contribute to the itself (e.g. through a landmark enhancement of the appearance of the or sculpture) and as part of the public realm in the vicinity of the site buildings that surround the and, where appropriate, contribute to space. London Plan Policy 4.6 any wider proposal of benefit to the (Support for and Enhancement industrial area. New development will of Art, Culture, Sport and not be allowed unless it is of a high Entertainment Provision) sets standard of design and suitably out the Mayor‟s support for and landscaped. Open storage will not be enhancement of culture, sport permitted if it would be visually and entertainment provision, intrusive or would result in the loss of and Core Policy BP12 (Good operational space. Urban Design and Heritage) seeks to create a sense of (d) In residential areas the Council will, welcome by seeking to ensure wherever possible, not allow the that development, amongst following type of development where it other things, includes public art. would detract from the character of the area: The unacceptable reducing or closing of the gap between properties thereby creating a terrace

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 11

or a terracing effect; 3.22 Policy DM33 (Strategic and The loss of important front walls, Established Industrial railings, hedges or trees fronting the Locations) provides further street; guidance on both environmental Developments that seek to pave and transport improvements front gardens for hardstanding, that will be required arising from unless they accord with the criteria new developments within the set out in the GLG „Guidance on the main industrial areas. permeable surfacing of front Policy DM4 - Historic Environment gardens‟ (2008). Background (e) The Council will not grant planning 3.23 The Government indicates in permission for advertisements that are PPS1 „Delivering Sustainable detrimental to the visual quality of the Development‟ that one of the Borough or do not meet public safety four aims for sustainable requirements. In particular, development is effective advertisements must respect the protection of the environment. design of the building on which they In accordance with guidance in are erected and the character and PPS5 „Planning for the Historic amenity of the surrounding area, as Environment‟ (2010) and the well as complying with other relevant London Plan, the preservation guidance set out in the Council‟s of London‟s heritage assets and „Urban Design Guide‟ SPD. settings are material considerations when Justification determining planning 3.21 This policy is not specifically applications. restricted to the provision of public art, but indicates how the 3.24 The Council‟s „Heritage Report Council will be likely to consider of Studies‟ (2008) identifies the proposals for new criteria for the designation of developments that are conservation areas, along with considered to have a particular the local criteria for the impact on the public realm. The identification of areas of special public realm is any part of a local character and locally listed site, area, village, town or city buildings. It also sets out the that everyone can use and results of a comprehensive enjoy, including streets, review of the heritage assets of squares and parks. It is very the Borough and recommends important for pedestrian a number of boundary movement because it connects amendments to conservation various places and buildings. areas and areas of special local The Council would like the character, together with the public realm to be vibrant, designation of a number of attractive, easy to move through additional areas of special local and find one‟s way around and character. In addition, in 2010 be free from clutter. The the Council undertook a Council‟s „Urban Design Guide‟ comprehensive review of SPD includes guidance on buildings and structures to be matters such as the public identified on the Local List. realm, shop fronts and Boundaries and additional advertisements. areas/sites are shown in

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 12

Appendix 1. quality, including historic views and 3.25 In accordance with Strategic vistas. Objective 16 and Core Policy BP12 (Good Urban Design and (e) The Council will grant planning Heritage) and in order to permission for development within safeguard the distinctive archaeological priority areas (as suburban character of the shown on the Proposals Map) if Borough, the Council will apply accompanied by an archaeological the following policy: evaluation, which assesses the archaeological implications of the Policy DM4 - Historic Environment development and which proposes (a) The Council will grant planning effective mitigation measures to permission for development that safeguard the area from adverse preserves and enhances the character development. The Council will expect and appearance of conservation areas the applicant to have sought pre- (as shown on the Proposals Map). The application advice from the Greater Council will refuse applications for the London Archaeological Advisory demolition of locally listed (as set out Service before submitting an in Appendix 1) and unlisted buildings archaeological evaluation. Where of merit (set out in Conservation Area mitigation includes archaeological Character Appraisals) where the loss excavation, a scheme should be of such buildings would adversely submitted for the excavation, analysis, affect the character or appearance of a publication and archive deposition of conservation area, and where there is the records made, and for the public no permission for an appropriate dissemination of the results, to further replacement building. The Council will understanding. also require landscaped areas, gardens, trees, hedges and boundary (f) New development should be treatments that form an integral part of designed in a way that respects the a conservation area, to be retained as setting and reinforces the part of any redevelopment. distinctiveness of the adjoining heritage designation. (b) The Council will grant planning permission for development in areas of Justification special local character (as shown on 3.26 The Council will keep its the Proposals Map) that respects the heritage assets under review. key elements that contribute to the The Council has produced character of the area. character appraisals that identify and analyse the special (c) The Council will safeguard and architectural and historic encourage the preservation and interest of four of its enhancement of the character and conservation areas, and has appearance of locally listed buildings prepared management plans and structures and will promote their (which identify environmental status for inclusion on the national list. improvement schemes and funding arrangements and (d) Within historic parks and gardens detailed policy guidance) for (as shown on the Proposals Map), Sutton Garden Suburb and development proposals must respect Wallington Green Conservation the special historic character and Areas. Character appraisals will

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 13

be prepared, in accordance with evidence to justify why consent the English Heritage/Planning should be granted. Advisory Service best practice, 3.29 Historic buildings are an for all the other conservation irreplaceable part of our history areas and the Council will and contribute to the local prepare management plans as character of the Borough. SPDs where required. In Therefore, while the planning accordance with PPS5 the system provides protection to Council will require applicants prevent inappropriate changes to submit Statements of to listed buildings, loss of Significance when applying for historic and architectural fabric development proposals which can also occur if they are affect a heritage asset. The neglected and allowed to level of detail required should decay. Consequently, the be proportionate to the Council will adopt a flexible importance of the heritage approach towards the change asset and should be sufficient of use of a listed building, to understand the potential providing this is the only course impact of the proposal on the of action in order to secure the significance of the heritage building‟s survival. asset. 3.30 Three listed buildings in Sutton 3.27 The Council has undertaken an are on English Heritage‟s appraisal of the crossroads „Buildings at Risk Register‟ area in Sutton town centre and, (2009): the Orangery Wall in with the support of English Beddington; the Hermitage in Heritage, has designated a new Carshalton; and, the Grotto in conservation area stretching Carshalton Park. Restoration from Sutton Station northwards strategies have been prepared to Trinity Square. In view of the for the Orangery and the Grotto, fact that four of the Borough‟s which are owned by the town and district centres are Council. now identified as conservation areas, the Council will prepare 3.31 Mitigation measures required to an SPD to provide specific safeguard the archaeological detailed guidelines on new shop assets will normally be secured fronts and advertisements in by way of planning condition, conservation areas however in certain circumstances it may be 3.28 The Council will exercise a necessary to secure these by presumption in favour of the way of planning obligation, in conservation of designated accordance with the Council‟s heritage assets in accordance „Planning Obligations‟ SPD with the requirements of PPS5 (2007). (Policy HE9). Consequently, consent for substantial or total demolition of a listed building will only be granted in the most exceptional circumstances and only where the applicant has provided the Council with clear

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 14

Achieving Environmental by 2016. Mandatory minimum Sustainability performance standards are set at all six levels of the Code in Policy DM5 - Sustainable Design and relation to the dwelling emission Construction rate (ENE1)3 and indoor water Background use (WAT1)4. Minimum 3.32 The updated Code for standards are also set at Code Sustainable Homes (CLG1, entry level for materials, surface November 2010) is a national water runoff and waste, which standard for assessing and must be achieved to gain at certifying the sustainability least a Level 1 rating. The performance of new dwellings remaining two issues with at both the design stage mandatory requirements are (leading to an interim certificate) Fabric Energy Efficiency and at the post-construction (ENE2)5 and Lifetime Homes stage (leading to a final (HEA4) which apply at Code certificate). The Code assigns Levels 5 and 6 and at Code assessment criteria, targets and Level 6 respectively. associated credits for a range of 3.34 For non-residential issues falling under the developments, the Building following categories: Research Establishment (BRE) Energy and carbon dioxide has established a range of emissions; BREEAM6 schemes for rating Water; the environmental performance Materials; of different building types, which Surface water run-off; are reviewed and updated on a Waste; regular basis. BREEAM 20087 Pollution; introduced a number of major Health and well-being; changes, including a new Management; and „Outstanding‟ rating for Ecology. buildings demonstrating exemplary performance, 3.33 The Code uses a 6-star rating mandatory benchmarks for system, with the highest rating reducing carbon dioxide (Code Level 6) reflecting emissions aligned with exemplar „zero carbon‟2 Environmental Performance development. The Code is Certificate (EPC) ratings and designed to form the basis for

future improvements in the 3 Building Regulations towards the percentage reduction in carbon dioxide emissions (kgCO2/m²/year) compared to the target meeting the Government‟s emission rate (TER) set by Building Regulations target of achieving zero carbon 2010 (Part L) based on the Government‟s standard standards in all new dwellings Assessment Procedure (SAP 2009) 4 litres per person per day (l/p/day) 5 kWh/m2/year 1 Department for Communities and Local 6 Building Research Establishment Government Environmental Assessment Method (see 2 the Government‟s revised definition of a „zero www.breeam.org) carbon‟ home, announced in May 2011, covers only 7 BREEAM 2011, which replaced BREEAM those emissions which fall within the scope of the 2008 on 1 July 2011 consolidates the separate Building Regulations (heating, fixed cooling, hot schemes into one single and concise version water and lighting) for new buildings

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 15

requirements for post- making efficient use of natural construction assessment. resources, avoiding pollution, 3.35 Government guidance in the minimising waste, avoiding Supplement to PPS1 „Planning impacts from natural hazards and Climate Change‟ (2007) (such as flooding), ensuring indicates that local developments are comfortable requirements for sustainable and secure for users, securing buildings should be defined in sustainable procurement of terms of achievement of materials, using local supplies nationally described sustainable where feasible and protecting buildings standards, such as biodiversity and green specified levels of the Code for infrastructure. Sustainable Homes. Local 3.37 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet planning authorities are Living) includes a commitment encouraged to anticipate levels to promoting the highest of building sustainability in standards of sustainable design advance of those set out and construction in line with the nationally where local Council‟s timescales for circumstances warrant and achieving higher levels of allow this. performance against the Code 3.36 Policy 5.3 (Sustainable Design for Sustainable Homes and and Construction) of the BREEAM standards to be set London Plan seeks to achieve out in the Site Development the highest standards of Policies DPD. sustainable design and 3.38 As part of the Vision of a „One construction across London in Planet Living‟ Borough, Sutton„s order to improve the „One Planet Action Plan‟ environmental performance of (December 2009) sets out a new development. range of targets including the Development proposals should Council‟s long-term aim of demonstrate that sustainable achieving zero carbon from design standards are integral to buildings and sustainable the proposal, including its transport across the Borough by construction and operation, and 2025. In addition to specific ensure that they are considered targets for reducing carbon at the beginning of the design dioxide emissions (see Policy process. Major development DM6), further sustainable proposals should meet the design and construction targets minimum standards outlined in are set for: the Mayor‟s SPG on All new homes to have Sustainable Design and maximum water use of 80 Construction,8 including litres per person per day measures to minimise carbon (l/p/day) by 2016; dioxide emissions, avoiding All new development to use overheating and contribution to 5% reclaimed materials, 25% the urban heat island effect, recycled content, 50% local 9 materials and 95% FSC 8 the Mayor‟s Sustainable Design and certified timber by 2012; Construction SPG (2006)is due to be updated shortly 9 Forest Stewardship Council

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 16

95% of construction and development in accordance with demolition waste to be Policy DM8 (Climate Change reclaimed or recycled by Adaptation); 2025; and reducing water consumption through Biodiversity to be improved water efficiency measures in on 50% of major accordance with Policy DM9 (Water developments by 2025. Supply, Water Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure); 3.39 Therefore, in accordance with minimising the adverse impacts of the Supplement to PPS1, the water, air, soil, noise and light policies of the London Plan, pollution during both construction and Core Policy BP6 and the the lifetime of the development in Council‟s „One Planet Action accordance with Policies DM10 (Air Plan‟: Quality) to DM13 (Light Pollution); Policy DM5 - Sustainable making more efficient use of Design and Construction resources and reducing lifecycle impacts of construction materials; The Council will promote the highest minimising waste and promoting standards of sustainable design and sustainable management of construction throughout the Borough construction wastes on-site; by: promoting waste segregation and requiring all new residential recycling by providing appropriate on- developments to achieve code for site facilities as part of new sustainable Homes Level 4 from developments; 2011; protecting, managing and enhancing requiring all residential conversions local habitats and biodiversity; and and changes of use, where creating inclusive environments and appropriate, to achieve BREEAM ensuring that all developments are Eco-Homes (or equivalent) „very comfortable and secure for users, in good‟ from 2011 and „excellent‟ from accordance with Policy DM1 2014; (Character and Design). requiring all major non-residential developments to achieve a Justification sustainability rating under the 3.40 In seeking to promote the highest appropriate BREEAM scheme (or standards of sustainable design equivalent) of „excellent‟ from 2011 and construction throughout the and „outstanding‟ from 2017; Borough, the Council considers reducing carbon dioxide emissions that Policy DM5 is consistent with from development in order to make Government guidance, the relevant the fullest contribution to the policies of the London Plan and mitigation of climate change in Core Policy BP6. Furthermore, accordance with Policy DM6 (Climate Policy DM5, together with Policies Change Mitigation); DM6-DM14, are fundamental to minimising all sources of flood risk to achieving the Council‟s „One and from all development in Planet Living‟ Vision, in particular accordance with Policy DM7 (Flood by setting minimum standards of Risk); performance against the Code for Sustainable Homes and the incorporating appropriate climate relevant BREEAM scheme for change adaptation measures, residential and major non- including green roofs, in all

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 17

residential developments interim certificate. Planning respectively. applications should also include a 3.41 All planning applications for new commitment to undertake post dwellings or major non-residential construction stage assessment developments should be and to achieve final certification accompanied by a Sustainable under the Code prior to occupation Design and Construction of the development. The Council Statement, either as part of the will set conditions as appropriate to Design and Access Statement or ensure that these requirements are prepared as a separate document, met. showing how the proposed 3.43 Likewise, major non-residential development complies with each of proposals should be accompanied the standards set out in Policies by a preliminary assessment under DM5-DM14, the policies of the the appropriate BREEAM scheme London Plan, the Mayor‟s SPG on and planning applications should „Sustainable Design and include a commitment to submit an Construction‟ (2006) and any interim certificate before relevant SPD prepared construction can start on site and subsequently by the Council. to undertake post construction Proposals should also demonstrate assessment prior to occupation of that sustainable design standards the development. It should be are integral to the development, noted that in order to meet the including its construction and minimum Energy Performance operation, and ensure that they are Certificate (EPC) ratings required considered at the beginning of the for non-residential developments design process. Developers will be under BREEAM „Excellent‟ and encouraged to make use of the „Outstanding‟, the EPC rating Council‟s sustainability checklist to should be reduced to at least 40 be introduced in the forthcoming through the use of energy Climate Change SPD. efficiency measures alone. 3.42 All planning applications for new 3.44 It should be noted that achieving dwellings, including new build, Code Level 4, which is required for residential conversions and all new residential developments changes of use, should also be under Policy DM5, requires a accompanied by a „design stage minimum percentage improvement assessment‟ under the Code for in the Dwelling Emission Rate Sustainable Homes (or BREEAM (DER) of 25%10 compared to the Eco-Homes as appropriate) Target Emission Rate (TER) set undertaken by a BRE accredited out in Part L of the Building assessor, indicating that the Regulations 2010. The DER is appropriate level of performance based on the estimated carbon will be achieved in accordance with dioxide emissions per m2 per year Policy DM5. The purpose of the for the dwelling as designed, and design stage assessment is to accounts for the energy used in assess the design specifications heating, fixed cooling, hot water (i.e. before construction begins) for and lighting. However, in some each individual dwelling to circumstances, additional determine the design stage or „allowable electricity‟ generated on interim rating, and to award (subject to quality assurance) an 10 based on SAP 2009

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 18

or off site (e.g. wind turbines or planting measures as an essential solar photovoltaic panels) can be sustainable design consideration. utilised to reduce dwelling carbon The Council will therefore expect dioxide emissions to meet all development proposals to mandatory Code requirements, incorporate green roofs, green provided that the connection walls and site planting measures arrangements meet the where feasible, in order to deliver specifications defined in Appendix as many of the following objectives M of SAP 2009. Developers should as possible: have regard to the procedural Promoting climate change guidelines set out in the „Code for mitigation objectives by (i) Sustainable Homes: Technical reducing carbon dioxide Guide‟ (CLG, November 2010) as emissions through enhancing amended. the level of insulation and 3.45 The Council recognises that the re- thus the energy efficiency of use of heritage assets, including buildings, and (ii) reducing listed and historic buildings, retains carbon dioxide emissions embodied energy by avoiding the through reducing the need for consumption of building materials mechanical cooling in and energy and the generation of summer (see Policy DM6); waste from the construction of Promoting climate change replacement buildings. Therefore, adaptation objectives by (i) in seeking to apply the minimising flood risks by environmental performance reducing storm water run-off standards set out in Policy DM5 to and attenuating peak flow proposals for the conversion rates through the provision of and/or reuse of listed or historic sustainable urban drainage buildings, the Council will weigh schemes (SUDS) (green the public benefits of mitigating the roofs can typically retain effects of climate change and between 70-80% of rainfall achieving the highest standards of run-off), and (ii) addressing sustainable design and the urban heat island (UHI) construction against any harm to effect through the urban the significance of heritage assets cooling effects of evapo- both within and outside of transpiration arising from the designated conservation areas. use of vegetation on roof surfaces (see Policy DM8); 3.46 In seeking to address both the Conserving and enhancing causes and effects of climate biodiversity in accordance change within the Borough through with Local Biodiversity Action the integration of climate change Plan objectives by supporting mitigation and adaptation a variety of plant species objectives, the Council recognises which in turn can provide the many important benefits of 11 suitable habitat for a wide green roofs , green walls and site range of invertebrates and

11 birds (e.g. the redstart or for the purposes of this document, the house sparrow) (see Policy definition of „green roofs‟ covers all forms of „living roof‟ including roof gardens, roof DM17); terraces, natural meadow, brownfield habitat Enhancing amenity and thus and allotments (brown roofs) and recreation quality of life by providing space

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 19

accessible roof space for Report of the Intergovernmental residents who may not have Panel on Climate Change access to a private garden, (IPPC, 2007), increased carbon noise attenuation and in some dioxide levels have intensified circumstances, providing the greenhouse effect and opportunities to grow food; caused a 0.74ºC increase in the and average global temperature Improving the appearance of over the last century. Global buildings and the urban annual average temperatures environment. have been rising consistently over the last 150 years. Every 3.47 The Council will also encourage year from the last decade falls the use of green roofs, green walls within the 15 hottest years on and site planting measures in record. There is now a wide smaller developments, renovations consensus that in order to and extensions where feasible. prevent catastrophic climate Developers should have regard to change, the rise in global the Mayor‟s Technical Report on annual average temperatures „Living Roofs and Walls‟ ( 2008) should not exceed 2°C, which and other best practice guidance means that global carbon as appropriate from the earliest dioxide levels must be stages of project planning and stabilised at or below 450 ppm. design. 3.50 The latest UKCP0912 scenarios, 3.48 In applying Policy DM5, the released in September 2009, Council will have regard to Policies predict that London will DM6 to DM14, which set out experience increasingly warmer further detailed requirements in and wetter winters, hotter and relation to specific sustainable drier summers and more severe design issues. The Council will weather conditions over the also have regard to other planning next few decades. Under the policy considerations and site „medium emissions‟ scenario for circumstances potentially affecting the 2050s, summer mean scheme viability and the overall temperatures are likely to costs of bringing sites to the increase by around 2.7ºC, with market. These may include a projected increase in mean requirements for affordable daily maximum temperatures of housing, community facilities and around 3.7ºC. At the same time, transport measures. there is likely to be an overall decrease of 19% in summer Policy DM6 - Climate Change mean rainfall with an increase Mitigation in the frequency and severity of Background storm events. 3.49 Carbon dioxide levels are now 3.51 The 2008 Climate Change Act at their highest point for almost sets a legally binding target to 1 million years, rising to a new cut UK emissions by 80% by level of over 380 parts per 2050. Towards achieving this million (ppm) compared to around 280 ppm prior to the industrial revolution. According 12 UK Climate projections, provided by the Met Office to the Fourth Assessment and funded by Department for Environment, Food, and Rural Affairs (DEFRA)

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 20

target, the UK Low Carbon heating, solar photovoltaics Transition Plan and UK (PV), solar water heating, wind Renewable Energy Strategy power, ground-source heating (DECC, July 2009) set out and cooling and renewable respective pathways for energy from waste. reducing emissions by 18% on 3.53 The Mayor‟s „Climate Change 2008 levels by 2020 and for Mitigation and Energy generating 15% of energy from Strategy‟sets out strategic renewable sources by 2020 in targets to achieve a 60% line with the EU Renewable reduction in London‟s carbon Energy Directive. dioxide emissions by 2025 3.52 The Supplement to PPS1 on against a 1990 baseline and to „Planning and Climate Change‟ ensure that 25% of London‟s (2007) highlights the need to energy is delivered through secure progress against the decentralised energy (DE), UK‟s long-term emissions including energy from waste, by targets, deliver zero carbon 2025. This is to be achieved developments, shape through a range of measures, sustainable communities including the creation of Low resilient to climate change and Carbon Zones (LCZs), promote innovation and deploying a decentralised investment in renewable energy programme, improving technologies. Planning policies the energy efficiency of should seek to ensure that a dwellings across London significant proportion of the through retrofit measures and energy supply for developments driving up energy and supply is generated on-site and efficiency in public sector and renewably and/or from commercial buildings. decentralised, renewable or low- 3.54 Policy 5.2 (Minimising Carbon carbon sources. Local planning Emissions) of the London Plan authorities are encouraged to states that developments focus on area or site-specific should make the fullest opportunities in setting local contribution to the minimising targets for reducing carbon carbon dioxide emissions in dioxide emissions, based on an accordance with the Mayor‟s understanding of the local energy hierarchy (1) Be lean: potential for renewable or low- use less energy, (2) Be clean: carbon energy and existing or supply energy efficiently, and planned decentralised energy (3) Be green: use renewable infrastructure to serve new energy. Phased targets are set development. Renewable out for reducing carbon dioxide sources of energy generation emissions leading to zero include biomass-fuelled 13 14 carbon residential buildings CCHP /CHP systems serving from 2016 and zero carbon district, site-wide or communal non-domestic buildings from heating networks, biomass 2019, expressed as minimum improvements over the Target

13 Combined Cooling Heat and Power Emission Rate (TER) outlined in 14 Combined Heat and Power Building Regulations. However, where it is clearly demonstrated

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 21

that the specific targets cannot Boroughs are encouraged to be achieved on-site, the Policy identify broad areas where allows for any shortfall to be specific renewable energy provided offsite or through technologies are appropriate developer contributions to having regard to the Mayor‟s secure delivery of carbon Supplementary Planning dioxide savings elsewhere. Guidance. 3.55 Policy 5.5 (Decentralised 3.58 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet Energy Networks) requires Living) states that the Council Boroughs to develop policies will address the causes and and proposals to identify and impacts of climate change by safeguard existing heating and minimising carbon dioxide cooling networks, identify emissions from new opportunities for expanding development, maximising existing networks and opportunities for implementing establishing new networks, new district-wide heating and develop energy masterplans for cooling networks (i.e. DE specific DE opportunities and to networks) and achieving zero require developers to prioritise carbon standards for all new connection to existing or developments within the planned DE networks where Hackbridge neighbourhood feasible. from 2011. 3.56 Policy 5.6 of the London Plan 3.59 In seeking to achieve the Vision (Decentralised Energy in for Sutton of a „One Planet Development Proposals) states Living‟ Borough by 2025, as set that development proposals out in the Core Planning should evaluate the feasibility of Strategy, the Council is piloting CHP systems and, where a new the regeneration of Hackbridge CHP system is appropriate, as the UK‟s first sustainable also examine opportunities to suburb. This flagship project extend the system beyond the seeks to build on the success of site boundary to adjacent sites. BedZED15 by promoting the role Major development proposals of decentralised and renewable should select energy systems in energy infrastructure in accordance with the following delivering net zero carbon hierarchy (1) connection to standards from 2011 in existing heating or cooling accordance with Core Policy networks (2) site-wide CHP BP6. In September 2009, network, and (3) communal Hackbridge was designated as heating and cooling. one of ten Low Carbon Zones 3.57 Policy 5.7 of the London Plan (LCZ) within London as part of (Renewable Energy) states the Mayor‟s „RE:CONNECT‟ that, within the framework of the programme. energy hierarchy, major 3.60 In order to deliver zero carbon development proposals should standards as part of the provide a reduction in carbon redevelopment of the key sites dioxide emissions through the initially identified in the draft use of on site renewable energy generation, where feasible. 15 Beddington Zero Carbon Development

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 22

Hackbridge Masterplan and assessed potential for delivery. subsequently taken forward in 3.62 In accordance with London Plan the Site Development Policies Policies 5.2, 5.5, 5.6 and 5.7, DPD, the Council has prepared Core Policy BP6 and the a „Multi-Utility Sustainable Council‟s One Planet Action Infrastructure Strategy‟ or Plan: „MUSIS‟ for Hackbridge (Inventa Partners, November Policy DM6 - Climate 2009) which identifies a Change Mitigation preferred approach for the (a) Proposed developments should delivery of a district-wide DE 16 meet the following borough-wide network to serve new and targets for reducing carbon dioxide existing development within the emissions expressed as a percentage area. The Council is currently improvement over the Target Emission working with major developers Rate18 (TER) set out in the 2010 within Hackbridge to procure an Building Regulations: energy services company All new residential buildings should (ESCo) to deliver, operate and achieve: maintain the network on a . A 25% reduction from 2011-13 partnership basis. (in line with Code for 3.61 As part of the LDA‟s17 Sustainable Homes Level 4); „Decentralised Energy and . A 40% reduction from 2013- Energy Masterplanning‟ 16; and Programme (DeMAP), the . „Zero Carbon‟ standards19 Council has commissioned from 2016. consultants (URS Scott-Wilson) All major non-residential buildings to undertake a Borough heat should achieve: mapping study in order to . A 25% reduction from 2011- identify „DE Opportunity Areas‟ 13; based on existing and future . A 40% reduction from 2013- heat loads, proposed 16; development sites with the . A percentage reduction in line greatest potential for locating with future Building new or extended DE networks Regulations from 2016-19; and and potential sources of low or . „Zero Carbon‟ standards from zero carbon energy generation 2019. (e.g. waste to energy). The final Heat Mapping Study, published (b) Proposed developments within in March 2011, identifies three Hackbridge should achieve: DE Opportunity Areas within the Net „Zero Carbon‟ Standards; Borough centred upon Minimum Fabric Energy Efficiency Hackbridge, Sutton Town (ENE2) standards for new dwellings Centre and Rosehill district set under Code for Sustainable centre as shown in Maps 2.68 to 2.70 and prioritises future DE 18 based on the Standard Assessment Procedure projects based on their (SAP) 2009 as amended or Simplified Building Energy Model (SBEM) or other CLG-certified modelling software as appropriate for residential 16 known as the Hackbridge Decentralised and non-residential buildings respectively. Energy Network (HDEN) 19 as defined in future legislation 17 London Development Agency

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 23

Homes Levels 5 and 6. Justification (c) In seeking to minimise carbon 3.63 It is considered that Policy DM6 dioxide emissions on or near site in is consistent with the existing accordance with the above targets, and emerging policies of the proposed developments should apply London Plan, the Mayor‟s the Mayor‟s energy hierarchy by: strategic targets for reducing (i) Achieving the highest standards of carbon dioxide emissions and energy efficient design and layout; promoting decentralised energy (ii) Being designed to connect to and, (DE), the Council‟s „One Planet where appropriate, contribute Living‟ Vision and achieving „net towards existing or future zero carbon‟ standards for new decentralised energy (DE) developments within the networks, supplied by low or zero- Hackbridge sustainable carbon energy, particularly within neighbourhood from 2011. Hackbridge and other DE opportunity areas identified in 3.64 In seeking to achieve the maps 2.68 to 2.70, by applying the highest standards of energy Council‟s „DE Protocol‟ set out in efficient design and layout in Paragraph 3.67; and accordance with the first step of (iii) Using renewable sources of the Mayor's energy hierarchy energy generated on-site. and part (c) of Policy DM6, developers should give (d) All planning applications for new consideration to the following dwellings or major non-residential measures from the earliest developments should be accompanied stages of project planning and by an energy assessment to design: demonstrate how the relevant targets High standards of insulation for reducing carbon dioxide emissions and fabric energy efficiency21 and promoting renewable energy (FEE). Within Hackbridge, technologies will be met. blocks of flats and mid- terrace houses will be (e) Where compelling reasons can be expected to achieve a FEE of demonstrated that achieving the ≤39 kWh/m2/year and end relevant carbon dioxide reduction terrace, semi-detached and targets on or near site would not be detached houses will be technically feasible or economically expected to achieve a FEE of viable, the Council will negotiate ≤46 kWh/m2/year in line with Section 106 agreements with the mandatory requirements developers to support the delivery of set at Code Levels 5 and 6 carbon reduction measures off-site20 for ENE2; through the „Community Energy Fund‟ Maximising the benefits of in accordance with the Council‟s green roofs and walls in Interim Planning Guidance on „Climate terms of insulation; Change Mitigation‟ or subsequent High standards of thermal SPD. performance22 for windows,

21 energy demand for space heating and cooling measured in kWh/m2/year 22 thermal transmittance or heat loss of a 20 or „Allowable Solutions‟ material or „U-Value‟ measured in W/m2k

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 24

doors and curtain walling; feasibility of site-wide heating Maximising air tightness in and cooling networks order to reduce the rate of air connecting different uses and/or infiltration23; groups of buildings or Optimising solar gain using communal systems serving building orientation, layout, individual buildings should then massing, landscaping and be considered. Where a new otherpassive design CHP or CCHP system is measures; appropriate, development Optimising the size of heating proposals should examine systems; opportunities to extend the Natural ventilation and system beyond the site cooling; boundary to serve adjacent Energy efficient lighting; and sites. Localised heating, cooling 3.67 Within „DE Opportunity Areas‟ and lighting controls. identified in the Borough Heat Mapping Study, including 3.65 Where appropriate, developers Hackbridge, Sutton Town should ensure that a suitable Centre and Rosehill district Building Management System centre, the Council will promote is implemented post district heating networks as the construction over the lifetime of primary approach to delivering the development. Developers low or zero carbon heat and are also encouraged to specify power to new and existing equipment to display electricity developments. Within such and primary heating fuel areas, the Council will apply the consumption data to occupants „DE Protocol‟ set out below in through the installation of a order to ensure that proposed correctly specified energy developments are designed to display device. This will connect to and, where empower occupants to reduce appropriate, contribute towards their energy use. the delivery of DE infrastructure 3.66 In seeking to promote the supplied by renewable or low efficient supply of energy in carbon energy sources, accordance with the second including energy from waste. step of the Mayor‟s energy The DE Protocol introduces the hierarchy and Policy DM6, following hierarchy of development proposals should considerations: prioritise connection to any (i) Where the proposed existing or planned DE development is adjacent to an networks as identified in the existing DE network, it should: London Heat Map, the Borough Secure the direct connection Heat Mapping Study or any of all units to that network; energy masterplans to be and included within a subsequent Contribute as necessary to SPD. If it is not possible to link the increased capacity of the to an existing network, the DE network to support such connection. 23 rate of air infiltration measured in m3/m2/h @ (ii) Where there is an existing DE 50 Pa

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 25

network that requires extension Locate the energy centre or in order to supply the proposed plant room to ensure the development, proposed shortest connection distance developments should: to the future network, having Contribute to such extension; regard to the requirements of Secure the direct connection the network as a whole; of all units to the extended Use the layout, density and network; and mix of development to Contribute as necessary to support identified DE the increased capacity of the opportunities; DE network to support such Provide pipe connections as connection. appropriate to the site (iii) Where there is a planned DE boundary or safeguard an network within feasible and viable identified route within the site range of future connection and/or for future DE connection within identified DE Opportunity infrastructure; and Areas, proposed developments Where the planned DE should: network requires extension to Commit to connect to any supply the proposed future DE network provided development, proposed that (i) the reliability of the developments should system has been contribute to such extension. demonstrated continuously (iv) Where there is no existing or over a period of 6 months, planned DE network within and (ii) the costs in sourcing feasible or viable range of future heating and hot water by the connection, proposed residential and non- developments should incorporate residential units will not site-wide and/or communal materially increase; heating and cooling systems to Incorporate site-wide and/or serve the development where communal heating systems, feasible and viable, and not and not include in-unit boilers include in-unit boilers or electrical or electrical heating systems, heating systems. Such heating where a future connection to and cooling systems must be the planned DE network is designed to run efficiently and be viable; optimally sized to maximise Ensure that the proposed carbon dioxide savings. site-wide and/or communal heating systems are 3.68 The Council will seek to equipped to connect any negotiate Section 106 future DE network with agreements with developers as minimum need for retrofit; appropriate in applying the DE Provide sufficient space Protocol in accordance with within the energy centre or further detailed guidance set plant room to accommodate out in the Council‟s draft Interim additional future heat Planning Guidance (IPG) on generation capacity to supply „Climate Change Mitigation‟ or DE connection equipment subsequent SPD as such as pipes, heat appropriate. exchangers and pumps etc.; 3.69 Within the context of the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 26

Mayor‟s energy hierarchy, there contribution of DE, such as will be a presumption that major district heating networks and/or development proposals will CHP systems, to reducing achieve a 20% reduction in emissions, and (iv) proposed carbon dioxide emissions24 on-site renewable energy through the use of renewable technologies and their sources of energy generated on contribution to achieving further or near site. Minor residential emissions reductions. Energy developments involving the Assessments should describe creation of at least one new the basis for the selection of the dwelling and minor non- proposed heating and cooling residential developments will be systems and renewable expected to achieve at least a technologies within the context 10% reduction. The following of the Mayor‟s energy hierarchy technologies should be and the Council‟s DE Protocol. considered wherever site Developers are encouraged to conditions make them feasible enter into pre-application and where they contribute to discussions from the earliest the highest overall emissions stages of project planning and reductions for the development design in order to ensure proposal: compliance with the above Solar photovoltaics (PV); requirements. Solar water heating; 3.71 Where compelling reasons can Ground sourced heat pumps; be demonstrated that achieving Wind turbines; the relevant carbon reduction Biomass heating systems targets on or near site would not with CHP/ CCHP; and be technically feasible or Energy from waste economically viable, having technologies, including regard to the overall costs of anaerobic digestion (AD), bringing sites to the market, the gasification and pyrolysis. Council apply one of the following alternative approaches 3.70 Energy Assessments submitted to negotiating Section 106 with planning applications for agreements with developers for new dwellings or major non- the purpose of compensating residential developments for the shortfall in carbon should provide details of (i) dioxide emissions reductions baseline energy demand and on-site: carbon dioxide emissions for Option 1: Financial both regulated and unregulated contribution to the Council‟s emissions (ii) proposed energy Community Energy Fund efficiency measures and (commuted sum); and associated carbon dioxide Option 2: Developer reductions (iii) the proposed commitment to undertake equivalent carbon dioxide 24 this 20% reduction should be calculated on emissions reduction the basis of total emissions (regulated plus measures off-site in appliances) after energy efficiency and accordance with an agreed efficient supply of energy (i.e. through DE programme (unilateral networks) has been taken into account obligation).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 27

estates and Council-owned 3.72 In each case, the Council will „anchor„ sites within identified determine the extent of the DE Opportunity areas; carbon dioxide emissions „Pay as you save‟ loans for reduction shortfall in kgCO2 per larger retrofit measures; year and the level of developer Provision of energy audits for contributions to be sought homes across the Borough; based on information provided and in the Energy Assessment. Behavioural change projects Then the Council will negotiate (provided that the reduction a charge (commuted sum) in carbon dioxide emissions through the Section 106 can be quantified). process for the purpose of the Community Energy Fund in 3.74 Developers should have regard accordance with detailed to further detailed guidance on guidelines set out in the energy efficient design, Council‟s draft IPG on „Climate decentralised energy networks, Change Mitigation‟. renewable technologies, Energy 3.73 The Community Energy Fund Assessments and the Carbon will be used by the Council to Offset Fundset out in the fund, implement and monitor a Sutton‟s draft IPG on „Climate range of area-specific and fully Change Mitigation‟ or any costed carbon dioxide reduction subsequent SPD. measures off-site, including: Free installation or the Policy DM7 - Flood Risk provision of grants to community building Background managers to fund a range of 3.75 The Borough is affected by a renewable energy number of different sources of flood technologies and/or „retrofit‟ risk, including fluvial (river) flooding, measures in existing housing surface water flooding, sewer stock, community buildings flooding and groundwater flooding. and commercial buildings in the vicinity of the proposed 3.76 Map2.71shows the extent of the development, including solar following fluvial flood risk zones PV, solar water heating, loft within the Borough for the insulation, cavity wall „undefended‟ scenario incorporating insulation, installation of updated modelling data released by efficient condensing boilers the EA25 for the Wandle in August and improved heating 2010 and for the Beverley Brook in controls; June 2009: Delivery of low or zero- Flood Zone 1 „Low Risk‟ (less carbon DE infrastructure than 1 in a 1000 annual serving the wider area; probability or <0.1%); Installation or upgrading of CHP/ boiler units fuelled by 25 EA fluvial flood risk zones are updated on a low or zero carbon sources of regular basis.The latest EA Flood Maps and energy including those „Flood Risk Standing Advice‟ can be obtained serving schools, hospitals, from the EA website at www.environment- agency.gov.uk or from the Council leisure centres, housing

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 28

Flood Zone 2 „Medium Risk‟ Council by Scott Wilson (between 1 in a 100 and 1 in a consultants in July 2010. A 1000 annual probability or 1% number of „critical drainage - 0.1%); areas‟ have been identified Flood Zone 3a „High Risk‟ (1 within the Borough, mainly in a 100 or greater annual located within Hackbridge, probability or >1%); and Sutton Town Centre, Worcester Flood Zone 3b „Functional Park, Wallington and Floodplain‟ (1 in 20 or greater Carshalton. According to 27 annual probability or >5%). DEFRA , Sutton is ranked the 30th settlement in England 3.77 Flood risk areas are most susceptible to surface predominantly located towards water flooding, with as many as the north east of the Borough 9,900 properties estimated to around and adjacent to the be at risk. Furthermore, as River Wandle. Other affected many as 26 discrete locations areas include the land adjacent have been identified within the to Beverley Brook and Pyl Borough as at risk of flooding Brook towards the west of the due to gullies becoming blocked Borough. Five flood warning or a lack of capacity during areas are identified within or intense rainfalls. Sutton was partly within the Borough (i) one of the worst affected River Wandle from Croydon to London Boroughs by the July Carshalton (ii) River Wandle at 2007 floods. Maps 2.73 and Carshalton (iii) River Wandle 2.74 show areas most affected from Carshalton to Colliers by sewer and groundwater Wood (iv) Pyl Brook from flooding respectively based on Sutton to New Malden, and (v) the Surface Water Management East Pyl Brook from Sutton to Study. Raynes Park. According to the 3.79 Arising from Sir Michael Pitt‟s EA, there are estimated to be independent review into the 3,995 properties within the summer 2007 floods, the Flood Borough (5% of all properties) and Water Management Act at risk of fluvial flooding. 2010 shifted the emphasis from 3.78 Surface water flooding building defences to managing incorporates runoff from land risk in line with the previous occurring as a result of heavy Government statement on rainfall. Map 2.72 shows areas „Making space for water‟. This with a 1 in a 100 or greater legislation, together with the annual probability of surface Flood Risk Regulations gives water flooding (>1%) based on local authorities a „clear the Borough Surface Water leadership role‟ in local flood Management Study26 risk management, ensuring that undertaken on behalf of the all sources of flooding, including surface water, groundwater and

26 Areas at risk from surface water flooding sewer flooding is identified and and the boundaries of critical drainage areas managed as part of a locally have since been reviewed and updated where necessary for inclusion in the Borough Surface Water Management Plan (SWMP) and will be 27 Department for Environment, Food and subject to further review Rural Affairs

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 29

agreed work programme. This 3.82 Revised PPS25 „Development recognises the need to develop and Flood Risk‟ (CLG, 2010) an integrated approach to urban seeks to ensure that flood risk drainage between the various is taken into account at all responsible bodies, including stages in the planning process planning authorities, the EA and to avoid inappropriate sewerage undertakers. development in areas at risk of 3.80 As a „lead local flood authority‟, flooding, and, to direct the Council will have new development away from areas responsibilities to: at highest risk. Where new development is, exceptionally, Ensure co-ordinated necessary in such areas, management of flooding from planning policies should aim to surface water, groundwater make it safe without increasing and ordinary watercourses; flood risk elsewhere and, where Prepare a „preliminary flood possible, reduce flood risk risk assessment‟28 (PFRA) of overall. the Borough by June 2011; Prepare flood risk and flood 3.83 Local planning authorities hazard maps for submission should prepare and implement to the EA by June 2013; planning strategies that help to Prepare a Flood Risk deliver sustainable Management Plan for Sutton; development by: and Framing policies for the Determine approval for location of development sustainable drainage which avoid flood risk to schemes linked to new people and property where development in line with draft possible, and manage any national sustainable urban residual risk, taking account drainage systems (SUDS) of the impacts of climate standards. change; Reducing flood risk to and 3.81 These legislative requirements from new development set the context for the through location, layout and preparation of Sutton‟s Surface design, incorporating SUDS; Water Management Study in and July 2010 and the subsequent Using opportunities offered publication of the Borough by new development to (i) Surface Water Management reduce the causes and Plan (SWMP). During 2011-12 impacts of flooding e.g. and beyond, the Council will through surface water continue to work with partner management plans (ii) make Boroughs on the South West the most of the benefits of London Strategic Flood Group green infrastructure for flood in order to meet these storage, conveyance and legislative requirements as part SUDS (iii) re-create of the GLA‟s „Drain London‟ functional floodplain; and (iv) programme. set back defences.

3.84 All development in flood risk

28 Sutton‟s PFRA was published in May 2011 areas should therefore be

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 30

appropriately flood resilient and Revised PPS25 Sequential Test resistant, and demonstrate that to site allocations and planning any residual risk can be safely applications. managed. 3.88 The SFRA Level 2 Report (July 3.85 Policy 5.12 (Flood Risk 2009) provides further detailed Management) of the London information on those sites that Plan confirms that development may require further assessment proposals must comply with the as part of the Revised PPS25 flood risk assessment and „Exception Test‟ and to inform management requirements set the preparation of site specific out in Revised PPS25. flood risk assessments (FRAs) Developments subject to the by developers where Revised PPS25 Exceptions appropriate. The SFRA report Test should address flood will be updated in due course to resilient design and emergency incorporate updated EA planning objectives by modelling data for the Wandle remaining safe and operational and Beverley Brook and areas under flood conditions, and at risk from surface water, being designed for quick sewer and groundwater flooding recovery. based on the SWMP. 3.86 Policy 5.13 (Sustainable 3.89 In accordance with Government Drainage) of the London Plan guidance in Revised PPS25, requires developments to utilise Policies 5.12 and 5.13 of the SUDS unless there are practical London Plan, Core Policy BP7 reasons for not doing so and and SFRA recommendations: should aim to achieve greenfield run-off rates and Policy DM7 - Flood Risk ensure that surface water run- Proposed developments should assess off is managed as close to its and avoid or minimise all sources of source as possible in line with flood risk to people and property where the Mayor's drainage hierarchy. possible, and manage any residual Boroughs should identify areas risks, taking account of the future where particular surface water impacts of climate change, without management issues exist and increasing flood risk elsewhere by: develop actions and policy approaches aimed at reducing (a) Preparing site-specific flood risk these risks. assessments (FRAs) in support of 3.87 The joint Strategic Flood Risk planning applications for all Assessment (SFRA) Level 1 development proposals located within Report, prepared by Scott Flood Zones 2 or 3, all major Wilson consultants in development proposals located within December 2008 on behalf of Flood Zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any Sutton, Croydon, Merton and development proposal located within an Wandsworth, provides an identified critical drainage area. FRAs assessment of all potential should identify and assess the risks of sources of flooding within the all forms of flooding to and from the Wandle catchment area, taking development and demonstrate how climate change into account, as these flood risks will be managed now the basis for applying the and in the future, taking climate change

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 31

impacts into account, in line with the (e) ensuring that any residual risks are minimum FRA requirements set out in safely mitigated through the use of Annex E of Revised PPS25; appropriate flood resistance and resilience measures, subject to having (b) avoiding inappropriate development applied the sequential approach and in areas at risk of flooding in incorporated SUDS in accordance with accordance with the provisions of the parts (a) to (d) above. sequential and exceptions tests set out in Annex D of Revised PPS25, having Justification regard to the flood risk vulnerability 3.90 It is considered that Policy DM7 classifications and flood zone is consistent with Revised compatibility guidance in tables D2 and PPS25, the London Plan, Core D3 respectively; Policy BP7 and advice in the SFRA Level 1 and Level 2 (c) applying the sequential approach at Reports. a site level to minimise risk by directing 3.91 In seeking to avoid or minimise increasingly vulnerable development to all sources of flood risk to areas of lowest flood risk, matching the people and property in vulnerability of the proposed use to accordance with Policy DM7, flood risk, having regard to the the Council will apply the „Development and Flood Risk Practice corresponding steps of the Guide‟ to Revised PPS25 and further following flood risk guidance29 to be set out in the management hierarchy set out Council‟s forthcoming Climate Change in the Revised PPS25 Practice SPD; Guide: a. Assess – undertake site- (d) incorporating appropriate specific FRA; sustainable urban drainage systems b. Avoid – apply the PPS25 (SUDS) in order to manage surface Sequential Test; water run-off as close to its source as c. Substitute – apply the possible and aiming to achieve sequential approach within greenfield run-off rates, in accordance the site; with national SUDS standards, the d. Control – use SUDS; and Mayor‟s drainage hierarchy, SUDS e. Mitigate – ensure flood adoption criteria to be established in resilient construction. the Council‟s forthcoming Climate Change SPD and other sources of best 3.92 All FRAs submitted in support of practice. All development proposals will development proposals must show be expected to incorporate green roofs, how the requirements of Annex E of walls or site planting measures where Revised PPS25 have been met feasible, and promote the benefits of within the context of the blue and green infrastructure for flood Government‟s flood risk storage, urban cooling, local amenity, management hierarchy, taking into biodiversity and other adaptation account the vulnerability of future objectives in line with Policy DM8; and occupiers and the need to ensure safe access, subject to the Sequential and Exception Tests. In

29 incorporating the Council‟s „Toolkit on Blue all cases, developers should seek Infrastructure‟ initial prepared by BACA opportunities to reduce the overall Architects on behalf of the Council in level of flood risk in the wider area September 2009 as part of the GRaBS project

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 32

through the layout and form of the development. If the proposed development and the appropriate development is needed for use of SUDS. Developers should wider sustainable development also have regard to the allowances reasons in flood risk areas it to be made for climate change must then satisfy the 3 criteria impacts set out in Annex B of of the Exception Test to ensure Revised PPS25. that the development would be 3.93 The Council will consult the EA safe and not increase flood risk. on all development proposals The Council will undertake the located within Flood Zones 2 or actual test(s) based on this 3, all major development information. proposals located within Flood 3.95 In all cases, developers should Zone 1 exceeding 1 ha or any apply a sequential approach development proposal located within development sites in within an identified critical order to steer the more drainage area. The EA will also vulnerable land uses towards be consulted on any proposal those parts of the site at lower within 20m of a main river30 or flood risk, taking the degree of culverting operation aimed at flood hazard into account (i.e. controlling the flow of any river modelled flood depths and or stream. velocities). Proposed 3.94 Development proposals located developments should be set within adopted site allocations back at least 8m from the banks as set out in Section 4 (or of main rivers and 5m from the included in a subsequent DPD), banks of ordinary watercourses which have already been in order to allow improvements subjected to the PPS25 and maintenance of land Sequential Test, can rely on the drainage, improve the outcome of that testing, ecological functioning of river provided that the proposed corridors and enhance local development types are in amenity. Guidance on applying accord with the relevant DPD. the sequential approach within However, where the proposed development sites is provided in development is not consistent in Chapter 4 of the Practice Guide scale, development type and to Revised PPS25. Developers location with that allocation, or are also encouraged to make use of the Council‟s „Toolkit on where the Sequential and 31 Exception Tests have not been Blue Infrastructure‟ and further applied and the site is within an guidance to be included within area at risk of flooding, the FRA the Council‟s forthcoming should provide evidence to Climate Change SPD. demonstrate that there are no 3.96 All development proposals other reasonably available should incorporate appropriate alternative sites in areas at surface water management lower risk of flooding which are measures to ensure that peak suitable for the proposed run-off rates and annual

30 „main rivers‟ and „ordinary watercourses‟ 31 developed by Barker and Coutts Architects within the Borough are defined by the EA (BACA) on behalf of the Council in September 2010

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 33

volumes of run-off are less than the Flood and Water the previous conditions on the Management Act 2010, the site and to achieve „greenfield‟ Council will be responsible for run-off rates where possible. adopting and maintaining The primary function of SUDS approved SUDS. In the interim is to reduce flood risk by period prior to these new slowing the flow of water, arrangements, developers increasing infiltration into the should take account of the ground and holding water in „Interim Code of Practice on storage areas. SUDS also SUDS‟ (NSWG33, 2004) and the achieve many other benefits, „SUDS Management Train‟ including the removal of (CIRIA)34. The Council will seek pollutants from run-off at to negotiate developer source, and through the contributions or unilateral provision of green infrastructure obligations through Section within urban areas, with 106, or set planning conditions benefits for climate change as appropriate, to secure adaptation (see Policy DM8). adoption and robust 3.97 Developers should therefore give arrangements for the long-term consideration to the following management and maintenance SUDS measures wherever of SUDS. In the interim period, 32 developers should have regard practicable : to „Model Agreements for green roofs, green walls or site planting measures; SUDS‟ (CIRIA, 2007). rainwater harvesting measures 3.99 Having incorporated SUDS as and water butts; part of their proposed designs soakaways (where ground and layouts, developers should conditions are appropriate); ensure that any residual risks wetlands, swales and infiltration can be safety managed, having strips; regard to „Improving the Flood detention basins, ponds and Performance of New Buildings‟ wetlands; (CLG, 2007). This identifies permeable pavements; and alternative design strategies to retention of mature trees and deal with a range of potential soft landscaping in front gardens flood depths. However it should and other means of reducing the be noted that flood resistance amount of hardstanding and resilience measures should associated with existing not be used to justify developed areas. development in inappropriate locations. 3.98 From 2012, proposed drainage systems will be required to meet new national standards for the design, construction and maintenance of SUDS. As a „SUDS Approving Body‟ under 33 National SUDS Working Group 34 Construction Industry Research and 32 guidance on applying SUDS in different Information Association (see parts of the Borough is provided in the Level 2 http://www.ciria.org/suds/icop.htm) SFRA Report

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 34

Policy DM8 - Climate Change 3.102 Without appropriate adaptation Adaptation measures, the adverse impacts Background of climate change are likely to 3.100 Evidence shows that climate include: change caused by human increased risks of flooding activities is already happening leading to personal injury and and is by far the greatest loss of life, damage to challenge to the future social, properties, infrastructure and economic and environmental utilities and contamination well-being of the Borough. from sewer flooding; According to the latest UK increased risk of drought climate projections published in conditions leading to water September 2009 (UKCP09), the shortages, reduced river flows Borough will experience and adverse impacts on progressively warmer, wetter biodiversity; winters and hotter, drier increased severity and summers over the next few duration of heatwaves and decades. At the same time, periods of uncomfortably hot there will also be an increase in weather, exacerbated by the the frequency and intensity of UHI effect, leading to adverse extreme weather events, such impact on health and well- as heavy rainfall, storms, being, particularly for more drought conditions and vulnerable groups; heatwaves. increased air pollution and higher demands for cooling in 3.101 Under the UKCP09 „medium summer; emissions‟ scenario for the increased frequency and 2050s, summer mean intensity of storm events and temperatures and summermean extreme heat causing damage daily maximum temperatures to buildings, infrastructure and across London are predicted to trees; and increase by around 2.7ºC and adverse economic impacts 3.7ºC respectively, with summer arising from loss of income, mean daily minimum delayed economic temperatures increasing by development and blight. 2.9ºC. The number of very hot

summer days over 25°C are 3.103 The Draft Revised Supplement likely to increase from the 1961- to PPS1 „Planning and Climate 1990 average of nine days per Change‟ (March 2010) states year to 28-45 days per year by that planning should shape the 2050s, leading to more places and secure new intense and prolonged Urban development so as to minimise Heat Island (UHI) effects. While vulnerability and provide winter rainfall will increase by resilience to climate change around 14%, summer rainfall impacts, consistent with cutting will decrease by 19%. However, greenhouse emissions. Within the number of heavy rainfall areas with significant climate days (greater than 25 mm) will change vulnerabilities, risks increase by a factor of between should be managed through the 2 and 3.5 in winter and by a use of suitable adaptation factor of 1 to 2 in summer.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 35

measures, in particular by infrastructure can make a promoting the many benefits of particular contribution to green space as part of wider mitigating the effects of climate green infrastructure networks. change, such as UHI effects. These include supporting local 3.107 Policy 5.11 (Green Roofs and biodiversity and creating Development Site Environs) of healthy, living environments the London Plan states that through urban cooling, local major development proposals flood risk management and should include roof, wall and local access to shady outdoor site planting, especially green space. roofs and walls where feasible, 3.104 The Mayor‟s Climate Change to provide cooling, SUDS, Adaptation Strategy (2011) climate change mitigation seeks to position London as an (energy efficiency), international leader in tackling enhancement of biodiversity, climate change by identifying accessible roof space, proposals for managing the improvements to the impacts and capitalising on the appearance and resilience of opportunities by promoting new buildings and opportunities for development and infrastructure growing food. that is located, designed and 3.108 Other relevant policies of the constructed for the climate it will London Plan relating to flooding experience over its design life. (Policy 5.12) and SUDS (Policy 3.105 Policy 5.9 (Overheating and 5.13) are addressed under Cooling) of the London Plan Policy DM7. seeks to reduce the impact of 3.109 Arising from the Council‟s „One the UHI effect and encourages Planet Living‟ Vision and the design of places and participation in the EU „GRaBS‟ spaces and avoid overheating project35, Sutton‟s Borough and excessive heat generation Climate Change Adaptation on an area wide basis. Major Strategy (LBS, June 2011), sets development proposals should out a Vision to ensure that the reduce potential overheating location, layout and design of all and reliance on air conditioning new developments minimise systems and demonstrate this vulnerability of people and in accordance with the Mayor‟s property and are fully adapted cooling hierarchy. and resilient to future climate 3.106 Policy 5.10 (Urban Greening) of impacts. This is supported by a the London Plan states that number of key aims and development proposals should adaptation principles aimed at integrate green infrastructure minimising all sources of flood from the earliest stages of risk, minimising UHI effects and project planning and design, exposure to overheating, including tree planting, green maximising the benefits of blue roofs and walls, soft and green infrastructure, taking landscaping and other urban account of expected changes in greening measures. Boroughs should identify areas where 35 „Green and Blue Space Adaptation in Urban urban greening and green Areas and Eco-Towns‟

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 36

local climate throughout the out in the Borough Climate Change lifetime of new developments Adaptation Strategy, the Mayor‟s and creating sustainable, Climate Change Adaptation Strategy socially cohesive and equitable and the policies of the London Plan. communities. The Council has also prepared a comprehensive (b) Proposed developments should „Study of Climate Change promote effective adaptation to the Impacts‟ (LBS, September future impacts of climate change within 2010) in order to ensure that the Borough by: the Strategy and the Council‟s Avoiding or minimising all sources planning policies, including of flood risk to people and Policy DM8, are soundly based property, managing any residual on an understanding of key risks and, where possible, climate risks affecting the reducing flood risks overall, taking Borough now and in the future. account of the future impacts of climate change, in accordance 3.110 Further outputs delivered with Policy DM7; through the GRaBS project Minimising overheating and between 2008-11 include contribution to the urban heat „Hackbridge Climate Change island (UHI) effect by permeating Adaptation Action Plan,‟ the developments with blue and green „Toolkit on Blue Infrastructure‟ spaces and through a range of (BACA Architects/LBS, urban design measures at the September 2010), the „Toolkit neighbourhood and building on Green Infrastructure‟ (Global scales, including energy efficient to Local/LBS, September 2010), designs and natural cooling the interactive on-line Climate measures such as green roofs, Change Risks and green walls or site planting Vulnerabilities Assessment Tool measures (required under Policy and the Community DM7), shading, water features, Engagement Strategy (LBS, courtyards and passive ventilation; April 2010). Conserving water resources and ensuring sufficient water supplies 3.111 In accordance with the during drought conditions through Supplement to PPS1, London maximising the flood storage role Plan Policies 5.9 to 5.13, the of rivers, natural floodplains, Borough Climate Change ponds, aquifers and other water Adaptation Strategy and Core features, promoting the benefits of Policy BP7: suds for groundwater recharge Policy DM8 - Climate Change and achieving higher standards of Adaptation water efficiency in new development in accordance with (a) The Council will seek to ensure that Policy DM10; the location, layout and design of Conserving and enhancing the proposed developments minimise range and ecological variability of vulnerability of people and property and existing habitats and species to are fully adapted and resilient to future reduce the likelihood of losing climate impacts in accordance with biodiversity in the face of future Sutton‟s climate change adaptation climate change; Vision and key adaptation principles set Maximising the role of green

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 37

infrastructure, including open impacts of climate change spaces, parks, wildlife corridors, within the Borough, it is tree planting, communal and considered that Policy DM8 is private gardens and green roofs/ consistent with the walls as part of wider green requirements of the Mayor‟s space networks ('green grid'), in Climate Change Adaptation urban cooling and in achieving a Strategy, Policies 5.9-5.13 of range of additional benefits for the London Plan and the key flood storage/SUDS, principles set out in the environmental enhancement, Borough Climate Change local amenity, recreation, Adaptation Strategy. biodiversity and habitats and 3.113 In applying Policy DM8, the sustainable transport; Council will seek to maximise Maximising the role of blue the benefits of green and blue infrastructure, including river infrastructure36 as part of wider corridors, natural floodplains, green space networks ponds and other water features in throughout the Borough and urban cooling and achieving a beyond, in creating sustainable number of additional benefits for communities that are fully flood storage/SUDS, adapted to the future impacts of environmental enhancement, climate change, including local amenity, recreation and increased flood risk, exposure biodiversity and habitats; and to high temperatures and the Taking account of the expected UHI effect, drought conditions changes in local climatic and impacts on habitats and conditions throughout the lifetime biodiversity. Development of the development by proposals within the Hackbridge incorporating sufficient flexibility of area should support the design and layout to enable objectives of the proposed adaptation to the future impacts of Wandle Valley Regional Park37 climate change and other (see Core Policy PMP5), which changing economic, will form an important part of environmental or social demands. the Mayor‟s All London Green Grid. (c) Details of the type and extent of the main changes expected in the local 3.114 Further guidance on minimising climate throughout the lifetime of the all sources of flood risk to development and the proposed climate people and property, taking change adaptation measures should account of the future impacts of be provided in the Sustainable Design climate change, is set out in and Construction Statement (or Policy DM7. Design and Access Statement) 3.115 All major developments should prepared in accordance with Policy seek to reduce exposure to DM5 and any site specific flood risk overheating and the UHI effect assessments (FRA) prepared in accordance with Policy DM7 as 36 appropriate. including „green grids‟, public open space, green corridors, nature conservation sites, Justification trees, gardens, green roofs/ walls, water 3.112 In seeking to achieve the most bodies, rivers, streams, floodplains and SUDS 37 see http://www.wandlevalleypark.org.uk/ effective adaptation to the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 38

in accordance with the Mayor‟s integrating community needs, cooling hierarchy as set out in designing to be adaptable, Policy 5.9 of the London Plan: reducing car dependency and (i) minimise internal heat providing space for low carbon generation through energy or renewable energy which efficient design; were originally developed in the (ii) reduce the amount of heat DEFRA funded „Long-term entering a building in Initiatives for Flood-Risk summer through shading, Environments‟ (LifE) project albedo, fenestration, (June 2009). The Toolkit insulation and green roofs provides high level guidance for and walls; developers and their designers (iii) manage the heat within the on what forms of land-use, building through exposed surface water internal thermal mass and management/SUDS measures, high ceilings; transport/ access arrangements (iv) passive ventilation; and renewable energy (v) mechanical ventilation; and technologies may be (vi) active cooling systems appropriate, taking account of (ensuring they are the fluvial (river) flood risk zones lowest carbon options). and surface water flooding areas and depths affecting 3.116 The adaptation principles set different parts of a site. out in Policy DM8 have been 3.118 The Council‟s Toolkit on Green developed on the basis of Infrastructure provides high emerging best practice on level guidance for developers planning for blue and green on the following issues: infrastructure developed with the role of planting and other the Council‟s European shading measures in reducing partners through the GRaBS temperatures and conditions project, Sutton‟s Borough in urban areas (microclimate); Climate Change Adaptation the role of green roofs, green Strategy and further research walls and permeable surfaces undertaken by consultants on as part of residential and behalf of the Council during commercial development in 2010. reducing run off and 3.117 The Council‟s Toolkit on Blue improving local air quality; Infrastructure puts forward an the role of SUDS (see above); integrated design approach to the benefits of linear green simultaneously address the space links or corridors as need to accommodate new access routes for sustainable development and to manage forms of transport such as flood risks through resilient cycling or walking; spatial planning in sustainable the benefits of green space regeneration and growth areas for recreation, creating such as Hackbridge. This opportunities for active and approach is based on the passive use by the community principles of providing space for and encouraging healthy the river, providing space for lifestyles; rain, creating space for amenity,

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 39

the benefits of linear green 3.120 Water companies are under a space links or corridors for statutory duty to ensure that wildlife and achieving regional adequate water treatment and local biodiversity action infrastructure is provided to plan objectives; meet the requirements of new the amenity benefits of residential development. Sutton woodland, wildflower meadow and East Surrey Water serves and attractive planting most of the Borough, although schemes for visual and Thames Water serves a small ecological enhancement; area to the northeast and the the role of green corridors in northwest of the Borough. 85% creating grassland and of Sutton‟s water supply comes woodland areas alongside from groundwater abstraction rivers and streams; and (i.e. water from boreholes) with the importance of selecting 15% being extracted from one climate resilient species, reservoir at Bough Beech. The sensitive design and realistic South East is already an area of maintenance arrangements severe water stress and it is as part of planting schemes in predicted that the Sutton and achieving improved air quality East Surrey supply zone will and microclimate, shading have a deficit in supply by 2016. and cooling, SUDS, promoting The average rate of domestic biodiversity, and enhancing water consumption within the health and quality of life. Sutton supply zone is 169 litres per person per day compared to 3.119 The Council will prepare further 162 litres per person per day for detailed guidance on the London and 149 for England application of Policy DM8, and Wales. based on principles developed 3.121 In addition, climate change is through the Toolkits on Blue expected to affect water and Green Infrastructure; as availability within the Borough part of the forthcoming Climate by reducing river flows, Change SPD. Developers reducing groundwater recharge, should also have regard to increasing evaporation, „Climate Change: Adaptation by increasing loss from broken Design: A Guide for Sustainable water mains and increasing 38 Communities‟ (TCPA 2007), demand for water from people „Building a Better Environment: and wildlife. A Guide for Developers‟39 (EA, 2007), principles set out in the 3.122 Thames Water Utilities Ltd is Mayor‟s Climate Change solely responsible for sewerage Adaptation Strategy and other services and surface water sources of best practice. drainage across the Borough. Sutton‟s sewage drains to three Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water different sewage treatment Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure works (STWs): Beddington, Background Hogsmill, and, Crossness. The eastern parts of the Borough

38 drain to Beddington STW, see www.tcpa.org.uk/publications 39 see http://www.environment- located to the north-east of the agency.gov.uk/business/sectors/32695.aspx Borough adjacent to the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 40

Beddington Strategic Industrial surrounding soils. Local Location, which serves a authorities should work with the population equivalent of around water supply and sewerage 54,000. Beddington STW is companies to ensure that the currently running close to necessary water supply, capacity and will soon require surface water drainage, an upgrade to increase capacity sewerage, sewage treatment to meet additional demand from and disposal infrastructure are new housing. in place to serve new 3.123 Over recent years, there have development. been a number of cases of 3.126 Policy 5.15 (Water Use and localised flooding events within Supplies) of the London Plan the Borough where quantities of indicates that development rainfall and foul sewage have should minimise the use of exceeded the capacity of the treated water by incorporating drainage system. Additional water saving measures and housing in affected areas is meeting water consumption likely to require further targets of 105l/p/d in residential investment to increase capacity development. of the system. Sutton‟s Surface 3.127 Policy 5.14 (Water Quality and Water Management Plan Sewerage Infrastructure) (SWMP) indicates that the north indicates that development west of the Borough is proposals must ensure that susceptible to significant sewer adequate sewerage flooding (see Policy DM7 and infrastructure capacity is Map 2.73 for further details). available. Proposals that would 3.124 Revised PPS12 on „Local result in a reduction in water Spatial Planning‟ emphasises quality in the Blue Ribbon the need to take account of the Network40 should be refused. capacity of existing and planned 3.128 In accordance with PPS23 and water services infrastructure, London Plan Policies 5.14 and including water supply, 5.15, the Council will apply the drainage, sewerage and following policy: sewage treatment facilities, in preparing local development Policy DM9 - Water Supply, Water documents and considering Quality and Sewerage Infrastructure major planning applications. (a) The Council will require all 3.125 PPS23 on „Planning and residential developments to be Pollution Control‟ (2004) designed to achieve good practice identifies the need to consider standards of water efficiency by the potential adverse impacts ensuring that internal potable water on water quality arising from consumption is limited to 105 litres per new development, including the person per day (l/p/d) in line with the impact of any possible minimum standards set in the London discharge of effluent or Plan and Code for Sustainable Homes leachates that may pose a Level 4, adjusting in future years in threat to surface or underground water resources 40 directly or indirectly through London‟s strategic network of waterspaces as identified in Map 7.5 of the London Plan

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 41

accordance with reviews of the waste water management, provided London Plan and prevailing standards that the need for such facilities in the Building Regulations;41 outweighs any adverse land use or (b) The Council will require all environmental impact and that any development proposals to limit the such adverse impact is minimised. amount and rate of run-off and waste Justification water entering the sewerage network/ 3.129 It is considered that Policy DM9 system by capturing, retaining and re- is consistent with the using surface water and grey water requirements of Government on-site, including through sustainable guidance in PPS23 and London urban drainage systems (SUDS) or Plan Policies 5.14 and 5.15. rainwater holding facilities (see Policy DM7). Development proposals that 3.130 The Council will continue to would lead to the pollution of work with Sutton and East groundwater or surface water through Surrey Water (water supply), waste water discharge or increased Thames Water Utilities Ltd surface water run-off will not be (statutory sewerage permitted; undertakers) and the (c) Planning permission will only be Environment Agency (EA), as granted for developments that appropriate, to ensure that increase the demand for off-site adequate water supply, surface service infrastructure where water drainage, foul drainage developers can demonstrate that and sewerage treatment sufficient water supply, surface water capacity is in place to serve drainage, foul drainage and sewerage new development throughout treatment capacity exists to serve the Borough. In dealing with them, or extra capacity can be planning applications, the provided in time to serve the Council will have regard to development which will ensure that the Thames Water‟s „Water environment and the amenities of local Services Infrastructure Guide residents are not adversely affected. for Local Authorities‟ (2007) and Where there is a capacity problem and the EA‟s „Water Services improvements in off-site infrastructure Infrastructure Guide: a Planning are not programmed, planning Framework‟ (2007) as amended permission will only be granted where in order to establish whether the developer funds appropriate water supply or drainage issues improvements which will be completed are material to the planning prior to occupation of the decision. The Council will also development; and take account of the Thames (d) Proposals for the development or Water „Resources Management expansion of water supply or waste Plan‟ (2010-35) and the Sutton water treatment and disposal facilities and East Surrey Water will normally be permitted, either „Business Plan‟ (2010-15). where needed to serve existing or 3.131 Developers will be required to proposed development, or in the demonstrate that there is interests of long-term water supply and adequate capacity both on and off site to serve the 41 this standard is likely to be reduced further to 80 litres per development and that it would person per day (l/p/d) in line with the minimum not lead to problems for existing standardscurrently set under Code for Sustainable Homes users. In some circumstances, Levels 5 and 6 required by 2014 under Policy DM6

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 42

this may make it necessary for vulnerable groups, particularly developers to carry out older people and those with appropriate studies to ascertain pre-existing heart or respiratory whether the proposed conditions. development would lead to 3.135 The Environment Act 1995 and overloading of existing the Government‟s Air Quality infrastructure. Strategy for England (2007) 3.132 Proposals for water or require local authorities to sewerage infrastructure must review and assess air quality in be supported by evidence their areas. Where national air demonstrating the need for the quality standards are unlikely to development, that every effort be met, local authorities must has been made to minimise designate Air Quality adverse environmental impacts, Management Areas (AQMAs) and, that the principles of good and produce an Air Quality urban design, as set out in Core Action Plan setting out Policy BP12 (Good Urban measures they intend to take to Design and Heritage) have work towards compliance with been adhered to. the standards. 3.133 As highlighted in the Council‟s 3.136 Following the Council‟s initial air „Infrastructure Schedule‟ (see quality review and assessment Appendix 4 of the Core in 2000, and the subsequent Planning Strategy), Thames assessment in 2003, the Water has identified the need to Council declared a number of increase the capacity of the AQMAs along the main roads Beddington Sewage Treatment where national air quality Works to serve additional standards were likely to be growth. This is envisaged to be exceeded. In 2010 the whole of a two year scheme to be the Beddington Lane industrial delivered between 2010-20. area was declared an AQMA. Policy DM10 - Air Quality 3.137 Future climate change Background scenarios under UKCP09 are 3.134 Vehicle emissions account for a expected to exacerbate health large proportion of local air problems arising from air pollution within the Borough. pollution within the Borough e.g. During 2009-10, national air low-level ozone at street level. quality standards for nitrogen An increase in heat related illness and death, arising from dioxide (NO2) and fine particulates (PM10s) were asthma and cardio-respiratory exceeded at the Council‟s 4 air disease, will lead to increasing quality monitoring stations on a pressure on the Borough‟s number of occasions, mainly health and emergency services. due to road traffic. Future Higher temperatures also make climate change scenarios are people vulnerable to air expected to exacerbate health pollution more sensitive to air problems arising from air pollutants. Poor air quality is pollution within the Borough, thought to have contributed to including an increase in cardio- the high mortality rate during respiratory problems affecting the 2003 heatwave. Air pollution

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 43

episodes have the greatest further deterioration of existing impact on certain vulnerable poor air quality (such as within groups, particularly older AQMAs) and increased people, young people, and exposure to existing poor air those with pre-existing quality should be minimised. respiratory conditions. Boroughs should seek reductions in levels of pollutants 3.138 The planning system plays a key role in determining the referred to in the Government‟s location of development that National Air Quality Strategy may give rise to pollution, either having regard to the Mayor‟s Air directly or indirectly, and in Quality Strategy and take ensuring that other uses and account of the findings of developments are not, as far as Borough Air Quality Review and possible, affected by major Assessments and Action Plans. existing or potential sources of Development proposals should pollution. PPS23 „Planning and also promote sustainable Pollution Control‟ states that design and construction to any consideration of the quality reduce emissions from the of land, air or water and demolition and construction of potential impacts arising from buildings in accordance with development, possibly leading best practice guidance. to impacts on health, is capable Policy DM10 - Air Quality of being a material planning (a) Development proposals that would consideration, in so far as it have significant adverse impacts on arises or may arise from or may local air quality, expose the public to air affect any land use. However, pollution or lead to a breach of the the controls under the planning Government‟s air quality objectives, and pollution control regimes particularly within identified Air Quality should complement rather than Management Areas (AQMAs), will not duplicate each other. be permitted, unless appropriate 3.139 In accordance with the aims of mitigation measures are put in place to the National Air Quality reduce the adverse impacts to Strategy, the Mayor‟s „Air acceptable levels. Quality Strategy‟ (2010) seeks (b)All planning applications for major to minimise the emissions of developments with potentially key pollutants and to reduce significant adverse impacts on air concentrations to levels at quality, or located within or in the which no, or minimal, effects on vicinity of an AQMA, should be human health are likely to accompanied by an Air Quality occur. Other Mayoral initiatives Assessment to assess the extent of the such as the Low Emissions potential impacts and set out the Zone, introduced in February mitigation measures proposed to make 2008, also make contributions the development acceptable. The to improving air quality. Council may impose planning 3.140 Policy 7.14 (Improving Air conditions or negotiate planning Quality) of the London agreements with developers where Planstates that development necessary. proposals should aim to be „air Justification quality neutral‟ and not lead to

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 44

3.141 In seeking to reduce polluting 3.143 The purpose of an Air Quality emissions and public exposure Assessment is to provide to air pollution to acceptable sufficient information for the levels, achieve national air Council to determine the quality objectives, particularly „significance‟ of the air quality within identified AQMAs, and impacts by assessing existing maximise opportunities for air quality in the study area reducing air pollution, it is (existing baseline), predicting considered that Policy DM10 is future air quality without the consistent with PPS23, the development (future baseline), Mayor‟s Air Quality Strategy and predicting future air quality and Policy 7.14 of the London with the development in place Plan. (with development). The 3.142 Developers should liaise with following information should be the Council at an early stage to provided: determine whether an Air Details of the proposed Quality Assessment will be development and relevant air required before submitting a quality objectives; planning application. The Details of the assessment Council will take account of a methods used; number of factors in Full details of model determining whether an verification (required for all assessment is required, traffic modelling); including the scale of the Description of baseline proposed development, the conditions; development‟s location in Assessment of impacts, with relation to AQMAs and the results of modelling the vulnerable receptors, traffic „with development‟ and generation and the introduction „baseline‟ scenarios clearly of any new industrial or waste set out; processes requiring an Description of construction environmental permit under the phase impacts; Environmental Permitting Proposed mitigation Regulations (England and measures employed to avoid, Wales) 2010. Larger reduce and, if possible, offset commercial or industrial significant adverse effects; installations with potential to and emit air pollution („Part A‟ A summary of the installations) will normally assessment results including require an air quality impacts during construction assessment to be undertaken (usually dust and PM10s) and under the Environmental Impact operation (usually nitrogen Assessment (EIA) Regulations dioxides, PM10s and 2011. Smaller less polluting PM2.5s), exceedences of installations (Part „A2‟ and „B‟) AQMA objectives, the may still require an assessment significance of the impacts to be undertaken as part of a identified and any conflicts permit application under the with planning policy. Environmental Permitting Regulations 2010 as amended. 3.144 Before undertaking an

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 45

assessment, developers should Bridges‟ (DMRB). Where an seek to obtain prior agreement approved transport assessment with the Council on the (TA) has been prepared, appropriate modelling modelled or predicted methodologies and local input development traffic flows in the data to be used. Local scale TA should generally be used as dispersion modelling will the basis for the calculation of normally be required to estimate „with development‟ emissions emissions arising from the and subsequent model runs. proposed development both with 3.146 Background air pollution levels and without the development. should be based on a nearby Local background monitoring station where the concentrations should be added data is sufficiently relevant to the to the modelled values to predict study area, with reference made total concentrations at each to the London Air Quality location. Typical examples are Network and the Council‟s air ADMS-Roads, ADMS-Urban, the quality monitoring programme. Caline group of models and Developers should apply the AAQuIRE. The models used for most recent version of the GLA‟s road traffic emissions will „London Atmospheric Emissions invariably require the modelled Inventory‟ as appropriate (LAEI local contributions to be verified 2006). against local monitoring data and if necessary adjusted. Air 3.147 Based on the Air Quality Quality Assessments should Assessment, the Council will provide a transparent account of determine both the significance the modelling undertaken, of exposure to air pollution and including all assumptions made, the levels of mitigation required input data used and the to enable the development to approach to model verification. progress, having regard to the Developers should refer to „Air Pollution Exposure Criteria DEFRA‟s Technical Guidance (APEC) Table‟ in London Notes „LAQM.TG (03)‟ and Councils‟ „Air Quality and „LAQM.TG(09)‟ in selecting and Planning Guidance‟ (2006) or verifiying dispersion models. It is equivalent. Within AQMAs, expected that the approach mitigation measures will be taken will be consistent with considered as standard practice, London Councils‟ „Air Quality particularly for larger trip- and Planning Guidance‟ (2007) generating developments. In and EPUK‟s42 „Development such cases, the Council will set Control: Planning for Air Quality‟ conditions, negotiate Section (2010). 106 agreements as appropriate in order to implement the 3.145 Traffic emissions modelling following mitigation measures: should make use of DEFRA‟s Considerate contractor updated „Emission Factors schemes; Toolkit„ (Version 4.2.2) and Dust control measures; „Design Manual for Roads and Air quality monitoring (at boundary and at closest 42 Environmental Protection UK receptor);

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 46

Travel Plans, car clubs and near a site known, or public transport incentives; reasonably believed, to be Specified emissions contaminated, a site standards for service assessment should be required vehicles/ HGVs; to establish the nature and Parking for low emission or extent of the contamination car club vehicles; prior to determining the Provision of electric charging application. Development points; should not be permitted unless Low emission buses; effective measures are taken to Contribution to specific traffic treat or control any management or road contamination in order not to: schemes; Expose occupiers of the Mechanical ventilation; and development and neighbouring land to Contribution to the Council‟s unacceptable risk; Action plan and monitoring Threaten the structural programmes integrity of any building on or

adjoining the site; 3.148 Developers should give Contaminate any consideration to technical watercourse, waterbody or guidance set out in revised „Air aquifer; or Quality and Planning Cause the contamination of Guidance‟and „The Control of adjoining land or allow the Dust and Emissions from contamination to continue. Construction and Demolition‟ published by London Councils 3.150 Policy 5.21 (Contaminated in 2007 and „Development Land) of the London Plan states Control, Planning for Air Quality that appropriate measures Update‟ published by EPUK in should be taken to ensure that 2010 or equivalent. development on previously contaminated land does not

activate or spread Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land contamination and that LDFs Background should encourage the remediation of contaminated 3.149 The redevelopment of sites. previously developed land (or „brownfield‟) sites for beneficial 3.151 There are currently 32 „sites of uses, many of which are potential concern‟ within the potentially affected by Borough with respect to contamination, provides an possible land contamination. opportunity to deal with the Details of these sites can be potential risks posed by obtained from the Council‟s contamination to human health Environmental Protection team. and the natural environment. Policy DM11 - Contaminated Land Government guidance in PPS23 „Planning and Pollution (a) The Council will permit development Control‟ (2004) is based on the proposals located on or near potentially precautionary principle. Where contaminated sites, provided that: development is proposed on or a detailed site investigation is undertaken prior to the start of

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 47

construction in order to assess the the potential sensitivity of the nature and extent of contamination, area to the adverse effects of the production of landfill gases and pollution, including the quality the potential risks to human health, of soil, ground and surface adjacent land uses and the local waters, nature conservation environment; and the presence of Source where the assessment identifies Protection Zones (water unacceptable risks to human health, supply); adjacent land uses or the local the possible adverse impacts environment, appropriate site on water quality and the remediation and aftercare measures impact of any possible are agreed or secured by condition to discharge of effluent or protect the health of future occupants leachates which may pose a or users, taking into account the threat to surface or proposed use; and underground water resources the proposed use does not lead to the directly or indirectly through future contamination of the land in and surrounding soils; around the site. the perception of unacceptable risk to the (b) All development proposals on or health or safety of the public near potentially contaminated sites arising from the development; should be accompanied by a full risk the need to ensure that land, assessment, which takes into account after development, is not existing site conditions, the capable of being determined groundwater regime, and pollution as contaminated land under pathways. Part IIA of the Environmental Justification Protection Act (EPA) 1990 3.152 It is considered that Policy DM11 is and that all unacceptable consistent with the requirements of risks have been addressed; Government guidance in PPS23 and and Policy 5.21 of the London the Council‟s inspection Plan. strategy and programme for 3.153 In considering planning contaminated land (required applications, the Council must under Part IIA of the EPA be satisfied that the potential for 1990). contamination and any risks 3.154 Developers should be able to arising to human health and the assure the Council that they natural environment are have the expertise, or access to properly assessed. it, to make such assessments. Furthermore, proposed Developers should take note of developments should the requirement to understand incorporate any necessary the potential for contamination remediation and subsequent and the need for initial site management measures to deal investigations and reassurance with unacceptable risks and that the site will not cause make the site fit for the pollution to water and soil. The proposed development. The EA‟s „Model Procedures for the following matters will be Management of Land considered: Contamination CLR 11‟ or equivalent, which provide a

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 48

technical framework for screening, or internal layout in applying a risk management preference to sole reliance on process when dealing with land sound insulation, and promoting contamination, should be new technologies and improved consulted. practices to reduce noise at Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration source. Background Policy DM12 - Noise and Vibration 3.155 PPG24 „Planning and Noise‟ (a) Development proposals that would (1994) outlines the result in exposure to noise or vibration considerations to be taken into above acceptable levels affecting account in determining planning noise-sensitive land uses, such as applications, both for noise- housing, schools and hospitals, will not sensitive developments (such be permitted unless appropriate as housing, schools and mitigation measures are put in place to hospitals) and for those reduce the adverse impacts to activities that generate noise. It acceptable levels. Where necessary, recommends appropriate levels the Council will set planning conditions for exposure to different to reduce the impact on adjacent land sources of noise in terms of uses to acceptable levels, relative to noise exposure categories for ambient noise levels and the character dwellings and detailed guidance of the locality. on the assessment of noise (b) New noise-sensitive developments from different sources. should be separated from major noise- 3.156 The planning system should generating activities wherever ensure that, wherever practicable. Planning applications for practicable, noise-sensitive noise-sensitive developments located developments are separated near to a noise-generating activity from major sources of noise should be accompanied by a formal (such as road, rail and air assessment, which should categorise transport and certain types of the site according to the noise exposure industrial development). It is categories in PPG24 „Planning and equally important that new Noise‟ and explain how the proposal development involving noisy responds to the advice given in PPG24. activities should, if possible, be All new dwellings should achieve sited away from noise-sensitive BS8233:1999 „good‟ standards (or land uses. equivalent) and improve on the sound 3.157 Policy 7.15 (Noise and insulation standards in Part E of the Vibration) of the London Plan Building Regulations by 5dB in states that development accordance with the Mayor‟s „preferred proposals should seek to standards‟ set out in the Mayor‟s reduce noise by minimising the „Sustainable Design and Construction‟ existing and potential adverse SPG (2006) as amended. impacts of noise on, from, (c) Details of these measures should within, or in the vicinity of, be provided in Sustainable Design and development proposals, Construction Statements or through separating new noise sensitive submission of an appropriate scheme development from major noise prior to the start of construction on sources wherever practicable site. through the use of distance,

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 49

Justification ambient noise, the role of 3.158 It is considered that Policy planning conditions and, DM12 is consistent with where necessary, Section Government guidance in 106 Agreements to ensure PPG24, the Mayor‟s Ambient that the effects of noise are Noise Strategy and Policy 7.15 mitigated as far as possible; of the London Plan. the role of highway 3.159 In the case of noise-generating management and transport development, the adverse policies in reducing the impacts of noise exposure on impact of traffic noise, such surrounding land uses will as the requirements set depend on a variety of factors, under Policy DM20 such as character, frequency „Assessing the Transport and pitch. Since no fixed Impact of New standard can be universally Development‟; applied, the Council will containing noise from late consider each case on its own night entertainment and merits, based on the following other 24-hour activities; key considerations: the likely level of noise exposure at the time of the the character of the noise. Sudden impulses, irregular application and any increase noise or noise that contains a that may reasonably be distinguishable continuous tone expected in the foreseeable will require special future; consideration; the potential of subsequent intensification or change of the potential of new technologies and other use to cause greater measures to control the intrusion and disturbance; and source of, or limit exposure to, noise. These include (i) levels of noise during engineering measures such throughout the night, especially as sound insulation and/or during the hours when people noise barriers (ii) layouts and are normally sleeping (23.00 to designs that ensure that the 07.00), and the need to ensure site provides adequate particular protection to noise- distance between the source sensitive development. and noise-sensitive buildings 3.160 In seeking to minimise noise or areas or screening through and vibration impacts during the natural barriers, other construction phase, developers buildings, or non-critical should have regard to Guideline rooms in a building, and (iii) SDC17 of the Council‟s administrative measures „Sustainable Design and limiting the operating time of Construction‟ IPG (2008) or any source, restricting activities subsequent SPD. All proposals allowed on the site and for major development should specifying an acceptable be accompanied by a site noise limit; environmental plan prepared in where it is proposed to grant line with best practice guidance, permission for noise-sensitive such as „Environmental Good development in areas of high Practice on Site‟ prepared by

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 50

the Construction Industry thus the potential adverse impacts on Research and Information residential amenity, the character and Association (CIRIA) or appearance of the historic environment, equivalent. public safety, protected wildlife and Policy DM13 - Light Pollution quality of life. Applicants are encouraged to use low energy lighting Background systems in order to conserve energy 3.161 Light pollution is defined as and preserve the darkness of the night- artificial light that is allowed to time sky, particularly near public open illuminate, or intrude upon, spaces. areas that are not intended to be lit. The intrusion of overly (b) Lighting schemes submitted in bright or poorly directed lights support of major development onto neighbouring property can proposals should have regard to the affect a neighbour‟s right to best practice guidelines set out in the enjoy their own property. A Council‟s „Sustainable Design and typical example would be an Construction‟ IPG (2008) (or any inconsiderately directed security subsequent SPD) and the „essential light shining into a bedroom standards‟ set out in the Mayor‟s window. Another important „Sustainable Design and Construction‟ issue arising from light pollution SPG (2006) as amended. Details of is sky-glow, which can severely these measures should be provided in affect our view of the night sky. Sustainable Design and Construction Inconsiderate or incorrectly set Statements or through submission of an lighting can have other adverse appropriate scheme prior to the start of effects in terms of glare, nature construction on site. conservation impacts and wasted energy. (c) Where necessary, the Council may 3.162 Government guidance in set planning conditions to control the PPS23 „Planning and Pollution levels of luminance, glare, spillage, Control‟ (2004) highlights the angle, lighting type and hours of need to limit and, where operation. possible, reduce the adverse Justification impacts of light pollution e.g. on 3.164 It is considered that Policy local amenity, rural tranquillity DM13 is consistent with the and nature conservation. aims of national policy in 3.163 The „essential‟ standards set PPS23 „Planning and Pollution out in the Mayor‟s „Sustainable Control‟ and the „essential‟ Design and Construction‟ SPG standards in the Mayor‟s (2006) includes a requirement „Sustainable Design and that “wherever on-site outdoor Construction‟ SPG. lighting is proposed as part of a 3.165 Lighting schemes submitted in development, it should be support of major development energy efficient, minimising light proposals should also have lost to sky”. regard to best practice Policy DM13 - Light Pollution guidance prepared by the Institution of Light Engineers in (a) All development proposals should „Guidance Notes for the incorporate measures to minimise the Reduction of Obtrusive Light‟ intrusiveness of artificial lighting and

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 51

(GN01) 2005 or equivalent. planning applications for Where appropriate, developers development at or in the vicinity should comply with the 1994 of sites at which hazardous „Lighting requirements for substances are present, local outdoor sports facilities‟ set out authorities should have regard by Sport England. to the following objectives: Policy DM14 - Hazardous Substances to prevent major accidents and limit the consequences of Background such accidents for man and 3.166 A hazard is defined as an the environment; appreciable danger to life, limb in the long term, to maintain and property arising from the appropriate distances presence of certain explosive, between establishments and poisonous or otherwise residential areas, areas of hazardous substances. public use and areas of Although these dangers are particular natural sensitivity or generally low in the Borough, interest; and there is a need to minimise the in relation to existing potential risks which may arise establishments, to apply from the following types of additional technical measures development proposal: so as not to increase risks to installations for the storing or people. processing of hazardous substances; 3.168 Policy 5.22 (Hazardous Substances) of the London Plan the redevelopment of contaminated sites; states that when assessing developments near hazardous development likely to cause the intensification of existing installations site hazards or which will specificcircumstances and significantly increase the level of proposed mitigation measures public exposure; and should be taken into account. However the risks should be the disposal of hazardous materials on sites within the balanced with the benefits of Borough. development and take account of existing patterns of 3.167 Circular 04/00 „Planning development. Controls for Hazardous substances‟ provides guidance Policy DM14 - Hazardous on the operation of the consent Substances procedure for hazardous (a) Development proposals involving substances, which was the use, storage, installation or introduced under EU Directive processing of explosive, inflammable, 96/82/EC. However, the corrosive, toxic or other harmful/ requirement for hazardous hazardous substances that are a substances consent does not potential safety risk will not be override the need for planning permitted. Planning permission will only permission to be obtained be granted for developments involving where development of land for hazardous substances, or uses the storage or processing of requiring hazardous substances hazardous substances is consent, where there are no involved. In considering unacceptable risks to occupiers, public

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 52

health and safety or to nature West Barnes Lane gas-holder, conservation interests. Worcester Park; Woodcote/ Croydon Works gas (b) Proposed developments within the pipeline; vicinity of existing notified sites or other Hooley/ Woodmansterne Road known hazards will be assessed on the gas pipeline; basis of potential adverse impacts Mogador/ Woodcote gas resulting from this close proximity. pipeline; and (c) The Council may impose planning Woodmansterne Road/ Croydon conditions or negotiate planning Works gas pipeline. agreements with developers, where Policy DM15 - Green necessary, to reduce any risks to Belt/Metropolitan Open Land acceptable levels. Background Justification 3.172 PPG2 „Green Belts‟ (1995) 3.169 It is considered that Policy makes it clear that the DM14 is consistent with Circular fundamental aim of Green Belt 04/00 and London Plan Policy policy is to prevent urban 5.22. sprawl by keeping land 3.170 In applying Policy DM14, the permanently open and that Council will consult with the there is a general presumption Health and Safety Executive against inappropriate (HSE) to establish the level of development in the Green Belt. danger and the precautions that The construction of new can be taken and have regard buildings inside a Green Belt is to the HSE‟s „Planning Advice inappropriate unless it is for for Developments near agriculture and forestry, Hazardous Installations‟ (March essential facilities for outdoor 2008) as amended. Where sport and recreation, for necessary, the Council will cemeteries or other uses of impose conditions or enter into open land that preserve the Section 106 Agreement openness of the Green Belt. planning agreements to ensure 3.173 The Council‟s „Open Space and the introduction of safety Biodiversity‟ Report of Studies measures to minimise the (2008) reviewed the boundaries potential risks to acceptable of the Green Belt and levels. Any new installation for concluded that they were both storing or processing notifiable logical and defensible and that quantities of defined hazardous there were no strategic substances will be expected to development needs that would respect rigorous safeguards. require boundary amendments. 3.171 The Council has been made 3.174 In preparing guidance on the aware of the following notifiable Green Belt in the 1990s, an sites and high pressure gas assessment was undertaken of pipelines by the HSE: the likely impact of extensions London Road Depot, Starr (Fuel to existing residential Oils) Ltd., Hackbridge; development. There are two Wrythe Lane gas-holder, distinct parcels of land Carshalton; designated as Green Belt in Crown Road gas-holder, Sutton; Sutton: the Cuddington Area is

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 53

characterised by low density and protect the Metropolitan linear suburban residential Green Belt and Metropolitan development in large plots with Open Land, the Council will views to the open Green Belt apply the following policy: behind; the Little Woodcote Policy DM15 - Green Area is rural with scattered Belt/Metropolitan Open Land small weatherboard houses associated with smallholdings (a) The Council will grant planning built in 1925 to help returning permission for extensions and soldiers from World War I. replacement of existing dwellings in the Green Belt at Cuddington and 3.175 It was determined that a 30% Woodcote (as shown on the Proposals increase in floor area above the Map) provided that the openness of site of an original dwelling the Green Belt is not affected and that would not impact on openness the increase in the floor area is no or be disproportionate in the greater than 30% above the size of the local Sutton context as: original dwelling. the weatherboard properties in the Woodcote area have a (b) The Council will not grant planning small original floorspace and permission for development adjacent a 30% increase would not to the Green Belt or Metropolitan Open result in a large extension. Land (MOL) (as shown on the There would consequently be Proposals Map) if it has a detrimental no suburbanising effect from impact on its visual amenities. such development; The plots in Cuddington are Justification large and extensions limited 3.178 There is comprehensive to 30% would be unlikely to guidance on assessing reduce the gap between appropriate development in the buildings and therefore affect Green Belt and MOL in PPG2 the appreciation of the and the London Plan and openness of the Green Belt. accordingly the Council will apply this guidance when 3.176 Since 1997, and the adoption of assessing applications. In an SPG on the Green Belt, the particular the Council will grant Council has been applying planning permission for the guidance that extensions no development or infilling of Major greater than 30% above the Developed Sites if it meets the floor area of the original building criteria of PPG2 Annex C. would not usually be considered Furthermore, in accordance disproportionate. This has not with PPG2, the Council will led to a detrimental impact on grant planning permission for the character of either Green proposals in the Green Belt and Belt area. MOL, which have a positive role 3.177 In accordance with PPG2 and in fulfilling its statutory purposes the London Plan Policies 7.16 and objectives. Applications for (Green Belt) and 7.17 the re-use of existing buildings (Metropolitan Open Land) and will also be assessed against further to Strategic Objective 9 the criteria set out in PPG2. and Core Policy PMP9, which 3.179 Whilst PPG2 sets out the seek to control urban sprawl principle that limited extensions

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 54

or alteration of existing PPG17, this study also dwellings is not inappropriate, assessed the quality and value more specific local guidance is of open spaces. The required and is set out in Policy assessment of quality was DM15. For purposes of applying based on the nationally agreed Policy DM15, the Council quality standards of the Green considers that: Flag Scheme and were the 30% figure should only typology specific. In 2007 the be treated as an indication Council produced an Open and that in some instances Space Strategy based on the proposals to extend the floor results of the earlier study. area by less than 30% may 3.182 The Council‟s „Open Space and still be disproportionate, be Biodiversity‟ Report of Studies considered to have a sets out the results of significant impact on comprehensive appraisals of openness and therefore be open space and their inappropriate. The Council contribution to the Borough and will also consider the mass, builds on the Actions of the scale and any increase in Sutton Open Space Strategy. ridge height in order to The Report of Studies confirms determine if an extension is the appropriateness of all disproportionate; and designations, apart from two the „original dwelling‟ means areas of Urban Green Space the dwelling (and garages (The Women‟s Cricket Club on and ancillary buildings within Plough Lane and the Mill Green 5 metres) that existed in Allotments), which no longer 1948 or when first built if later meet the criteria for designation than 1948. Any extensions, and have subsequently been which are built subsequently, de-designated as Urban Green will not be considered part of Space. the original building. 3.183 The Open Space and Policy DM16 - Open Space Biodiversity Report of Studies Background also set supply and demand for 3.180 In accordance with PPG17 allotments and identify the „Planning for Open Space, dramatic rise in take up of Sports and Recreation‟ (2002) allotments over the last four and the London Plan, there is a years. strong level of protection for 3.184 In accordance with PPG17 and open spaces and it is the London Plan and further to recognised that open spaces Strategic Objective 9 and Core have a multiple range of Policy PMP9, the Council will functions. seek to protect and enhance 3.181 In 2005, the Council the open space network of the commissioned consultants Borough by applying the Scott Wilson to undertake a following policy: study into the supply, demand Policy DM16 - Open Space and use of green space in the Borough. In accordance with (a) The Council will not grant planning the Companion Guide to permission for proposals for built

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 55

development that would result in the pedestrian and cycle linkages within loss of open space, unless an and between sites within the Green assessment has been undertaken Chain and other open spaces. which shows that the open space is surplus to all the functions that an Justification open space can perform. 3.185 There is comprehensive guidance on assessing (b) The Council will require all proposals for development on residential development proposals in open space in PPG17 and the Areas of Open Space Deficiency (see London Plan and accordingly Maps 2.1 to 2.5 in Appendix 2), in the Council will apply this wards with below the Borough-wide guidance when assessing target of open space of 2.88ha per applications. In addition, many 1,000 population (as currently set out of the open spaces have an in the „Open Space Strategy‟ (2007)), integral relationship with the and, in Centres of Regeneration and significance of heritage assets Growth, to provide new open space and the impact of any proposed and/or make financial contributions to development on this heritage enable the provision of new open value should also be spaces or improvements to the considered. accessibility and quality of existing 3.186 In accordance with Core Public Open Spaces (as shown on the Policies PMP9 and DP2, the Proposals Map). Council will seek to ensure that new residential development (c) The Council will only grant planning provides new open space on permission for small-scale structures site or makes a financial on Public Open Space (as shown on contribution towards the open the Proposals Map) or Urban Green space network, including play Space where the development is space (see also DM29: Housing directly related and ancillary to any Standards). The Council‟s recreational use of the land and the „Planning Obligations‟ SPD predominant open character of the (2007) provides details of the open space is maintained. scope and scale of contributions that will be sought, (d) The Council will require, where including contributions towards appropriate, developments to make a sports and recreation, which will contribution towards enhancing poor be assessed separately. quality spaces within the catchment of the development site. Policy DM17 - Biodiversity, Habitats and Species (e) The Council will not permit Background development involving the loss of 3.187 PPS1 „Delivering Sustainable allotment sites unless the allotment Development‟ indicates that site is significantly and continuously local authorities should seek to under-used and is declared surplus by enhance the environment as the Council and other open spaces. part of development proposals; significant adverse impact on (f) The Council will, where appropriate, the environment should be require contributions towards the avoided and alternative options provision or improvement of that might reduce impacts

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 56

should be followed; and where shown on Maps 2.66-2.67 in adverse impacts are Appendix 2. The London unavoidable, local authorities Biodiversity Action Plan and should consider mitigation Sutton‟s Local Biodiversity measures. PPS9 „Biodiversity Action Plan also set out detailed and Geological Conservation‟ information on the biodiversity (2005) is clear that the highest in the Borough. level of protection should be 3.190 In accordance with PPS9, the given to the most valued London Plan Policy, and, further landscapes, wildlife habitats to Strategic Objective SO5 and and natural resources. Core Policy PMP9 (The Open 3.188 Biodiversity consists of a rich Spaces Network), the Council diversity of flora and fauna, will protect and enhance the which forms a critical part of the biodiversity of the Borough by ecosystem. Biodiversity can applying the following policy: bring a range of benefits Policy DM17 - Biodiversity, Habitats including flood alleviation, and Species pollution amelioration, and enhancements to the (a) The Council will not grant planning environment that can lead to permission for development within or improvements in the local adjacent to SINCs (as shown on the economy. Finally enhancing Proposals Map) where there would be biodiversity in urban areas can a significant damaging impact on the contribute to a better quality of nature conservation value or integrity life and a sense of well-being. of the site unless the need for, and benefits of, the development clearly 3.189 The Mayor‟s „Biodiversity outweigh the harm; where the Council Strategy‟ (2002) sets out the is satisfied that there are no policy, criteria and procedures reasonable alternative sites that would for identifying nature result in less harm; and, where conservation sites in London, adequate mitigation and compensation and, London Plan Policy 7.19 measures can be put in place. (Biodiversity and Access to

Nature) indicates that local (b) The Council will grant planning authorities should use these to permission for developments that identify sites of importance for create, conserve or enhance nature conservation. biodiversity and improve access to Accordingly, the Council, in nature particularly in Areas of conjunction with the GLA, has Deficiency in Access to Nature and carried out a review of the Priority Opportunity Area to Reduce biodiversity of the Borough, Deficiency in Access (as shown on using these criteria, and the Map 2.67 in Appendix 2). outcome of this assessment,

which recommends a number of (c) The Council will not grant planning boundary amendments, is set permission for development that would out in the Open Space and adversely affect the value of Green Biodiversity Report of Studies Corridors (as shown on the Proposals (2008). The resulting updated Map) for nature conservation, amenity boundaries and additional Sites and leisure purposes. of Importance for Nature

Conservation (SINCs) are

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 57

(d) Where appropriate, the Council will (2004) recognises the secure financial contributions towards importance and varied roles of enhancing nature conservation and agriculture, including the access to nature. In particular, the maintenance and management Council will seek, where appropriate, of the countryside and valued contributions towards improvements to landscapes. The guidance says the River Wandle and the Beverley that favourable consideration and Pyl Brooks, including river should be given to proposals for restoration, de-culverting and habitat diversification where the enhancement, and financial/land development preserves the contributions required to complete the openness of the Green Belt and River Wandle Walkway and Cycleway does not conflict with the (as shown on the Proposals Map). purposes of including land in the Green Belt. Justification 3.191 When considering planning 3.194 Farming in Sutton is following applications, the Council will the national pattern and is have regard to the requirements experiencing a decline. In of Section 41 of the Natural particular the smallholdings are Environment and Rural suffering from competition from Communities Act 2006 - larger, more economic units Habitats and Species of and this is leading to a Principal Importance in considerable number of England, which sets out a list of applications for diversification of species and habitats of principal uses. Consequently, as many of importance in England that local the smallholdings of the Little authorities must specifically Woodcote Area are no longer consider. In determining viable, there has been pressure applications, further on the houses to be used for consideration should also be residential purposes unrelated given to the other Section 41 to agricultural uses. Species and Habitats that are of 3.195 In accordance with guidance in significance locally (as listed in PPS7 and London Plan Policy the London and Sutton 7.22 (Land for Food) and in Biodiversity Action Plans) and order to implement Strategic to the protected species listed Objective 9, the Council will under the Wildlife and apply the following policy: Countryside Act 1981 and the Habitat Regulations 1994. Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Diversity 3.192 The Council will seek to protect those back gardens that are of (a) The Council will not permit ecological value and development that would lead to the accordingly will apply Policy loss of the best and most versatile DM30 (Housing and Back agricultural land or that would reduce Garden Land). the viability of the remaining agricultural land. Policy DM18 - Agricultural Land & Diversity (b) The Council will not permit new agricultural buildings unless it is Background satisfied that they are necessary, do 3.193 PPS7 „Sustainable not affect the character of the area and Development in Rural Areas‟

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 58

that there are no other suitable urbanisation of the Green Belt, buildings on the agricultural unit for the particularly as a result of the proposed use. The Council will assess permitted development rights. whether existing agricultural buildings Therefore, it is important to are being used for agricultural define the plot sizes of purposes. Proposals must be residential units within the accompanied by a comprehensive Green Belt and the Council will farm diversification plan, which not permit proposals for the establishes how it will assist in extension of residential retaining the viability of the farm. curtilages in order to avoid undue encroachment on the (c) The Council will grant planning agricultural landscape. permission for residential units arising Boundary treatments should be out of the rationalisation of agricultural sensitive to the agricultural land and no longer linked to small landscape and therefore all holding land provided that it will have a proposals for new residential maximum plot size of 0.2ha (1/2 acre) units will be conditioned to for each detached dwelling and 0.1ha include natural boundary (1/4 acre) for each semi-detached treatments. dwelling. Policy DM19 - Promoting Justification Sustainable Transport and 3.196 The Council will apply the Accessibility provisions of PPS7 when Background assessing applications for farm 3.199 PPG13 „Transport‟ (2001) diversification, including farm seeks greater integration of shops. The best and most planning and transport at all versatile agricultural land is levels in order to promote more considered to be Grades 1, 2 sustainable transport choices and 3a of the Agricultural Land for people and freight; to Classifications. promote accessibility to jobs, 3.197 This policy seeks to ensure that shopping, leisure facilities and agricultural buildings are services by public transport, genuinely needed and their walking and cycling; and to adverse effect on the Green reduce the need to travel, Belt is minimised in order to especially by car. To achieve protect the openness of the these objectives, development Green Belt and the amenities of plans should direct growth to residents. those areas with the best public 3.198 The creation of residential units transport such as town centres; arising out of the rationalisation locate day-to-day facilities in of agricultural land should not, local centres where they can be on its own, create any problems easily accessed by walking and as long as it does not result in cycling; locate higher density redevelopment, creation of housing in areas highly more units or infill between the accessible by public transport; current scattered dwellings. and ensure that other types of However, extensions to development offer a realistic residential gardens or curtilages choice of access by public could lead to the gradual transport, walking and cycling.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 59

3.200 One of the six main objectives sets out the Council‟s approach of the London Plan is to ensure to sustainable transport London is a city where it is improvements. In order to easy, safe and convenient for promote the provision of everyone to access jobs, sustainable transport, the opportunities and facilities. The Council will apply the following key policy directions for policy: achieving this objective include Policy DM19 - Promoting improving and expanding public Sustainable Transport and transport, improving conditions Accessibility for cycling and walking, integrating development with (a) New developments should be public transport and accessible by, and make provision for, encouraging patterns and forms sustainable modes of transport such of development that reduce the as walking, cycling and public need to travel, especially by transport, in order to promote car. increased use of these modes in preference to the private car. Where 3.201 London Plan Policy 6.7 (Better such provision is outside the control of Streets and Surface Transport) the developer, or the development is requires that Local Plan policies not large enough to warrant specific should promote bus, bus transit provision, planning obligations will be and tram networks, while sought and pooled to support wider London Plan Policies 6.9 improvements to sustainable modes, (Cycling) and 6.10 (Walking) including public transport and car aim to bring about a significant clubs. increase in cycling and walking

in London by improving routes (b) Major trip-generating developments and facilities to support these (those requiring Transport modes of transport. Major Assessments/Travel Plans) should be developments are expected to located in areas of good public provide new, high quality, transport accessibility, based on the pedestrian and cycle routes, Public Transport Accessibility Level which are direct and provide methodology, and be easily accessible good connections to existing by sustainable modes of transport. All streets, bus stops and stations. new developments should be fully Policies are expected to identify accessible to people with mobility and promote the relevant impairments. sections of both the strategic

and local cycle and walking (c) Developments or changes of use networks. should not result in the loss of a 3.202 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling sustainable transport facility, unless an Smarter Travel Choices – an acceptable alternative can be provided Area-based Approach) sets out or it can be demonstrated to the how the Council intends to Council‟s satisfaction that the facility is facilitate and improve no longer required. sustainable transport options Justification through a number of specific 3.203 Both walking and cycling have schemes, while Core Policy great potential to replace short BP10 (Transport – Strategic car trips, and therefore reduce and Borough-wide Proposals)

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 60

local traffic congestion, air Implementation Plan. The pollution, noise and community Council‟s „Planning Obligations‟ severance, accidents and road SPD (2007) sets out the criteria danger, and greenhouse gas and formulae for calculating emissions. PPG13 „Transport‟ S106 transport contributions, states that local authorities while Core Policy DP2 should pay attention to the (Planning Obligations) provides design, location and access the strategic policy context. arrangements of new 3.205 The Mayor‟s „Land for development to help promote Transport‟ SPG (2007) and walking and cycling, as well as London Plan Policy 6.2 seeking the provision of (Providing Public Transport convenient, safe and secure Capacity and Safeguarding cycle parking and changing Land for Transport) state that facilities in new development. land and facilities currently in Public transport use should also use for the provision of public be encouraged as an transport should be retained in alternative to the private car that use, and land should be and improvements to public safeguarded to implement transport should be sought as future transport proposals that part of larger development have a reasonable prospect of proposals, in order to reduce delivery. The Council will apply the need to travel by car and this policy to pedestrian and the level of parking at such cycle routes, in addition to bus, sites. Planning obligations may tram and rail facilities. Where a be used to achieve new development or a change improvements to public of use is proposed that would transport, walking and cycling result in the loss of such land or where such measures are likely facilities, an alternative to influence the travel patterns acceptable site or route should to the site involved, are an be made available. integral and essential part of the Alternatively, it should be development, and without which demonstrated to the Council‟s planning permission would not satisfaction that there is no be granted. In cases where an longer a need for the facility. individual development will have an impact on these modes Policy DM20 - Assessing the but the impact is not sufficient Transport Impact of New to justify provision of a specific Development infrastructure measure or Background service improvement/provision, 3.206 PPG13 „Transport‟ states that a generic sustainable transport where developments will have contribution will be sought significant transport instead which will be pooled implications, Transport and used towards Assessments should be improvements that benefit the prepared and submitted wider area. alongside planning applications. 3.204 A map identifying the relative In addition, where appropriate, PTALs in the Borough is shown a Travel Plan will also be in the Council‟s Local required.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 61

3.207 London Plan Policy 6.3 development applications, a Transport (Assessing effects of Statement may be required that Development on Transport provides evidence that the developer Capacity) requires that has taken account of traffic and boroughs should consider new transport issues. development in terms of existing transport capacity. (b) The Council will not grant planning Where existing transport permission unless any transport capacity is insufficient to allow improvements considered necessary for the travel generated by by the Council to overcome any proposed developments, and adverse impacts of the development there are no firm plans for a can be secured by planning sufficient increase in capacity to agreement or an undertaking given by cater for this, boroughs should the developer that they will be ensure the development is implemented as part of the phased until these known development. requirements can be met. Justification Developments with significant 3.209 It is important to assess the transport implications should likely transport impact of new include a Transport development, and, in particular, Assessment and Travel Plan as consider the likely trip- part of planning applications. generation in relation to the 3.208 Therefore, in accordance with capacity of the existing Core Policy BP10 (Transport- transport network and the Strategic and Borough-wide impact on the environment. The Proposals), which seeks to cumulative impact of any ensure that new development is neighbouring applications, and appropriately located in relation the impact on neighbouring to the public transport and boroughs, should be taken into highway network, the Council account. Applicants should also will apply the following policy: set out how they proposed to Policy DM20 - Assessing the manage and mitigate the Transport Impact of New transport impacts of their Development development. Therefore, in accordance with national and (a) The Council will assess all new regional guidance, including development applications for their TfL‟s „Transport Assessment‟ impact on the existing and proposed Best Practice Guidance‟ (2006) transport infrastructure and services and „Workplace and Residential and the local environment. Larger Travel Plan Guidance‟ development applications will be (2008),Transport Assessments expected to be accompanied by a and Travel Plans will be Transport Assessment and Travel required as part of major Plan which should demonstrate how development applications, while the developer proposes to mitigate any for smaller developments likely adverse transport impacts and Transport Statements will be minimise reliance on the private car, in required. The thresholds for particular by encouraging and requirement of Transport providing for the use of sustainable Assessments, Transport modes of transport. For smaller Statements and Travel Plans

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 62

and guidance on their content roads for neighbourhoods and are set out in the Council‟s road users, promoting public „Transport Assessments and transport and other sustainable Travel Plans‟ SPD (2008). For means of transport and a higher developments that are likely to quality public realm. generate significant goods 3.212 Core Policy BP10 seeks to vehicles movements, either manage the highway network, operationally or during traffic and car parking in order construction, Delivery and to ensure the safe and efficient Servicing Plans and/or use of the highway network. Construction Logistics Plans Accordingly, the Council will are likely to be required in apply the following policy: accordance with the Mayor‟s „London Freight Plan‟ (2007). Policy DM21 - New Development and the Highway Network Policy DM21 - New Development and the Highway Network New development should be connected to the most appropriate tier Background of the road hierarchy in order to 3.210 PPG13 „Transport‟ sets out the minimise any adverse impact on traffic principles to be observed in movement and the local environment. terms of access to the road Any local roads built to serve new network and states that development should be designed development plans should according to the Department for include any policies that are Transport‟s „Manual for Streets‟ and directly related to the home zone principles, giving priority to management of traffic. PPG13 sustainable modes and local residents also states that traffic over through motor traffic. New roads management measures should and footways should be built to be promoted which enhance the adoptable standards and be fully street environment and improve accessible to the mobility impaired. road safety in residential areas, Developments that generate including the use of traffic significant goods vehicle movements calming and home zones. should be located close to strategic or 3.211 London Plan Policy 6.11 distributor roads and make off-street (Smoothing Traffic Flow and provision for deliveries and servicing. Tackling Congestion) states that boroughs should take a co- Justification ordinated approach to 3.213 The means by which access is smoothing traffic flow and provided to serve a tackling congestion and that development and how that DPDs should develop an development is designed in integrated package of terms of making provision for measures to address all the movement of vehicles and aspects of transport, promote people are fundamental local services and reduce the considerations in assessing need to travel. London Plan proposals for new development. Policy 6.1 (Strategic Approach) These aspects are crucial in requires that boroughs should terms of ensuring that new manage streetspace taking developments can be account of the different roles of conveniently and safely

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 63

accessed by all modes of is set out in more detail in the transport, particularly Department for Transport‟s sustainable modes, and that „Manual for Streets‟, which the they are appropriately located in Council will also expect relation to the highway network developers to adhere to where and the volume and type of appropriate. vehicles likely to be generated 3.215 Developments that are located by the development. In on, or likely to have a significant particular, it is important that impact on, the Transport for developments generating high London Road Network (TLRN) volumes of vehicular traffic and should be referred to TfL for /or heavy goods vehicles are consultation. located close to the upper tiers of the road hierarchy (strategic Policy DM22 - Parking and distributor roads) in order to Background minimise any adverse effect on local roads in residential areas. 3.216 PPG13 „Transport‟ advocates It is also important that local the use of parking policies to roads, particularly new promote sustainable transport residential roads, are designed choices and reduce reliance on in such a way that reduces the the car, as well as giving priority dominance and speed of motor to people over the ease of vehicles and gives priority to movement. pedestrians, cyclists and local 3.217 London Plan Policy 6.13 residents, in order to improve (Parking) seeks to ensure that safety, residential amenity and an appropriate balance is struck convenience for sustainable between promoting new modes. Central to designing for development and preventing sustainable modes is the excessive car parking provision concept of „permeability‟ to that can undermine cycling, ensure developments are as walking and public transport accessible as possible to use. Borough‟s should use the people on foot and bicycle by a maximum car parking standards network of direct and set out in Table 6.2 of the convenient routes. Convenient London Plan to set parking and well-designed provision for standards. However, the policy mobility-impaired people and allows, in certain delivery vehicles are also circumstances, for a more important aspects to consider in flexible approach to be taken the design of new towards the provision of developments and road layouts. additional public car parking in 3.214 New developments and road town centres and setting more layouts should therefore be generous standards for new designed according to the office developments. Council‟s „Urban Design Guide‟ SPD (2008), which sets out the principles that developers should adhere to in the design and layout of streets and residential areas. This approach

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 64

3.218 Core Policy BP10 states that: facilities; “new development should be Ensure that the public transport appropriately located in relation infrastructure has sufficient capacity to the Borough’s public to accommodate increased demand transport and highway networks as a consequence of the and comply with the Council’s development. restraint-based parking standards”. Accordingly, the (c) Dedicated parking should be Council will apply the following provided for disabled drivers and, policy: where appropriate, motorcycles, Policy DM22 - Parking commercial vehicles and coaches in accordance with the Council‟s (a) New developments will be standards. New developments should expected to provide the appropriate also make provision for convenient amount of car parking necessary in and good quality cycle parking in accordance with the Council‟s accordance with the Council‟s cycle restraint-based maximum car parking parking standards (as set out in standards (as set out in Appendix 3), Appendix 3). taking into account public transport accessibility levels (PTALs), existing (d) Planning permission will be granted publicly available parking provision for the conversion of existing parking and usage in the vicinity of the site and space to other uses where it can the need to deter unnecessary car use clearly be demonstrated that such while avoiding over-spill parking parking is surplus to requirements or problems. the conversion is linked to a travel plan target to reduce demand for parking, (b) Planning permission will be granted the site is reasonably well-served by for developments proposing limited or public transport and conversion would no parking, providedthe Council is not result in on-street parking that satisfied that this will not result in an would adversely affect road safety, increase in on-street parking traffic flow, residential amenity and the whichwould adversely affect traffic local environment. flows, bus movement, road safety or the amenity of local residents or the Justification local environment. Proposals for car- 3.219 The availability of car parking free developments will be expected to: has a major influence on the Be located in a high PTAL (5-6) means of transport people use area; for their journeys. PPG13 requires local authorities to Provide parking for disabled drivers ensure that, as part of a and operational/servicing needs; package of planning and Prohibit residents from obtaining on- transport measures, levels of street parking permits, to be parking provision in new enforced by a legal agreement; development will promote Be within a Controlled Parking Zone sustainable transport choices. (CPZ) or contribute to the This includes not requiring implementation of a CPZ where one developers to provide more car does not currently exist, as long as parking than they wish to, this would not adversely impact on unless there are exceptional the amenity of residents and the circumstances such as safety interests of users of adjacent considerations that cannot be

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 65

resolved; encouraging shared policies should prevent the loss use of parking in town centres; of housing, including affordable and introducing parking controls housing, without its planned in areas adjacent to major trip- replacement at existing or generating developments to higher densities with at least minimise potential displacement equivalent floorspace. In terms of parking where on-site parking of affordable accommodation, is limited. the loss should not be permitted 3.220 Development plan documents unless it is replaced by better are required to set maximum quality accommodation, levels of parking for different providing at least the equivalent types of development and not floorspace of affordable have minimum standards other housing. than for disabled people. 3.224 Core Policy PMP1 (Housing Maximum standards are the Provision) seeks to make maximum level of parking that provision for the Borough‟s can be provided at a share of London‟s housing development, but are not a needs in excess of the Mayor‟s standard that has to be met, target of 345 dwellings per year. and therefore the developer The London Plan proposes a may propose less parking than reduction in this minimum target the maximum standard. to 210 dwellings per annum for 3.221 PPG13 also encourages the the period 2011-2021. use of planning conditions Accordingly, in order to help requiring the removal of parking achieve this, the Council will spaces when, for example, apply the following policy: public transport improvements have taken place on the site at Policy DM23 - Loss of Housing a later date, or a travel plan is in place aimed at reducing car The Council will only, in exceptional use. circumstances, grant planning permission for the loss of residential 3.222 The policy reflects the London accommodation where: Plan requirement for all parking The net loss arises in seeking to standards to be maxima, meet the housing needs of the allowing developers the Borough by providing new housing flexibility to provide less than of a higher quality and design; or the standard if they so wish. The Council‟s car parking It provides for an essential local standards have been revised to community facility, where a specific reflect this overall approach and need has been identified that cannot the standards set out in the be provided on another site nearby; London Plan. or The dwelling(s) by virtue of their Developing Active, Healthy and location are considered by the Inclusive Communities Council to be unsuitable for Policy DM 23 - Loss of Housing continued residential occupation and it is not possible to provide Background satisfactory living conditions through 3.223 London Plan Policy 3.14 carrying out improvements or (Existing Housing) indicates

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 66

redevelopment. 3.227 PPS3 „Housing‟ states that conversions of existing housing Justification can provide an important 3.225 While the Council will resist the source of new housing. London loss of existing housing in Plan Policy 3.14 (Existing accordance with London Plan Housing) seeks to promote the policy, it recognises that there efficient use of the existing may be exceptional housing stock. Core Policy BP1 circumstances where such a (Housing Density) seeks to loss could be justified. For ensure that new housing example, in re-developing older development makes the most high-rise social-rented efficient use of land. The affordable accommodation in conversion of existing the Borough, the Council will residential properties into two or support proposals that improve more self-contained units or into people‟s living environments, multiple occupation has even though this might result in provided a significant source of fewer units being achieved on new housing in the Borough site, provided the overall since 2003 (between April 2003 quantity of affordable housing and April 2008, out of a total of (measured in units or 2,749 gross dwellings built, 381 floorspace) is maintained were conversions i.e. 14% of all across the Borough. The gross residential completions Council considers that such were conversions). However, developments assist with the there is a need for a specific government‟s objective of local policy to ensure such creating mixed and sustainable changes of use result in an communities, as set out in acceptable form of PPS3 „Housing‟. development, both for the 3.226 Similarly the loss of private occupier and the adjoining market housing will only be residents. favourably considered in very 3.228 In accordance with Core exceptional circumstances. For Planning Strategy Strategic example, in seeking to meet Objective 1 and Core Policy other objectives of the PMP1 (Housing Provision), the development plan, such as Council will apply the following providing small health care policy: facilities that are needed locally and cannot be provided on an Policy DM24 - Conversions alternative site or where (a) The Council will grant planning existing dwellings are permission for development involving considered unsuitable for the conversion of existing properties to continued residential provide new self-contained housing occupation and it is not possible units or houses in multiple occupation to provide satisfactory living (HMOs), provided that the proposals: conditions through carrying out Have no adverse impact on the improvements or amenities of neighbouring residents; redevelopments. Do not detract from the character Policy DM24 - Conversions and appearance of the area, Background particularly when proposed in

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 67

conservation areas and areas of damaging effect on Sutton‟s special local character; residential character if not Are of an acceptable size and layout properly controlled. Proposals to provide adequate living space, for conversions should refuse storage, and amenity space, therefore minimise as set out in the Council‟s „Urban environmental problems and Design Guide‟ SPD (2008); disturbance for neighbours (e.g. For houses in multiple occupation, avoiding locating living rooms the existing property is detached adjacent to bedrooms of and the new units share facilities neighbouring properties) and and have joint access and that there should include adequate is not an over-concentration of security, lighting (particularly at HMOs in any one road; and the rear of properties), covered Do not adversely affect on-street access and refuse storage, parking. amenity space, landscaping and parking. Particular attention (b) The Council will also grant should be paid to alterations permission for proposals that bring that materially affect the upper floors above shop units into external appearance, so that residential use provided that a individual elements of the separate, independent, safe and proposed development do not secure access can be created from the affect the important design dwelling to street level. features of the property. This is especially important in Justification conservation areas and areas 3.229 Conversions can come from of special local character and many sources, including offices other sensitive locations. Good and retail, as well as the practice on conversions is set subdivision of existing out in the Council‟s „Urban residential dwellings. The Design Guide‟ SPD (2008). Council encourages the conversion of space above 3.231 While it is recognised that there retail units, which can increase is a need to provide a stock of the vitality and viability of the affordable non self-contained Borough‟s town centres. housing units in the Borough, the conversion of dwellings for 3.230 However, it is considered communal uses such as HMOs important that conversions can materially alter the should provide satisfactory character of the area they are living conditions for both the set within. They can also pose benefit of residents and particular problems in terms of neighbours, particularly in the means of fire escape, parking Borough‟s suburban heartlands. and amenity. It is therefore Core Policy PMP2 (Suburban important the buildings are Heartlands) seeks to manage suitable for the intensity of use change in a way that respects proposed and that adequate and enhances the distinctive parking and amenity standards local character of Sutton‟s can be met without causing a residential heartlands. detrimental impact. Intensification within Sutton‟s Furthermore, in order to ensure suburban areas could have a satisfactory accommodation, all

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 68

units provided should enjoy the Policy DM25 - Maximising benefit of any communal Affordable Housing Provision facilities provided both within (a) Planning permission will be granted and outside the building. for residential or mixed use Entrances to the building will developments on the basis that the also be limited in order to development incorporates the ensure the development is in maximum reasonable amount of keeping with the area. affordable housing on site, having Policy DM25 - Maximising regard to the Borough-wide target, and Affordable Housing Provision the split between social rented and Background intermediate provision for all sites 3.232 One of the government‟s and capable of achieving 10 units or more, the Mayor‟s strategic planning as set out in Core Policy BP2 objectives is to increase the (Affordable Housing). In considering supply of affordable housing. proposals, the Council will also have This is important to promote regard to: mixed and balanced Individual site costs; communities and to address the Economic viability; affordability issue in London. The availability of public subsidy; Given the scale of the shortfall and in affordable housing, it is Any other scheme requirements. important that new development contributes towards its (b) The Council will expect the provision. affordable housing contribution to be 3.233 Core Planning Strategy made on site, but in exceptional cases Strategic Objective 2 seeks to where it can be demonstrated that it secure the provision of would be more beneficial to the affordable housing. Core Policy Council‟s affordable housing BP2 (Affordable Housing) and objectives, the Council may accept the the accompanying section on provision of affordable housing off site, implementation of the policy or a payment in lieu. Where schemes provide a definition of affordable are brought forward for nine or fewer housing; set out details of how dwellings, the developer will need to much affordable housing was satisfy the Council that: built recently in the Borough; The proposal does not represent an and summarise the findings of underdevelopment of the site with the Fordham Research‟s „Local regard to Core Policy BP1 (Housing Housing Needs Assessment‟ Density); (2008). They also summarise A large site is not being brought the findings of DTZ‟s „Affordable forward in phases to avoid the Housing Viability Study‟ (2008) threshold at each stage. In such and set out how the Council will circumstances, the Council will seek to achieve the Borough- apply the affordable housing target wide target of 50% affordable to subsequent phases based on the housing provision. In order to capacity of all phases, including help achieve the Council‟s those already permitted or built. affordable housing objectives, Justification the Council will apply the 3.234 The Council considers that all following policy: developments with capacity to

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 69

provide 10 dwellings (gross) or family-sized affordable units. more should provide affordable Therefore, cash-in-lieu housing. In order to meet the payments may be considered to Borough-wide target, the provide this type of housing in Council will seek to achieve more appropriate locations for 50% affordable housing family dwellings. provision on all sites capable of 3.236 Details on the Council‟s providing 10 or more units, approach to seeking affordable either in terms of the number of housing both on and off site are units on site or the overall set out in the Council‟s residential floorspace of the „Affordable Housing‟ SPD development and that 70% of (2006) at sections 8 and 9. In the affordable units should be assessing whether housing is for social rent. However, the affordable, the Council will take Council recognises that it may into account the London Plan, not be financially viable to the South West London Sub- provide 50% affordable Regional Housing Market housing on all individual sites. Assessment and the Council‟s In considering proposed „Affordable Housing‟ SPD. developments, the Council will take into account the economic Policy DM26-Housing Mix viability of a scheme and the Background most effective use of public 3.237 PPS3 „Housing‟ states that the subsidy, as well as any planning system should deliver particular costs associated with a mix of housing, both market the development of the site. In and affordable, particularly in such cases, the Council will tenure and price, to support a request that the developer wide variety of households in all provides a financial appraisal areas. It requires local of the scheme so that a fair development documents to set contribution can be agreed. out the size and type of The GLA Affordable Housing affordable housing required. “Three Dragons” Toolkit can be However, in terms of market used for this purpose. The housing, it states that the Council will nonetheless expect document should set out the developers to have taken into likely proportion of different consideration any abnormal household types requiring costs in developing a site market housing i.e. multi-person before acquiring the land. This households, including families; should include consulting the single persons; and couples. Council on any particular Local authorities should, policies or planning obligations however, plan for the full range relevant to the development of of market housing. the site. Preferred Policy DM26 - Housing 3.235 A significant proportion of new Mix development is likely to be in town centre locations and will (a) The Council will not grant planning comprise a high proportion of permission for new residential one and two bedroom flats. This development, unless it includes a mix will not meet the need for larger of dwelling sizes and tenures.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 70

(b) In terms of dwelling sizes, all any surveys it wished to take to developments should seek to provide assessing Housing Needs and a minimum of 25%43 of all dwellings on use the GLA‟s Housing the site as having three bedrooms or Requirements Study 2004 to more, unless it can be demonstrated assess overall housing that this would be inappropriate to the requirements. location or not viable. 3.241 Accordingly, the Council (c) On sites particularly suited to commissioned Fordham larger-sized family houses, the Council Research Ltd in 2007 to will expect the proportion of units undertake a Housing Needs having 3 bedrooms or more, as Assessment (published as specified in (b) above, to be exceeded. Fordham‟s „Sutton- Local Housing Needs Assessment‟ Justification (2008) to provide more 3.238 Given the need to achieve information on the likely mixed and balanced affordable housing mix required communities, there is a need to in the Borough. The Council ensure that, wherever possible, undertook its own research into sites achieve a mix of both the type of housing mix likely to dwelling sizes and tenures, in be needed to meet the growth line with London Plan Policy 3.8 in different types of household (Housing Choice). However, the and has published this Council recognises that with information in the Report of many small developments Studies. The GLA also (fewer than 10 units), it may be published its „London Strategic difficult to provide a wide range Housing Market Assessment” of different unit sizes and (2009). tenures. 3.242 The Council‟s housing mix 3.239 The Council, together with the evidence suggests that based other six boroughs in the South on applying existing housing West London sub-region occupancy rates to the future (Wandsworth, Croydon, growth in different types of Kingston, Lambeth, Richmond, households across the local and Merton), commissioned housing market, there will be a Ecotec Research and need for a minimum of 25% of Consulting in July 2009 to units to be 3 bedrooms or prepare a South West London larger. This methodology may Housing Market Assessment. result in a slight underestimate 3.240 The Council had intended to of the need for larger units carry out a Housing Market because it does not deal with Assessment at borough level, existing overcrowding. At the but received government advice same time, the research shows that such work should only be some homes are under- carried out at the regional level occupied but it is considered by the GLA. Instead, the this position is unlikely to Council was required to limit change significantly as people will always occupy as large a

43 This figure of 25% will be updated on a property as they can afford. The regular basis to reflect local research. Council will, however, update this research on a regular basis

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 71

to ensure that the Borough‟s support, staffed hostels and housing requirements are being residential care homes, for met, particularly the need for older persons, children and larger-sized family units. other client groups. 3.243 Fordham‟s „Sutton- Local Policy DM27 - Communal Housing Needs Assessment‟ Accommodation indicated a need for all sizes of The Council will grant planning affordable units, but that taking permission for developments that into account existing supply, the provide care and accommodation for greatest need relatively was for residents incapable of living larger family units, particularly independently provided: of 4 bedrooms and greater. It meets an identified need; Furthermore, because of the Core Planning Strategy focus It provides accommodation in a on achieving higher density location and of a type that is both development in the Borough‟s well designed to meet the needs of more sustainable locations, and a particular client group and fits in the high proportion of small with the character of the surrounding sites that are likely to come area; forward, it would be appropriate It is accessible to local shopping to seek a higher proportion of facilities, healthcare and other family sized-units on community services, public transport appropriate sites. Therefore, and facilities appropriate to the where appropriate sites are occupants‟ specific needs; able to deliver family-sized Any such developments would not housing, this should both have an unacceptable impact on the exceed the 25% of 3 bedroom amenities of local residents, either plus units and most of the units individually or cumulatively, and should be affordable. would not result in the over- concentration of such residential Policy DM27 - Communal uses in a particular area of the Accommodation Borough. Background Justification 3.244 PPS3 „Housing‟ requires local 3.245 Although the Council supports authorities to plan for the meeting the needs of the diverse range of housing population as far as possible requirements across its area. within their own independent Communal accommodation is self-contained homes, there specifically designed to meet remains a need for a type of the needs of the community that housing that includes an cannot be met through element of care. Such traditional self-contained developments might include housing. London Plan Policy residential or nursing care 3.8 (Housing Choice) requires homes for older people, people that borough policies should with learning disabilities, identify and help address the vulnerable young people and range of housing needs likely to children needing care etc. arise within their areas including However, it is important to special needs housing, such as consider the location of such sheltered housing with care developments in terms of

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 72

proximity to local facilities and identified a need for an services as well as considering additional 4-8 residential the scale and design of such pitches within the Borough buildings to ensure they are between 2007-2012 and a compatible with the surrounding further 2-5 residential pitches area and are not harmful to between 2012-2017. local amenities. It is also Subsequently the level of need important in terms of creating has been subject to review and mixed and balanced the Mayor decided not to communities to avoid an over- include borough targets in the concentration of such uses in London Plan. Instead London one area, which may also put Plan Policy 3.8 (Housing too much pressure on certain Choice) states that boroughs services. should identify the 3.246 Where the proposals involve accommodation requirements the use of existing residential of Gypsies and Travellers in accommodation, the Council their own areas and ensure will expect that the premises they are addressed in line with should be detached. The national policy. Consequently, Council will also consider the there will be a need to consider need to place restrictions on the further Gypsy and Traveller operation of premises, in order accommodation within the to ensure that the proposed use Borough in the near future. The does not unduly affect the inclusion of a policy in this amenities of local residents. In document is necessary to particular, the Council may provide clear guidance for both consider imposing conditions on Gypsies and Travellers (as the development of rest and defined in Circular 1/2006 „Planning For Gypsy and nursing homes, in order to prevent their conversion to Traveller Caravan Sites‟) and other more intrusive uses within the other interested parties on Use Class C2, where such an how the Council will judge authorised change would be planning applications for likely to have an unduly adverse additional accommodation. impact on the residential Therefore, in accordance with amenity of the area. London Plan Policies 3.8 (Housing Choice) and Core Policy DM28 - Gypsy and Traveller Policy BP3 (Gypsy and Site Provision Traveller Sites), the Council will Background apply the following policy: 3.247 There are currently two Gypsy Policy DM28 - Gypsy and Traveller and Traveller sites with the Site Provision Borough: one private and one public, and they are situated Planning permission for further Gypsy adjacent to each other at and Traveller sites will only be Carshalton Road, permitted when a site meets an Woodmansterne. The GLA‟s identified need and satisfies the „London Boroughs‟ Gypsy and following criteria: Traveller Accommodation The site has safe access to and Needs Assessment‟ (2008) from the road network, and it has

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 73

adequate provision for parking, in “Designing Gypsy and turning, servicing and emergency Traveller Sites: Good Practice vehicle access; Guide” (CLG, 2008). Criteria 3 The site does not have an unduly and 4 will ensure an appropriate adverse impact on the local standard of living for occupants, environment, the character of the while criterion 5 ensures that area and the amenities of both occupants are not subjected to local residents and the future any unnecessary risk of harm to occupiers of the site, including the themselves or of damage to potential for noise, traffic property in the event of movements and other activities flooding. likely to be taking place within or in Policy DM29 - Housing Standards the vicinity of the site; The site has or will have a supply Background of essential services, such as 3.249 In order to address the mains gas and electricity, water, increasing concerns over sewerage and drainage and waste inadequate dwelling size and disposal; insufficient amenity space The site is situated within a provided in new housing in the reasonable distance of local shops, Borough, this policy sets out the services and community facilities, Council‟s housing standards for in particular schools and health private amenity space, play services, and is accessible by space, and space standards for public transport; new build and conversions. The site is not located in an area at Policy DM29 - Housing Standards high risk of flooding; Planning permission will not be The layout of the site, its granted for new residential associated facilities and accommodation, including landscaping will be designed to a conversions, unless: high standard including pitches, A minimum amount of private hardstandings, amenity blocks, amenity space is provided, in line parking and turning areas, amenity with the standards set out in and play spaces and boundary paragraph 2.14 of the Council‟s treatments. “Urban Design Guide” SPD, Justification (January 2008), or, where this is not 3.248 The criteria presented in this possible, a contribution towards the policy have been formulated provision of open space elsewhere with regard to the best practice is made, as set out in the Council‟s advice in Annex C of Circular „Planning Obligations‟ SPD (2007); 1/2006 and the Council A minimum level of play space is considers that these are fair, provided, in line with London Plan reasonable, equitable and Policy 3.6 (Children and Young effective. Criteria 1, 2 and 6 will People‟s Play and Informal ensure that amenity is Recreation Facilities) and the preserved for those within and Mayor‟s SPG „Providing for Young near to any future site. People‟s Play and Informal Furthermore, the Council would Recreation‟ (2008); expect that any future Gypsy In cases where on-site provision of and Traveller provision to follow play space cannot be provided the principles of design laid out

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 74

within residential developments, the Room and Dwelling Size Council will expect a developer Standards contribution towards improvements 3.252 The Council will seek to apply to play spaces and facilities within the housing space standards the vicinity of the development in (as set out in Appendix A of the line with the Mayor‟s SPG „Providing Council‟s „Urban Design Guide‟ for Young People‟s Play and SPD (2008)) and those of the Informal Recreation‟ (2008); London Plan to ensure that Sufficient internal space is provided residential accommodation in order to achieve a satisfactory provided in the Borough is large level of accommodation that meets enough to function as intended. or exceeds minimum internal size standards for rooms and dwellings, 3.253 There are three housing space in line with the Housing Space standards set out in Appendix A Standards set out in Appendix A of of the Council‟s „Urban Design the Council‟s “Urban Design Guide” Guide‟ SPD (2008): the Council SPD (2008) or as may be updated standard for conversions; the by the London Plan. Council‟s internal space standards for all properties; and Justification the Housing Corporation‟s Private Amenity Space minimum required dwelling size 3.250 PPS3 „Housing‟ states that ranges for developments where family housing is seeking grant funding. The proposed, it is important to take Council‟s internal room sizes the needs of children into are minima and should be account and that there is good provided. They have been used provision of recreation areas, by the Council in determining including private gardens, play planning applications for a areas and informal play space. substantial period of time. Play Space 3.254 However, London Plan Policy 3.5 (Quality and Design of 3.251 London Plan Policy 3.6 Housing Developments) seeks (Children and Young People‟s to ensure that housing Play and Informal Recreation developments should be of the Facilities) states that boroughs highest quality both internally should ensure that all children and externally. Table 3.3 of the have safe access to good London Plan sets out minimum quality play and informal space standards for all new recreation provision. Therefore dwellings which the Mayor new developments that include encourages developers to housing should make provision exceed. The standards are for play and informal recreation based on the gross internal based on the expected child floor area required for new population generated by the dwellings relative to the number scheme and an assessment of of bedrooms/occupants and are future needs. The Mayor‟s SPG consistent with Housing „Providing for children and Corporation space standards Young People‟s Play and replacing those set out in Informal Recreational‟ sets out Appendix A of the Council‟s guidance to assist this process. Urban Design guide SPD. The

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 75

Mayor has also published a 3.257 However, in recent years these draft Housing SPG, setting out areas have come under detailed guidance on housing increasing pressure for new design, including room space housing development, and it is standards, which once adopted considered that the cumulative will update the relevant impact of their loss would cause guidance contained in Appendix the gradual degradation of the A of the Council‟s Urban Design character and appearance of Guide SPD. the Borough, substantially 3.255 The Council will also seek to reduce biodiversity and affect ensure that new housing is built the health of its residents. to „Lifetime Homes‟ standards 3.258 The Council therefore seeks to and that ten per cent of new retain the suburban quality of housing be designed to be the Borough by resisting wheelchair accessible, or easily pressures of building on green adaptable for residents who are spaces, including blocks of wheelchair users, as required back gardens that are important by London Plan Policy 3.8 to the character and (Housing Choice). appearance of the area or are of local ecological value and which may also help mitigate Policy DM30 Housing and Back against climate change impacts. Garden Land This approach is now supported Background by changes to Government 3.256 Historically large parts of the Guidance and in the London Borough have been laid out in Plan. In particular, amendments rectangular street blocks, with have been made to the houses fronting onto the roads definition of previously- enclosing large rear gardens. developed land as set out in As a result private gardens PPS3 Annex B (2010) to make up around one third of the exclude private residential Borough‟s green space. Many gardens. As previously- areas of back garden land have developed land remains the matured and developed as priority for development, private important amenity areas for garden land is therefore no residents that also contribute to longer seen as a primary the overall character and source of housing land, which is appearance of the local area. reflected in the lower housing Many areas of back garden targets for this borough set out land have also become in the London Plan. important wildlife habitats as 3.259 In addition, Policy 3.5 (Quality well as being a refuge for of Housing Design and cultivated plant species that are Developments) of the London endangered in the wild. In Plan supports boroughs addition, it is becoming introducing a presumption increasing recognised that such against development on back areas, by virtue of their green gardens where this can be and blue infrastructure, also locally justified. Furthermore, contribute to mitigating the the Mayor‟s draft SPG on impact of climate change. Housing, sets out the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 76

importance of gardens which accordance with Policy DM8; or include defining local context Where the development of the site and character; providing safe, would adversely affect the secure and sustainable amenities of future occupiers or environments and play space; those currently occupying supporting biodiversity, abating adjoining or nearby properties, in flood risk and mitigating the line with Policy DM2. effects of climate change; and Justification enhancing the distinctive character of suburban London. 3.261 Under Policy DM1 planning The achievement of such permission will only be granted objectives is considered likely to for development that maintains outweigh the small increment to and enhances the local housing provision arising from character and appearance of garden development. the surrounding area. Back gardens often play an important 3.260 Therefore, in order to prevent role in defining the character of the „ad hoc‟ development of the area, particularly in lower back garden land, retain the density areas where areas of suburban character of the well landscaped gardens Borough, and to protect and, and tree planting that are visible where possible, enhance the between the properties and Borough‟s environment in above the rooftops of houses accordance with Core Policies add significantly to the PMP2 (Suburban Heartlands) character of the area. In and PMP9 (The Open Spaces assessing applications for the Network), the Council will seek development of back garden to protect those back gardens land the Council will be that make an important informed by the townscape contribution to the character quality of the Borough, which and appearance of the area or has broadly been identified in are of ecological value. the Characterisation Report of Policy DM30 - Housing and Back Studies: Understanding Sutton's Garden Land Distinctiveness. In addition, new development would need to The Council will not grant planning satisfy other relevant policies of permission for the development of the LDF, including those back garden land, where the site either dealing with the relationship individually or as part of a larger street between buildings and the block: provision of private amenity Makes an important contribution to space and suitable access. the character and appearance of the surrounding area and its 3.262 The Mayor of London‟s development would be contrary to „Biodiversity Strategy‟ (2002) Policy DM1; or recognises a large proportion of London‟s land area is made up Is considered to be of ecological of private gardens, which value in keeping with the aims of collectively are of immense Policy DM17; or value as a wildlife habitat. The Is likely to make a significant Mayor expects that biodiversity contribution to mitigating the and wildlife habitat will be taken impacts of climate change in

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 77

into account in proposals for the influenced by the following re-development of garden land factors. These are the depth of and that the most important individual gardens within the areas for wildlife habitat in street block; the overall size of garden land should be the block of back gardens in protected from built which the development is development. located; and the degree to 3.263 The Council recognises that it which the block of back gardens would not be appropriate to has been affected by previous seek to resist the loss of all developments. The ecological back garden land as the quality value of any adjoining land may of these areas as a amenity and also affect the ecological value wildlife resource is likely to vary. of the street block. Long rear The Mayor‟s „Biodiversity‟ Best gardens within large street Practice Guidance (2005) refers blocks which are largely to research carried out by the undisturbed by previous former London Ecology Unit development are likely to be of (LEU) in establishing the the greatest local ecological as importance of the wildlife well as amenity value. habitat in these areas for the 3.266 Based on the former LEU‟s maintenance of their research, the Council considers biodiversity. The guidance that in most instances gardens states that areas with long where the distance between the gardens and large blocks of principal rear walls of dwellings gardens and areas with a good is greater than 70 metres are of range of habitat support a great ecological value. This figure is variety of wildlife. Large or long based on the work undertaken gardens are less disturbed by by the former LEU where the people and their gardening and number and density of bird other activity. Small gardens, species was used as an however well landscaped, indicator for other wildlife, both support a more limited range of plant and animal. A direct wildlife. relationship was found between 3.264 The Council has therefore the length of rear gardens (and adopted a balanced approach hence density) and the number to the development of back of bird species. However, this garden land by, subject to can only be considered as a satisfying other policies in the broad guide to assessing LDF, aiming to preserve those ecological value and in some areas that, as a block, are of cases the Council may ask ecological and amenity value, developers to undertake an ecological study to assess the while allowing development involving back gardens that are value of the affected garden considered to be of less and the impact of the ecological and amenity value to development on the remainder the locality. of street block 3.265 The Council considers that the 3.267 In addition, larger areas of ecological value of back gardens with mature gardens is likely to be landscaping are likely to have a beneficial effect in terms of

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 78

mitigating the effects of climate higher residential development change by helping to reduce the in accordance with Core Policy „urban heat island effect‟ and BP1 (Housing Density). assisting with sustainable 3.270 Where development of back drainage. This is recognised in gardens is considered government guidance (Planning acceptable in accordance with and Climate Change) and the this Policy, it should also be of a London Plan. This latter high quality of design; maintain document states that boroughs and, wherever possible, should identify areas where enhance landscape and nature urban greening and green conservation features on site; infrastructure can make a as well as satisfying other particular contribution to policies of the LDF. In mitigating the effects of climate particular, Policy DM16 also change such as the urban heat requires that new residential island effect and cites evidence developments, in certain of the effect of circumstances, provide new increasing/decreasing the open spaces and/or make proportion of urban green space financial contributions to enable on city temperatures. In the provision of new open addition, the Council also spaces or improvements to the considers that planting has a accessibility and quality of beneficial effect in absorbing existing public open spaces. pollution and noise. The Council will also seek to 3.268 Policy DM8 seeks to ensure the maintain and improve the location, layout and design of character and appearance of proposed developments any front gardens included minimises the vulnerability of within any proposal for people and property to climate developing back garden land. change and in requiring new 3.271 This policy will not generally be development to promote applied to development effective climate adaptation involving building on garden measures, recognises the role land located between houses in of private gardens as part of a a street frontage or on the wider green space network in return frontages of corner sites. urban cooling as well as Small scale developments additional benefits including contained within the front flood storage/sustainable gardens of existing houses will drainage. be considered against other 3.269 In addition to those back policies of the Plan. gardens that are considered to Policy DM31 - Social and be of limited amenity and Community Infrastructure ecological value, back gardens within or around town centres Background (within the „Limits of 3.272 Further to Core Planning Sustainable Residential Strategy Strategic Objective 3, Development‟ asshown on the the Council, in principle, Proposals Map) may be supports the provision of new considered appropriate for facilities to provide education, development in order to achieve healthcare or similar services.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 79

Therefore the Council will seek Justification to protect and enhance social 3.273 It is important that social and and community infrastructure in community facilities are either accordance with London Plan close to or easy accessible by Policy 3.16 (Protection and public transport from where Enhancement of Social people live. Furthermore, Infrastructure) and Core because of the scarcity of Policies BP 4 (Education and suitable land and competing Skills) and BP 5 (Improving land uses, it is important that Health and Well-Being). any social or community facility is as adaptable as possible to Policy DM31 - Social and enable it to meet a variety of Community Infrastructure needs. This is particularly (a)The Council will grant planning important with new schools permission for the development of where there is scope to share social and community infrastructure the use of premises and playing where it: fields. It is also important that Is accessible by a range of transport those uses that are likely to modes, in particular by walking, have very large or borough- cycling and public transport; wide catchment areas are Provides flexible and adaptable located in the most accessible space, where practicable; locations such as Sutton town Is close or accessible to the centre, whereas those activities community it is intended to serve that are more local in nature and is of an appropriate scale to should be more accessible on meet that need; foot or by bicycle. Is designed and sited to enable and 3.274 As many existing community maximise the shared use of facilities are often situated premises and playing fields for within residential areas they can community purposes; come under increasing Would not have any unduly adverse pressure to be redeveloped for environment effects; housing. Where proposals In the case of proposals for large come forward involving the loss developments generating significant of a social or community facility, numbers of trips, such as indoor sufficient evidence will need to sports facilities, are located within or be provided to satisfy the on the edge of town centres or other Council that the requirements of areas of higher public transport this policy have been met. This accessibility. would demonstrate that for a period of at least 12 months (b) The Council will not grant planning there had been no interest in permission for development that using the premises/land for their involves the loss of a social or current or other community community facility unless: purposes at a reasonable It can be demonstrated that the charge or that the need for such facility is no longer required either in a facility is already satisfied its current use or for any alternative within premises in easy walking social or community use; or distance or an alternative facility Suitable alternative provision is will be provided within a similar made or is available nearby. distance.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 80

3.275 The Council and other service infrastructure/utilities, Core providers will seek to identify Policy DP3 (Infrastructure future land and building Requirements and Delivery) requirements for education, already provides for the Council health and other services and to work with infrastructure allocate land specifically for that providers and stakeholders to purpose within the Site identify requirements for Development Policies infrastructure provision and document. Where appropriate, services for new development the Council will seek planning and will seek to co-ordinate contributions from new infrastructure delivery. residential developments Furthermore, through Core towards the provision of social Policy DP2 (Planning and community infrastructure, Obligations), the Council will as set out in the Council‟s ensure, where necessary, that Supplementary Planning all new development meets on Documents „Planning and off-site infrastructure Obligations‟ (2007) and required to support the „Educational Contributions from development and/or mitigate Residential Development‟ the impact of the development (2008). through the use of planning Policy DM32 - Telecommunications obligations. Background 3.278 Through London Plan Policy 3.276 PPG8 „Telecommunications‟ 4.11 (Encouraging a Connected (2001) states that development Economy) the Council will also plan documents should include expect all new commercial and criteria-based policies to guide residential developments to be telecommunications e-enabled in terms of ducts to development. The criteria existing or proposed fibre optic should be flexible enough to cables, multi duct nests for allow for the efficient individual buildings and internal development of the network and ducting or appropriate the demands imposed by new alternative provision. technology. They should Policy DM32 - Telecommunications include policies on the siting All telecommunications development and appearance of apparatus, should be sited and designed in such including any location and a way that it does not adversely affect landscaping requirements the appearance of the surrounding designed to minimise the area. The Council will only grant impact of such apparatus on planning permission of amenity, without inhibiting telecommunications equipment where: operational efficiency and set The siting is not intrusive in the out the circumstances in which street scene; local authorities may decide Prior Approval is required for The design is of a height, scale and certain telecommunications appearance which does not unduly development that does not detract from the character of the require planning permission. area or unacceptably harm the amenities of occupiers of 3.277 In respect of other neighbouring sites;

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 81

The equipment has been designed Policy DM34 - Other Land in to keep the size of the installation to Industrial Use the technical minimum and sited, so Background far as practicable, to minimise the 3.280 The Council‟s main supply of impact on the environment; industrial land is provided by Screening of equipment housing three Strategic Locations at and other visually intrusive Kimpton, Beddington and development associated with the Imperial Way, as well as a proposal is provided; number of long-established All alternative sites which fulfil the industrial locations within the functional requirements of the Borough occupying buildings of equipment have been assessed; varying ages and conditions. It can be demonstrated that the use of existing facilities or sharing 3.281 London Plan Policies 2.17 equipment with other operators has (Strategic Industrial Locations) been considered; and 4.4 (Managing Industrial Land and Premises) requires No existing facilities are available boroughs to identify and protect and consideration has been given to Strategic Industrial Locations the need to cater for future growing and develop local policies and demand for network development, criteria to manage locally including that of other operators; significant and other smaller The applicant has demonstrated that industrial sites outside such the development will operate within locations. They should have the International Commission on regard to, amongst other things, Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection the release of surplus land for Guidelines for public exposure. other uses in order to achieve Justification the efficient use of land in light 3.279 In accordance with PPG8 of strategic and local „Telecommunications‟, this assessments of industrial policy seeks to reconcile the demand. need for telecommunications 3.282 There has been increasing equipment to support business pressure for the release of and domestic needs whilst industrial land and clarification ensuring that its environmental sought as to the type of impact and the impact on the business activities that are character of an area/building is considered appropriate on such minimised. This policy will be land, based on the changing applied to both applications for nature of business activities and Prior Approval (see PPG8 guidance from the GLA. The „Telecommunications‟ for the Council‟s „Industrial Land scope of developments falling Supply Update‟ (2008) confirms within this procedure) and that additional land and applications for other floorspace will be required to developments requiring meet business needs, provide planning permission. job opportunities for the local Encouraging Enterprise and workforce and encourage a Employment more sustainable pattern of travelling to work. It Policy DM33 - Strategic and demonstrates a general need to Established Industrial Locations

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 82

protect existing employment (b) Within Beddington and Kimpton opportunities if the Borough is Strategic Industrial Locations, to maintain economic proposals for utility operations, prosperity. Furthermore, there logistics and transport uses will also is a lack of suitable land to be allowed. All development within extend existing industrial areas, these areas will be expected to particularly the established contribute to environmental and locations, most of which are transport improvements in accordance surrounded by residential with Core Policies PMP4 (Main development or have other Locations for Industry) and BP9 constraints. (Enabling Smarter Travel Choices – an 3.283 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Area-Based Approach) and DM3 Locations for Industry) therefore (Enhancing the Street Scene and seeks the retention of all Public Realm). industrial land at the main industrial areas in the Borough (c) The Established Industrial (Strategic Industrial Locations Locations of Felnex Trading Estate, and Established Industrial Land adjoining Hackbridge Station and Locations). Notwithstanding this the Wandle Valley Trading Estate will strategic approach, Core Policy be developed for mixed use purposes PMP7 (Hackbridge) provides for including employment, as set out in the established industrial land Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) and, at Felnex Industrial Estate, land as may further be detailed, within a adjoining Hackbridge Station Hackbridge SPD. and Wandle Valley Trading Estate to be reduced in area in (d) Within the remainder of the order to allow for their mixed- Established Industrial Locations, use redevelopment to deliver proposals for industrial redevelopment the vision of the Sustainable or intensification will be expected to Community Strategy, which contribute, where appropriate, to any seeks to secure a sustainable improvement schemes for that neighbourhood at Hackbridge. industrial location, as well as achieve Accordingly: environmental and traffic improvements in relation to any Policy DM33 - Strategic and existing adjoining residential Established Industrial Locations development. (a) Within the main industrial locations (as shown on the Proposals Map), the (e) The Council will expect proposals Council will only grant planning to include a range of different size permission for B1(excluding premises, including a proportion of freestanding offices), B2 (general small and medium-sized business industry) and B8 (storage and premises. distribution) uses or other similar industrial uses. Other similar industrial uses will be granted permission Policy DM34 - Other Land in provided it can be demonstrated that Industrial Use the use would not adversely affect the (a) Outside the main locations for industrial status or operation of the industry, proposals resulting in the loss area. of industrial/business floorspace will not be granted planning permission

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 83

unless it can be demonstrated that: Council will also prepare The retention of the existing use supplementary guidance on the will have a significant adverse intensification of these effect on residential amenity and locations. there is no reasonable prospect 3.285 Freestanding office buildings that this effect can be alleviated are not considered acceptable while retaining the use; or within industrial areas, but There is genuine evidence, should instead be located within including that the site has been 44 highly accessible locations such marketed without success , that as town centres. The Council the site is no longer suitable for will consider the suitability of industry/business uses. other industrial/business uses in relation to the impact such a (b) Where the loss of industrial use would have on the status or business floorspace can be operation of the industrial area. demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Council, as required in (a) above, 3.286 The Council recognises the mixed-use redevelopment will be changing nature of allowed provided that: industrial/business activities The development provides for a and that many uses within mix of uses including a significant industrial areas include an element of business/industrial element of direct sales to “the uses or other employment- trade” (trade counters). Such generating uses; uses are likely to be considered Any housing includes a high acceptable provided they do not proportion of affordable family- give rise to large numbers of sized housing the public visiting the site by car to purchase goods and Justification requiring a large amount of the 3.284 The Core Planning Strategy site to be given over to car seeks to provide a sustainable parking. This could result both balance between job in traffic congestion and the opportunities and population inefficient use of scarce growth. Furthermore, the industrial land. Therefore any Borough is identified in the use where retail sales to the Mayor‟s „Industrial Capacity‟ public are a significant part of SPG (March 2008) as falling the activity is unlikely to be within the restricted category for considered appropriate within a the transfer of industrial land. main industrial area. Other Therefore the Council aims to appropriate uses, which might focus industrial activity on its assist the functioning of the main industrial areas and industrial area, are considered protect this land from non- to be ancillary uses such as industrial purposes in small scale shops/cafes aimed accordance with London Plan at servicing the needs of the Policies 2.17 and 4.4. The workers. 3.287 The South London Waste Plan 44 The Council will require that the site has Development Plan Document been marketed for a period of 12 months at an will allocate suitable sites for appropriate rate for its location and condition. waste management within the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 84

Borough and the other requirements, the Council will collaborating boroughs of seek a mix of uses on the site Croydon, Merton and Kingston. as part of its redevelopment. It will also provide policy Developers will be required to guidance to assist in the demonstrate how the proposals determination of planning meet the Council‟s objective of applications that may come maintaining and enhancing forward for waste management permanent local employment facilities on other sites in the opportunities. In this respect, four boroughs. the mix of uses may include 3.288 In order to ensure that the social infrastructure e.g. health, Strategic Industrial Locations education, emergency services remain attractive locations for and other community uses. industry, the Council will However, such uses must be promote transport and appropriate to the location both environmental improvements in in terms of the scale of the accordance with the Council‟s development and the nature of „Kimpton Industrial Area the activities and in line with Development Framework‟, other policies of the „Beddington Industrial Area Development Plan. Environmental Strategy‟ and the 3.291 In accordance with Policy DM25 „Beddington Lane Regeneration (Maximising Affordable Housing Scheme‟. Where appropriate, Provision), the Council will seek the Council will seek the maximum reasonable contributions to assist in the amount of affordable housing implementation of such on site. However, given the schemes, in accordance with previous non-residential use, Core Policy DP2 (Planning the Council will seek to achieve Obligations) and the Council‟s or exceed the Borough-wide „Planning Obligations‟ SPD affordable housing target on the (2007). site unless it can be 3.289 Within other main industrial demonstrated to the Council‟s areas, any new development satisfaction that this level of will be expected to provide provision is not viable. environmental improvements in Policy DM35 - Development in Town accordance with Policy DM3 and Local Centres (Enhancing the Street Scene Background and Public Realm), as well as 3.292 PPS4 „Planning for Sustainable improving the relationship of the Economic Growth‟ (2009) states site to any surrounding that the Government‟s residential development in objectives for town centres are terms of providing to promote their vitality and environmental and transport viability by planning for growth improvements. and the development of existing 3.290 With regard to Policy DM34, centres and encouraging a wide where the Council considers range of services in a good that the developer has environment that is accessible demonstrated that the land is to all. surplus to industrial 3.293 The town centre hierarchy and

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 85

network is set out in Map 5.1 in high-density development Appendix 5. Savills Hepher accessible by public transport, Dixon‟s „Retail Study‟ (2007) walking and cycling. Therefore identifies the need for additional in accordance with PPS4, comparison and convenience London Plan Policies 2.15 floorspace in the Borough and (Town Centres), 4.6 (Support the Core Planning Strategy, in for and Enhancement of Arts, accordance with PPS4, has Culture, Sport and identified a spatial vision and Entertainment Provision), 4.7 strategy for the management of (Retail and Town Centre growth of town centres in the Development), 4.8 (Supporting hierarchy in order to meet this a Successful and Diverse Retail additional need. Accordingly, Sector) and Core Policies PMP Sutton town centre will continue 6, PMP7and PMP8, the Council to be promoted as a will apply the following policy to Metropolitan Centre and has new developments within town been identified for growth and and local centres: regeneration in Core Policy Policy DM35 - Development in Town PMP6 (Sutton Town Centre). and Local Centres Following identification of a deficiency in the network, and, (a) Within the town centres (as shown in view of the predicted growth on the Proposals Map) and local in the Hackbridge area as a centres (Appendix 5), the Council will sustainable neighbourhood, grant planning permission for new Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) development that: promotes Hackbridge as a Is appropriate to the scale, role, district centre suitable for function and character of the centre regeneration and growth. Of the and its catchment; other district centres, four are Makes the optimum use of the site identified in the Core Planning providing a mix of town centre uses Strategy in Core Policy PMP8 appropriate to the scale of the (Other District and Local development and its location within Centres) for intensification: the centre, unless it can be Wallington, Worcester Park, demonstrated this is not practical or North Cheam and Rosehill. The viable; remaining two district centres in Provides active frontages at ground the hierarchy, Cheam and floor level compatible with the Carshalton, are historic centres, Council‟s policies on shopping designated as conservation frontages; areas and have limited capacity Incorporates improvements to the for growth. Therefore in order to public realm; reflect their character, they are Is served by sustainable means of identified in Core Policy PMP 8 transport; as centres for consolidation. Ensures that parking spaces 3.294 PPS4 also states that local provided for any office authorities should set flexible accommodation should be policies for their centres which maintained for that purpose; are able to respond to changing Does not adversely affect the economic circumstances and operation of existing street/farmers‟ encourage, where appropriate, markets.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 86

wider impacts arising from the (b) The Council will grant planning proposal. The Council will take permission for new development that into account whether such a contributes to an evening and night proposal will alter a centre‟s time economy which appeals to a wide role in relation to the existing range of age groups, where it can be hierarchy of centres and how it demonstrated that the impact on local might affect sites allocated in amenity, including the cumulative existing centres being impact on the character and function developed. of the centre, anti-social behaviour and 3.297 PPS4 sets out a requirement for crime can be satisfactorily controlled. local authorities to monitor and manage the strategic town (c) The Council will grant planning centre network. Accordingly, the permission for development proposals Council undertook Town Centre within Sutton town centre, where the Health Checks in 2008 of scale and mix of development is Sutton town centre and the appropriate within the different district centres in accordance Quarters (as shown on the Proposals with the GLA methodology Map and set out in Appendix 5). (2008). This data must be regularly reviewed in order to (d) In addition, the Council will not help assess applications for permit any new development that development. would adversely impact on the historic or cultural value of the town and local 3.298 The scope to include a range of centres. uses will depend on the scale of the proposed development. Justification Larger scale development will 3.295 Developments that would be expected to provide a range adversely affect the functioning of uses capable of generating of the town and local centre significant amounts of hierarchy will not be allowed employment including flexible and larger development will be office accommodation, suitable encouraged to locate in Sutton to meet the changing needs of town centre. small to medium-sized 3.296 The Council has chosen not to businesses. set indicative upper limits for 3.299 In order to ensure that town the scale of development that is centres remain attractive considered appropriate for each locations, the Council will type of centre within its provide public realm shopping centre hierarchy. improvements, including the Rather, for sites not specifically provision of public art, in allocated in this DPD, the accordance with DM1 Council will assess or require (Character and Design) and applicants to undertake an DM3 (Enhancing the Street assessment of the likely impact Scene and Public Realm). of the proposed development Where appropriate, the Council on the vitality and viability of will seek to secure such existing centres within the contributions in accordance with catchment area of the proposed Core Policy DP2 (Planning development, as well as any Obligations) and the Council‟s

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 87

„Planning Obligations‟ SPD street market in Sutton town (2007). centre and the Farmers‟ Market 3.300 The Council wants to ensure in Wallington make an that future local employment important contribution to vitality opportunities created through and viability. Therefore the new mixed-use developments Council will retain and seek to are maintained throughout the enhance existing markets and, lifetime of the development, where appropriate, create and, in particular, any office opportunities for new ones. floorspace remains attractive to These objectives will be both initial and subsequent achieved through town centre occupiers. Therefore, the management. Council will seek to ensure that Policy DM36 - Office Provision those parking spaces provided through Mixed-Use Conversion or to serve any office floorspace Redevelopment are maintained for that Background particular use throughout the 3.305 Over recent years there has lifetime of the development. been increasing pressure to use 3.301 Proposals seeking to locate vacant office floorspace within superstores, retail warehouses the Borough for other purposes, and other activities are mainly housing. Such office considered more appropriately space has remained vacant located within town centres or because it does not meet the where no suitable sites are needs of the office market, available, at edge-of-centre which is seeking more modern, locations. Out-of-centre flexible and affordable locations will only be favourably accommodation. Therefore, in considered where it can be line with London Plan Policy demonstrated that there is a 3B.2 (Office Demand and need for the development, that Supply) and Core Policies the sequential approach has PMP6 and PMP8, the Council been satisfied and there would will apply the following policy: be no adverse impact on the Policy DM36 - Office Provision viability and vitality of nearby through Mixed-Use Conversion or centres as required by PPS4. Redevelopment 3.302 This approach is consistent with The Council will not grant planning national and regional guidance permission for proposals involving the and the objectives and policies loss of existing office accommodation of the Core Planning Strategy. unless: 3.303 The boundaries of Sutton town Marketing Requirements centre and its Quarters are The building has been vacant for identified on the Proposals Map more than 12 months; and the details on appropriate There is genuine evidence that all development within each opportunities to re-let the Quarter are set out in Appendix accommodation have been fully 5, and within the site allocations explored, both in terms of the themselves. existing layout of the building and as 3.304 The Council recognises that the smaller/more flexible office units at

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 88

appropriate market rents; and amended in the light of There is no realistic future prospect experience. Employment uses of the building or the site being used in this context are considered to for office purposes; include employment created Development Requirements through retail, leisure uses, The proposals provide for a mixed offices, restaurants and similar use development that: premises. Where no information . Includes new employment uses concerning employment levels providing at least 50% of the is available, employment levels previous employment levels on will be based on the most site when the existing premises recent advice available in terms were fully in use, unless it can of the ratios that relate be demonstrated that such level floorspace to staff numbers. of provision would not be viable; 3.307 However, for those sites which . Includes an element of flexible, have been allocated within adaptable office floorspace Sutton town centre, the capable of meeting the Council‟s preferred proportion changing needs of and mix of uses to be brought small/business units; forward as part of any . Any office floorspace is redevelopment, has already completed and marketed prior been specified and reflects the to the first occupation of 50% of identified need for office any residential development. floorspace and the need to Justification support the consolidation and 3.306 The Council‟s „Employment enhancement of the office stock Study Update‟ (2008) indicates in Sutton. that there is a need for more Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages modern, flexible office in Town Centres floorspace particularly within town centres. The main Background mechanism for securing new 3.308 PPS4 „Planning for Sustainable and upgraded office space is Economic Growth‟ states that likely to be through mixed use local authorities should schemes, using the pressure for distinguish between primary housing to fund development and secondary shopping and provide such office frontages. These should be floorspace. As well as new realistically defined. Having offices, mixed use regard to the need to developments can help secure encourage diversification of increased employment in other uses in town centres as a sectors, especially retail and whole, primary frontages should leisure. The retention of 50% of contain a high proportion of the previous employment levels retail uses, while secondary is flexible and will vary between frontages provide greater sites. Nonetheless a figure is opportunities for flexibility and required to provide an indication diversity of uses. Where of the level of employment frontages are defined, policies required to assist developers in should make it clear which uses bringing forward proposals. This will be permitted in such areas. figure will be kept under review Therefore in accordance with

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 89

PPS4 and Core Planning critical mass of retailing uses Strategy Objectives 12 and 13, are maintained within the core the Council will apply the areas of the Borough‟s town following policy: centres. Outside these core areas, and in line with PPS4, Policy DM37 - Shopping Frontages there is scope to introduce non- in Town Centres retailing, in the interests of (a) Within the identified primary maintaining and enhancing a shopping frontage and malls within the centre‟s vitality and viability, primary shopping area of Sutton town and to promote linked trips. centre (as shown on the Proposals 3.310 The Core Planning Strategy Map) and the primary shopping recognises the need to promote frontages of district centres (as shown the role of Sutton town centre on the Proposals Map), the Council as a metropolitan centre (Core will not permit proposals at ground Policy PMP6) and sets out a floor level involving the loss of shops range of proposals required to (Class A1) unless the proposal would: support this development and to Not harm the predominant retail ensure that leakage of character of the shopping frontage; expenditure to competing Not create an over-concentration of metropolitan centres in the similar uses; South London Sub Region can Be likely to generate significant be clawed back. In accordance pedestrian visits, thereby avoiding with PPS4 and taking into the creation of an area of relative account the findings of the inactivity in the shopping frontage. Sutton Town Centre Health (b) Within identified secondary Check 2010, a primary shopping frontages in Sutton town shopping area is defined on the centre and the district centres (as Proposals Map. In considering shown on the Proposals Map), the or promoting retail development Council will permit a diversity of uses within Sutton town centre, the provided that the proposed use: first priority will be given to Is compatible with the shopping locating retail development frontage and provides a direct within this primary shopping service to the general public; area. Would not lead to an over- concentration of such uses so as to 3.311 In view of the identified demand create a significant break in the for additional retail floorspace retail frontage; and the limited supply currently Would have no significant impact on identified through the Sutton the retail vitality and viability of the town centre allocations there centre; will need to be considerable evidence to justify the loss of Retains an appearance which is shops (Class A1) within the compatible with adjoining shop primary shopping area. units. Furthermore, the Council Justification considers that, any proposed 3.309 This policy seeks to achieve the level of retail floorspace coming right balance of retail and non- forward as part of the retail uses in a town centre in redevelopment of allocated order to ensure its vitality and sites should at least meet the viability. It is important that a identified retail floorspace figure

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 90

and, where possible the amount all the town centres. of retail floorspace should be 3.315 Furthermore, proposed uses in exceeded, particularly on sites primary frontages should be within the Exchange Quarter. compatible with the 3.312 In view of the differences in the predominant retail character of roles of centres within the town the shopping frontage and centre hierarchy, and in the should generate significant context of the recent Sutton pedestrian visits, thereby town centre and district centre maintaining the vitality of the health check data, the Council centre and avoiding the creation will assess the potential for of „dead‟ shopping frontages. At harm to the predominant retail the same time the physical character of Sutton town centre exterior of the development differently to the assessment for should be compatible with harm to district centres. Within adjoining shops and maintain Sutton town centre, proposals the wider appearance of the involving the loss of shops shopping frontage by ensuring (Class A1) within the primary that display windows and shopping frontage and the entrances are compatible with ground floor units of the adjoining shop units. shopping malls within the Applications for shopfronts and primary shopping area will only advertisements must accord be considered acceptable with the principles in Policy where the proposal would not DM3 (Enhancing the Street result in the proportion of Class Scene and Public Realm) and A1 retail units falling below 75% will be assessed against the (as a percentage of A1-A5 detailed criteria set out in the uses) of all units within those Council‟s „Urban Design Guide‟ frontages. SPD (2008). 3.313 Within district centres a more 3.316 The Council considers that flexible approach will be other parts of town centres applied. The Council considers falling within secondary that the predominant retail frontages are appropriate for a character of the district centres diverse pattern of uses is likely to be harmed where the including Class A2 (building proportion of Class A1 retail societies, banks and estate units falls below 65% as a agents), Classes A3 –A5 (food percentage of A1-A5 uses and drink uses) and a range of within the primary shopping leisure, social and community frontage. activities which provide a direct 3.314 In determining whether there service to the general public. has been an over-concentration Nevertheless, to be acceptable of similar uses, the Council will all of these uses will need to be also resist applications which compatible with the shopping lead to a clustering of more frontage in terms of the than three adjoining non-A1 retention of a shop frontage and uses within the frontage where window display and provide a the change is proposed. This direct service to visiting approach will be applied within members of the public and have no significant adverse impact

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 91

on the vitality and viability of the Policy DM38 - Promoting Local centre. To achieve this, Shopping Provision in Local proposals in secondary Centres frontages should not lead to an (a) The Council will grant permission over-concentration of non-retail for: uses so as to create a Local convenience stores, significant break in the retail pharmacies, post offices and other frontage. Therefore, in basic shops in local centres (as assessing whether a particular shown in Appendix 5); proposal will lead to an over- concentration of similar uses, Appropriately-sized supermarkets the Council will have regard to within larger local centres. whether the proposal leads to a clustering of more than three (b) Planning permission will not be adjoining non-A1 uses within granted for the change of use of a any one frontage of the centre. basic shop (those involving food sales, newsagents, chemists and post Policy DM38 - Promoting Local offices) to other uses unless it is Shopping Provision demonstrated that: Background There is an adequate alternative 3.317 Local centres and local shops and equally accessible provision of are essential to provide easily basic shops available to serve the accessible shopping to meet local residents; people‟s day-to-day needs. The existing range of basic shops in PPS4 „Planning for Sustainable the local centre is not adversely Economic Growth‟ states that affected; local authorities should refuse The shop unit is vacant and all planning applications which fail reasonable attempts to let the shop to protect existing facilities unit have failed; which provide for people‟s day- Where the above criteria are to-day needs. This approach is satisfied, it also meets the also consistent with PPG13 requirements set out in (c) below. „Transport‟ in seeking to reduce car trips by encouraging people (c) The Council will allow a change of to make more use of local use from non-basic shop to non-retail facilities. Therefore, in use (A2, A3-A5, B1[a], D1-D2) accordance with London Plan provided that: Policy 4.8 (Supporting a Convenient local shopping facilities Successful and Diverse Retail are maintained; Sector) and Core Policy PMP8, Proposals will not lead to an over the Council will retain and concentration of single uses; promote local shopping facilities Proposals are consistent with the that serve the everyday needs scale and function of the centre; of local residents and will apply It maintains an interesting street the following policy: frontage through maintaining a window display.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 92

Policy DM39 - Local Shopping premises at an appropriate rent Provision outside Town and Local following a continuous period of Centres marketing of at least 12 months. Policy DM39 - Local Shopping 3.319 The Council will adopt a more Provision outside Town and Local flexible approach in relation to Centres changes of use from non-basic shops to other uses in order to (a) Outside town and local centres, the promote greater diversity of Council will grant planning permission uses in local centres. However, for new convenience shops within the Council will seek to avoid an existing communities or as part of new over-concentration of similar developments provided that the uses and will normally oppose proposals are of an appropriate scale the clustering of more than 3 to the locality. adjoining non-A1 (shop) uses in

any one frontage of the centre. (b) Outside town and local centres, the Similar uses which are Council will not grant planning disproportionately large and do permission for the loss of A1 shops not complement the centre will within areas of more than 400 metres be resisted. In this context, walking distance from alternative frontages of more than three shopping facilities unless it has been adjoining non A1 uses which demonstrated that: are likely to create a break in The shop has been vacant for more the shopping frontage of the than 12 months and all reasonable centre are unlikely to be attempts to market the shop over acceptable. that period at an appropriate rent have failed; and 3.320 Although under Policy DM39 There is no reasonable prospect of the Council will oppose the loss a retail use occupying the site in the of shops in areas of shopping future. deficiency as defined in the policy, the Council recognises Justification where there is insufficient 3.318 These policies seek to ensure demand, as demonstrated by that there is an adequate range the above marketing of goods and services available requirements, the Council will within easy walking distance of allow the change to an all residents. Although there is appropriate non-retail use. The no planning control over the Council will permit proposals of loss of basic shop uses to other an appropriate scale to improve shop uses, the Council will only local shopping facilities, permit the loss of basic shops including small-scale shops to non-retail uses in exceptional within new developments and circumstances as set out in shops associated with petrol Policy DM38 (Promoting Local filling stations. Shopping Provision in Local Centres). In terms of marketing vacant premises formerly occupied by a basic shop, applicants will need to demonstrate that it has not been possible to let the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 93

Policy DM40 - Minerals high standard of restoration Background undertaken appropriate to the 3.321 Minerals are a scarce resource intended after use, together with and sites containing mineral arrangements entered into for deposits should not be appropriate after use care; developed without first ensuring There is no significant adverse that extraction can take place in effect on ground or surface water, such a way so as to minimise flooding, air quality or creates land any impacts on the environment instability; and and human health. London Plan The impact of mineral operations on Policy 5.20 (Aggregates) seeks both nature conservation and the adoption of the highest archaeology are fully assessed and environmental standards for any impact throughout the life of the aggregates extraction in line operations is minimised and with National Minerals Policy mitigated. Guidance. Policy DM40 - Minerals Justification 3.322 This policy aims to prevent or (a) The Council will refuse any reduce as far as possible, development that is likely to prejudice impacts on the environment and the future extraction of mineral human health arising from the deposits. extraction, processing, (b) Planning permission will only be management and transportation granted for mineral extraction where it of minerals. At the same time, it can be demonstrated, by the applicant, seeks to ensure that mineral that the highest environmental reserves are not sterilised by standards of extraction and restoration new development. will be implemented. In considering Policy DM41 - Site Allocations such applications, the Council will expect that: Background 3.323 In addition to detailing policies Nearby land, buildings and for guiding planning decisions, occupiers will be protected from any this document also allocates adverse impact from the workings sites for specific land uses and restoration in terms of both the required to achieve the delivery activities taking place and the times of the Core Planning Strategy. of operation; The Council will apply the The extraction and restoration are following policy: carried out in a phased programme, where appropriate; Policy DM41 - Site Allocations Ancillary buildings and plant are The Council will grant planning sited and screened so as to permission for development in minimise their impact on the accordance with the Site Allocations environment and local amenities; Schedule and as shown on the There are no significant adverse Proposals Map, subject to the effects arising from traffic generation proposed development meeting the and access/egress to and from the other policies in the Development site; Plan. The development of these sites The land will be filled with materials for other uses will be opposed. to be agreed by the Council and a

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 94

Justification floorspace should at least meet 3.324 The allocation of specific sites the identified allocation figure ensures that the Vision, Spatial and, where possible, the Strategy, the Strategic amount of retail floorspace Objectives and the Policies of should be exceeded, the Core Planning Strategy will particularly on sites within the be delivered. It also ensures the Exchange Quarter. best use of land. It does not 3.326 Government guidance indicates preclude development coming that the development plan forward elsewhere and the should set out a clear vision for suitability of development on the future pattern of other sites will be judged development within the against the policies of the Borough with clear objectives statutory Development Plan for for achieving that vision and the Borough. strategies for delivery and 3.325 The allocations for Sutton town implementation. The centre set out a preferred use development of site allocations or mix of uses for each site as identified provides certainty which, together, seek to secure that the Spatial Strategy for the the continued success of this Borough, as set out in the Core metropolitan centre in Planning Strategy, can be accordance with the objectives delivered. Although the capacity set out in the Core Strategy of development on site (Policy PMP6). The allocations allocations and the mix of uses take into account the are based on a range of development of a balance of evidence, the Council will uses across the centre; the continue to monitor the function of each of the town effectiveness of these centre quarters; and the allocations and the extent to boundaries of the primary which they can achieve the shopping area. Accordingly, the delivery of the Core Planning Council will wish to secure the Strategy‟s Vision and development of each of the Objectives. In particular, the allocations broadly in line with Council will consider if there is the mix of uses identified. the need to review all or some However, given the evidence of the allocations in the light of that identified retail needs may changes to national or regional not be met over the Plan period policy or in the light of changing (see Chapter 4 regarding the economic circumstances, whilst currently identified potential still trying to meet the overall supply) the Council considers objectives of the Core Planning that any proposed level of retail Strategy.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 95

Planning Strategy and how the site allocations will contribute to the delivery of the Strategic Objectives of the Core Planning Strategy and

the implementation of the Core FOUR Planning Strategy policies. Housing Supply 4.5 One of the key issues addressed in the Core Planning Strategy is

the scale and location of new Site Allocations housing. The London Plan target 4.1 This part of the document deals for the Borough as set out in Core with the allocation of future Policy PMP1 is the provision of development sites for specific 345 additional homes per year for purposes (eg: housing, health etc). the period up to 2016/17. However, since the adoption of the 4.2 Allocated sites included within this Core Planning Strategy the Mayor document are generally greater has produced a new London Plan, than 0.2ha in area and their which was adopted in July 2011. allocation is likely to involve a The target in that Plan for the change(s) of land use. In the borough is to provide a minimum cases of sites smaller than 0.2ha of 2,100 additional new homes or larger sites which do not involve between 2011 and 2021 (210 units a change(s) of land use, it is per annum). The Mayor has also considered that the Core Planning stated that these targets will be Strategy and Development further reviewed by 2015/16. Management policies will be sufficient to guide future planning 4.6 In accordance with advice from the decisions. Therefore, the fact that former Government Office for a site is not specifically allocated London and the GLA, boroughs does not indicate it is inappropriate are required to roll forward their 10 for a particular type of year London Plan targets as development. indicative figures for the remainder of the Plan period covered by core 4.3 The allocations broadly prescribe strategies. the development that will be permitted on each site and 4.7 Furthermore, since the Core highlight some site-specific Planning Strategy Examination-in- considerations. This information is Public in June 2009, the Council not comprehensive and all site has updated its housing supply allocations will be expected to analysis to reflect: comply with the policies within the Two year‟s advance in the plan Development Plan (ie: the London period; Plan, the Core Planning Strategy Changing circumstances in the and other policies within this housing market; and document). The revised London Plan housing targets set out in the 4.4 The following sub-sections provide London Plan from 2011/12. information on the land requirements arising from the Core

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 96

4.8 The revised targets are therefore shown in Table 4.1.

Table 4.1: Revised Minimum Housing Requirements Delivery Period of CPS PPS3 Requirement Based on London Plan Targets 2009-10 (1 year) 345 2010-11(2 year) 345 2011-12 to 2015-16 (5 years) 1,050 (Five-Year Supply – 5 x 210) 2016-17 to 2020-21 (5 years) 1,050 2021-22 to 2023-24 (3 years) 630 Total over 15 years 3,420

4.9 In addition to setting a Borough- 4.10 Table 4.2 shows the target for wide target, Core Policy PMP1 each of the Borough locations, also sets out the spatial distribution according to the above for housing across the Borough. It proportions, for each time period. states the provision of new dwellings will be broadly located in the following proportions: ● Sutton Town Centre – 40%; ● Hackbridge – 20%; ● Wallington – 10%; ● Other District Centres (Rosehill, North Cheam, Worcester Park, Carshalton and Cheam) – 10%; and, ● Remainder of the Borough –

20%.

Table 4.2: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Revised Minimum Housing Requirements Plan Period Years (units) 1 and 2 3 - 7 TOTAL 8 - 12 TOTAL 13 - 15 TOTAL (5 yr) 1 - 7 (5 yr) 1 - 12 (3yr) 1 - 15 Sutton 276 420 696 420 1116 252 1368 Hackbridge 138 210 348 210 558 126 684 Wallington 69 105 174 105 279 63 342 Other DCs 69 105 174 105 279 63 342 Remainder 138 210 348 210 558 126 684 Total 690 1,050 1,740 1,050 2,790 630 3,420

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 97

4.11 In terms of predicted housing Policies DPD, other sources of supply, every effort has been made supply have been included, these to ensure phasing information is comprise: sites under construction, correct, however in the current sites with planning permission and uncertain housing market, estate renewal programmes. Table information from landowners and 4.3 shows the predicted phasing and developers has changed frequently. location of development, which can With respect to location, the areas be compared against the revised set out in Core Policy PMP1 have targets set out in Table 4.2. The been defined as the Sustainable numbers in column two refer to the Residential Quality areas (i.e. 400 site allocation number (e.g. BW27) metres‟ walking distance from the and the estimated capacity is shown centres). In addition to the housing in column four. sites listed in the Site Development

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 98

Table 4.3: Scale and Spatial Distribution of Potential Housing Supply (units) No of Period Site Ref Site Totals Units SUTTON Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual 49 Total: 53 Completions 4 Year 2: Estimated Completions Years 3-7 BW27 Bawtree House 15 Total: 390 STCN1 Magnet/Zurich/Dex 239 House/ Fabric World 45 Cumulative STCS1 North of Sutton Court Rd 26 Total: 443 STCC3 Kwikfit 15

Other Sources 95

Years 8-12 STCS2 South of Sutton Court 278 Total: 478 Road STCS5 Sutherland House 96 Cumulative STCC1 North of Lodge Place 20 Total: 921 STCCW3 Beech Tree Place 60 STCN3 Burger King Site 24

Years 13-15 A10 Sutton West Centre 40 Total: 554 STCCW1 Civic Centre 31 STCCW2 Secombe Centre 33 Cumulative STCS3 Sutton Station 454 Total:1,475 STCS6 Brighton Road 63 STCN1 Gas Holder Site 123 STCN2 Blockbuster Site 26 STCC2 South of Lodge Place 95 STCC4 Greenford Road 17 STCS4 Shops opposite Sutton 41 Station

Estimated 5 years supply of 923 has been adjusted to 554 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period.

45 The development capacity assumes the Gas Holder is decommissioned and HSE restrictions do not apply.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 99

HACKBRIDGE Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual 1 Total: 2 Completions

Year 2: Estimated 1 Completions

Years 3-7 BW18 Kelvin House 68 Total: 90

Other Sources 22 Cumulative Total: 92 Years 8-12 BW12 Felnex Trading Estate 440 Total: 500 (440) BW13 Land H‟bridge Station (60) 60 Cumulative Total: 592 Years 13- Total: 0 15 Cumulative Total: 592 WALLINGTON Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual Completions 4 Total: 4 Year 2: Estimated Completions 0 Years 3-7 BW19 Canon House 174 Total: 247

Other Sources 73 Cumulative Total: 251 Years 8-12 BW15 Wallington Square 35 Total: 35

Cumulative Total: 286 Years 13-15 BW29 Railway Approach 40 Total: 36 BW30 Lidl 20 Cumulative Estimated 5 years supply Total: 322 of 60 has been adjusted to 36 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. OTHER DISTRICT CENTRES Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions 10 Total: 10 Year 2: Estimated Completions 0 Years 3-7 Other Sources 45 Total: 45

Cumulative Total: 55 Years 8-12 BW20 Victoria House 25 Total: 25

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 100

Cumulative Total: 80 Years 13-15 BW3 Cheam Leisure Centre 30 Total: 27

Other Sources 15 Cumulative Total: 107 Estimated 5 years supply of 45 has been adjusted to 27 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. REST OF THE BOROUGH Year 1-2 Year 1: Actual completions 114 Total: 214 Year 2: Estimated Completions 100 Years 3-7 BW4 Hallmead Day Centre 26 Total: 755 BW7 Orchard Hill, Phase 1 123 BW8 Stanley Park High School 90 Cumulative Other Sources 516 Total: 969 Years 8-12 BW1 Library, Ridge Road 15 Total: 298 BW2 Gleeson Offices 25 BW7 Orchard Hill, Phase 2 123 Cumulative BW22 All Saints Rd/Benhill Rd 25 Total: 1,267 BW26 107 Westmead Rd 20 Other Sources 90 Years 13-15 BW6 Sutton Hospital 330 Total: 299 BW9 Sheen Way 20 BW10 Offices, Denmark Rd 20 Cumulative BW11 Car Park, Denmark Rd 15 Total: 1,566 BW21 Wandle Valley Estate 50 BW25 Glastonbury Centre 20 BW28 Carshalton War Memorial 33 Other Sources 11

Estimated 5 years supply of 499 has been adjusted to 299 to reflect only 3 remaining years in this period. ALL LOCATIONS Year 1-2 Total: 283 Years 3-7 Total: 1,527 Cumulative Total: 1,810 Years 8-12 Total: 1,336 Cumulative Total: 3,146 Years 13-15 Total: 916 Cumulative Total: 4,062

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 101

4.12 Table 4.3 shows that the estimated considerably in excess at the end capacity from the site allocations of the Core Strategy period. This and other sources across the likely overprovision can largely be borough may exceed the minimum accounted for by three exceptional targets over the plan period. sites: BW7: Orchard Hill (a Major However, the uncertainties over Developed Site in the Green Belt delivery in the current economic yielding a potential 246 units), climate make it particularly difficult Durand Close (a large estate to predict with any accuracy when renewal scheme in the other some sites, particularly the larger sources category which yields a ones, are likely to come forward. net increase of 203 units), and the Furthermore, in London‟s dynamic final phases of The Hamptons housing market it is recognised by development (which were granted the Mayor that there are particular permission on appeal after the difficulties in predicted capacity Core Planning Strategy beyond ten years. Examination-in-Public and yield a 4.13 In terms of spatial distribution, potential 184 units). These three Sutton‟s capacity should come sites alone produce a potential close to its target by year 12 and capacity of 633 units. In addition, should exceed the target towards there a number of large sites in the end of the Plan period, public ownership that are expected although this could be influenced to come forward for development by the rate that development within the Rest of the Borough. It comes forward and the mix and should also be noted that Core intensity of development. The Policy PMP1 states that the broad capacity for Hackbridge is distribution set out in the policy will not be used to prevent the expected to be close to the target at 12 years, but after 2020 there is development of other sites which expected to be no notable are in accordance with other redevelopment in the area. In policies in the plan. Wallington, housing growth is 4.15 While the scale and distribution of predicted to fall broadly in line with future housing is likely to broadly targets over the whole Plan period. conform to the spatial strategy the In the other district centres, the risks to delivery remain. These targets may not be met at any of comprise: the milestones, but this is due to ● Potential non-delivery of the the fact that small site 40% of housing growth in Sutton intensification is not reflected in Town Centre due to scale and these tables. The district centres of complexity of potential Rosehill, North Cheam, Worcester developments, in which case Park, Carshalton and Cheam have some of the over-provision from traditionally derived much of their other areas of the Borough housing capacity from small sites. would be required to offset the lack of delivery in Sutton town 4.14 Finally, the Rest of the Borough total exceeds the target at all centre. It is currently estimated milestones and is estimated to be that the overall borough-wide

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 102

target will be exceeded over the area about appropriate building Plan period. heights. ● The non-delivery of some sites 4.16 Consequently, there are risks to due to the adverse economic the spatial strategy and the climate. Two large Council will monitor housing developments which had development closely and seek to previously been delayed are manage any deficiencies by the now under construction (BW18: methods set out in the Core Kelvin House, BW19: Canon Planning Strategy (paragraphs House). Nevertheless, it 7.52-7.58). remains a possibility that some sites will not come forward. Other Housing Matters ● The capacity stated for each site 4.17 Core Policy PMP3 (Community will not be delivered. Capacity Regeneration Areas) sets out outside Sutton town centre has policies for Community been calculated using the Regeneration Areas and one of London Plan Density Matrix the priorities for these areas is and, while it provides a rough improved access to housing. This basis for assessing capacity, the will be achieved by site allocations: suburban nature of the Borough, BW6: Sutton Hospital, which is in individual site constraints and the Belmont Community the prevailing economic Regeneration Area, and BW21: conditions mean that, in many Wandle Valley Trading Estate, cases, it is not always which is in the St Helier and applicable. The matrix Wandle Valley Community frequently produces capacities Regeneration Area. for sites which would make the likely development appear 4.18 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) incongruous when compared to promotes the development of the surrounding low-density Hackbridge and supports new residential areas. It does not housing development. This will be take into account site features achieved through site allocations or infrastructure requirements. BW12: Felnex Trading Estate, The matrix also tends to BW13: Land adjacent to promote high-density small Hackbridge Station, BW18: Kelvin housing/flatted development House and an estate renewal and hence higher numbers of scheme at Corbet Close, off units, whereas developers in the Hackbridge Road. current economic climate tend 4.19 Core Policy PMP8 (Other District to be favouring houses with and Local Centres) promotes three or more bedrooms, which intensification of housing in are proving easier to sell. Within Wallington and the other District Sutton town centre there are Centres. This will be achieved by particular difficulties in site allocations BW19: Canon estimating housing capacities House (Wallington), BW20: given that most developments Victoria House (North Cheam), will be mixed use and there is a BW29: Railway Approach and Car more flexibility within the central Park (Wallington) and BW30: Lidl (Wallington).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 103

4.20 Core Policy BP2 (Affordable Wandle Valley Trading Estate and Housing) states the Council will these sites are all designated for seek to ensure an overall borough- mixed-use redevelopment within wide target of 50% of all new the site allocations schedule. Site housing from all sources is allocation BW12: Felnex Trading affordable and a contribution Estate is allocated for residential, towards achieving this target will retail, employment and community be sought on site. However, there uses with approximately 25% are certain site allocations which being retained for employment. would be suitable for achieving a Site allocation BW13: Land at high proportion of affordable Hackbridge Station is allocated for family-sized units. residential and employment uses Employment with approximately 30% of the site area being retained for 4.21 Core Policy PMP4 (Main Locations employment. Site allocation BW21: for Industry) sets out a strategic Wandle Valley Trading Estate is approach in order to maintain an allocated for employment, adequate supply of industrial land residential and open space with and provide employment approximately 40% of the site area opportunities in the Borough. being retained for employment Firstly, it states the Council will purposes. Finally, Core Policy encourage the development and PMP4 supports proposals for new intensification of the Strategic development, which improves Industrial Locations. Secondly, the opportunities for small and Council will retain and promote the medium-sized enterprises. It is following Established Industrial considered that all the Established Locations: Restmor Way, Gander Industrial Areas and Mixed Use Green Lane and Abbotts Road, Areas are suitable locations for Plumpton Way, Oldfields Road, development of small and Croydon Road and Mill Green medium-sized enterprises. Business Park. As there will be no change in land use at these 4.23 In addition to traditional industrial locations, they do not appear in sectors, one of the fastest growing the site allocations, apart from site industries, both currently and allocation BW16: Plumpton Way potentially, is the waste where there is potential for management sector and Core expansion on to the adjoining gas Policy BP8 (Waste Reduction and holder site. It should be noted, Management) states that the though, that some redevelopment Council will identify the necessary and intensification has already capacity for the industry. This will taken place: the site at Oldfields be conducted though the South Road is currently undergoing London Waste Plan, produced in redevelopment and the site at collaboration with the London Boroughs of Croydon and Merton Croydon Road has recently been redeveloped. and the Royal Borough of Kingston, and consequently there 4.22 Thirdly, Core Policy PMP4 are no site allocations for waste promotes mixed use management facilities in this redevelopment at Felnex Trading document. The South London Estate, Hackbridge Station and Waste Plan, scheduled for

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 104

adoption in March 2012, have been allocated for mixed use safeguards all existing waste sites and which will include an element within the plan area‟s Strategic of office redevelopment or re- Industrial Locations and sites with provision. Four other sites across a site area of 0.2 ha or larger the Borough have also been outside these areas (see Schedule designated for office provision 1 of the Waste Plan). In addition, within mixed-use developments the Waste Plan identifies industrial and these proposed site areas with sites suitable for waste allocations, which are all in facilities in the plan area (see accessible locations, are: BW2: Schedule 2 of the Waste Plan). It Gleeson Offices (on a major road), will also provide policies to assist BW18: Kelvin House (within the the determination of any planning new Hackbridge district centre), applications that come forward on BW20: Victoria House (within the above sites and areas, as well North Cheam district centre) and as proposals that could come BW26: Westmead Road (within forward on sites not identified on Westmead Road local centre). Schedule 1 or 2. Retail and Town Centre Uses 4.24 Historically, offices have been a 4.25 Core Policy PMP7 (Hackbridge) major source of employment within supports proposals for new the Borough but over the past two commercial and retail development decades the stock has gradually in Hackbridge while Core Policy become unsuited to modern PMP8 (Other District and Local requirements. Core Policy PMP6 Centres) promotes the seeks to promote Sutton town intensification of shopping and centre and indicates that the commercial uses at Wallington, Council will support the creation Rosehill, North Cheam and and protection of a range of Worcester Park and the employment opportunities consolidation of shopping and including enhanced office commercial uses at Cheam and provision. Site allocation Carshalton. information regarding deliverability of the objectives for the town 4.26 Sutton town centre is identified by centre, including office uses, is set the Mayor as one of only four out for each of the Quarters in the metropolitan centres in south Section below on Retail and Town London. In accordance with the Centre Uses. Core Policy PMP8 Vision for the town centre the encourages proposals for new Council is seeking to secure a office space, the more attractive, thriving, vibrant, intensification/redevelopment of safe, diverse, welcoming and existing office space in district accessible town centre which centres and specifically mentions provides a strong economic hub 46 Wallington as a location for an for Sutton and the wider area . expansion in office provision. Site 4.27 In order to promote a competitive allocations BW15: Wallington town centre environment and to Square, BW19: Canon House, provide consumer choice the BW29: Railway Approach and BW30: Lidl are all sites within 46 As set out in The Town Centre Partnership Vision, Wallington district centre which Strategic Objective 12 and Policy PMP6 of the Core Strategy.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 105

Council must plan for a strong should take a proactive retail mix that meets the partnership approach towards quantitative and qualitative needs identifying capacity and bringing for comparison and convenience forward development in town retail identified in the 2007 Sutton centres. Accordingly, the supply Retail Assessment47. The Sutton side assessments set out below, in Retail Assessment concluded that Table 4.5, for each of the identified Sutton must improve its retail offer town centre Quarters must be simply to maintain its position considered against the relative to competing centres and, assessments of need set out in the context of expected growth above. in comparison goods expenditure 4.29 The allocations for Sutton Town there is an identified need for up to Centre set out in Table 4.5 an additional 16,000 sq m net demonstrate that 16,800 sq m net (equivalent to 20,000 sq m (c. 20,500 sq m gross) of retail gross48) of comparison floorspace floorspace can be delivered over in the Borough up to 2017. the next 15 years. This therefore Experian, commissioned by the does not meet the need identified GLA, has prepared a more recent by Experian, although there are a report into comparison goods retail 49 number of additional sites within floorspace needs in London and adjacent to the primary which identifies a South West sub shopping area which could provide regional need for 352,000 sq m net some of the additional retail (440,000sqm gross) by 2031. capacity, but which have not been Whilst by 2016 the growth identified as allocations as, in the anticipated for Sutton by Experian present economic climate the is 9,200sq m net (i.e. significantly owners have not expressed any less than that identified by Savills), redevelopment intentions. by 2026, Sutton‟s comparison However, even taking into account floorspace requirement is identified this potential future capacity, the as nearly 30,000sq m net Council considers that in order to (40,000sqm gross). This is almost secure the deliverability of the double the figure identified by objectives of the Core Planning Savills. In line with the town centre Strategy, over the timeframe of hierarchy and government this Plan, retail floorspace must be guidance in PPS4 the priority for provided on each of the sites in provision of this comparison accordance with their allocations floorspace should be within Sutton and where possible the level of town centre. retail floorspace should be 4.28 The Mayor is clear that LDFs exceeded. should not only identify future 4.30 The Employment Land Review levels of retail and other Update identified an additional commercial floorspace need but need for 22,500 sqm gross of office floorspace over the period of

47 Undertaken by Savills Hepher Dixon the Plan and the Allocations 48 Conversion ratio of 1.25:1 gross to net demonstrate that this figure can be expressed by Experian delivered. 49 „Consumer Expenditure and Comparison Goods Retail Floorspace Need in London: A Report by Experian for the GLA‟, March 2009

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 106

Table 4.5: Potential Net Changes to Capacity by Uses and Quarter50 Allocated Site Retail (A Office (B1) Other Town Classes) Centre Uses Gross External Floor Areas (sq m) North Sutton - Village Quarter STCN1: Gas Holder Site 1,663 1,663 1,479 STCN1: Magnet Site51 3 595 0 STCN1: Zurich Site 2,713 -3,117 -562 STCN2: Blockbuster Site52 -246 360 360 STCN3: Burger King Site 576 0 0 Total 4,709 -499 1,277

Central Sutton - Exchange Quarter STCC1: North of Lodge Place 720 2,344 1,248 STCC2: South of Lodge Place 274 2,950 0 STCC3: Kwikfit Site (i) 0 0 1,693 STCC3: Kwikfit Site (ii) 595 0 -291 STCC4: North of Greenford Road 450 97 -220 Total (i) 1,444 5,391 2,721 Total (ii) 2,039 5,391 737

Central West Sutton - Civic Quarter STCCW1: Civic Centre Site 4,744 5,379 8,214 STCCW2: Secombe Centre 0 1,348 -2,216 STCCW3: Beech Tree Place 0 500 5,255 Total 4,744 7,227 11,253

South Sutton - Station Quarter STCS1: North of Sutton Court Road 1,056 4,858 0 STCS2: South of Sutton Court Road 1,138 1,800 562 STCS3: Sutton Station and Car Park 1,756 10,000 25,603 STCS4: Shops Opposite Sutton Station 1,216 3,303 3,464 STCS5: Sutherland House 1,436 -5,507 3,268 STCS6: Brighton Road Sites 2,413 3,272 -4,731 Total 9,015 17,726 28,166

Town Centre Total - All Quarters TOTAL (i) 19,912 29,845 43,417 TOTAL (ii) 20,507 29,845 41,433

50 This table sets out net changes and therefore excludes existing floor areas.Total gross development capacity for each site is set out in the corresponding Site Allocations. These figures exclude residential which is dealt with separately in Table 4.3 on Housing Supply. 51 These figures (for STCN1) assume that the STCN1 (Gas Holder) is decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. 52These sites (STCN2 and STCN3) are in the HSE Consultation Outer Zone within which there are restrictions over very large and sensitive developments such as institutional accommodation. Developers will need to take this into account when considering any redevelopment proposals. (i) Assuming hotel uses on-site. (ii) Assuming residential-led mixed use on-site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 107

4.31 Within Hackbridge, proposed site site allocations which will allocations BW12: Felnex Trading safeguard and enhance the Estate and BW18: Kelvin House Borough‟s open space network are are both allocated for mixed-use BW31: Part of Stanley Road developments including retail use. Allotments, which will cease to be 4.32 Retail and other appropriate town designated for primary school centre uses are designated in provision, and BW32:Demesne Wallington in proposed site Road Allotments, less of which is allocations BW15: Wallington now safeguarded for a cemetery Square, BW19: Canon House, extension. BW29: Railway Approach and 4.34 Core Policy PMP9 also states that BW30: Lidl. In addition, there are the Council will designate the also two Council-owned sites in former Orchard Hill Hospital and the centre of Wallington, which if BIBRA sites as Major Developed redeveloped, could contribute to Sites in the Green Belt and it is the vitality and viability of proposed that the Orchard Hill Wallington. However, further work development will include an needs to be undertaken with element of open space. These regard to the two sites to establish sites appear as site allocations the viability of site redevelopment BW7 and BW23 respectively. and the feasibility of relocating 4.35 Finally, Core Policy PMP5 existing on-site uses. Therefore, (Wandle Valley) states that the with deliverability unassured, it Council will play an active role in was considered inappropriate to enhancing the River Wandle and include these sites in this adjoining open spaces. Proposed document. However, development site allocation BW21: Wandle on these sites may come forward Valley Trading Estate will provide during the plan period on an opportunity to create a riverside completion of the above work. open space area which will link With regard to other district other areas of the Wandle Trail centres, proposed site allocation and to other areas of the larger BW20: Victoria House in North Wandle Valley Regional Park. Part Cheam is allocated in part for of proposed site allocation BW14: retail. Open Land within BedZED and Open Spaces Land North of BedZED is also 4.33 Core Policy PMP9 (The Open within the Wandle Valley Regional Spaces Network) states that the Park and it is proposed to develop Council will seek to safeguard and this area for recreational uses in enhance the Borough‟s open the longer term. space network. It is therefore Education proposed that the majority of the 4.36 Core Policy BP4 (Education and Former Playing Fields at Sheen Skills) states that the Council will Way (Site Allocation BW9), which provide facilities to meet future currently has restricted public primary school provision needs. access, should become a park to Currently, the Council is awaiting help rectify the current deficiency further data on (i) the birthrate, (ii) in access to local parks in this part trends regarding children living in of the Borough. Other proposed the Borough but being educated

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 108

outside the authority boundary and which supports the development of (iii) the proportion of Borough an improved health clinic at the children being educated privately existing GPs premises. in order to determine the precise Health, Well Being and Recreation level of need. In the meantime, the Council is proposing to safeguard 4.39 Core Policy BP5 (Improving Health a number of sites for possible and Well-Being) supports the primary school provision pending development of healthcare centres this review of primary school place at Wallington and Hackbridge and need. The proposed sites are: the establishment of a Local Acute BW5: Sutton West Centre; BW9: Hospital at St Helier. The Former Playing Fields at Sheen Wallington Local Care Centre is Way; BW14: Open Land within already under construction and it is BedZED (buildings) and Land planned that a health facility will be North of BedZED (playing fields); part of a community hub on and BW25: Glastonbury Centre. proposed site allocation BW12: Should any of these sites not be Felnex Trading Estate in required for primary school Hackbridge. The redevelopment of provision, the sites will be St Helier Hospital appears as available for the alternative proposed site allocation BW17: St allocated use. Helier and includes plans for a Local Acute Hospital and Local 4.37 Core Policy BP4 also states that Care Centre. The redevelopment the Council will support the of St Helier may be give rise to the development of a new secondary temporary relocation of health school at the former Orchard Hill services to the Sutton Hospital site Hospital site. Part of the proposed (proposed site allocation BW6), site allocation BW7: Orchard Hill pending its long-term has been allocated for education redevelopment for housing and use as well as residential uses and health purposes. open space. It is anticipated that any further need for secondary 4.40 There are also two other site school places in the Borough can allocations which will provide be accommodated by the redeveloped health facilities. expansion of existing secondary Subject to the satisfactory schools. relocation of the existing leisure centre, proposed site allocation 4.38 Core Policy PMP6 (Sutton Town BW3: Cheam Leisure Centre Centre) supports proposals for, includes the redevelopment and amongst other things, accessible possible expansion of existing community facilities. Furthermore, health services to serve the west Policy PMP3 (Community of the Borough, while the long- Regeneration Areas) seeks to term redevelopment of proposed reduce levels of significant site allocation BW6: Sutton deprivation. Parts of Sutton Town Hospital envisages a local health Centre fall within an identified facility to serve the south of the Priority Community Regeneration Borough. Area. These policy objectives will be addressed in the Sutton Town 4.41 Core Policy BP5 supports the Centre through the Site Allocations development at the Royal Marsden STCC1: North of Lodge Place, Hospital and Institute of Cancer

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 109

Research in the south of the fields that are currently Borough. Proposed site allocation unmaintained at Collingwood BW24 details an expansion of the Recreation Ground, while Institute of Cancer Research to proposed site allocation BW14: ensure it remains at the forefront Open Land within BedZED and of research and development into Land North of BedZED could cancer treatment. Meanwhile, site provide new playing fields for a allocation BW35 provides for the possible new primary school and redevelopment of the Royal for the local community. Proposed Marsden Hospital, which is site allocations BW31: Part of required to meet changing patterns Stanley Road Allotments and in cancer treatment and care. BW32: Demesne Road Allotments 4.42 In addition to the treatment of both reduce the areas within illness, Core Policy BP5 supports existing allotments which were the retention and improvement of previously safeguarded for other uses in the Council‟s UDP. facilities which help to prevent illness and which promote healthy Sustainability Issues lifestyles. The policy states that the 4.45 Core Policy BP6 (One Planet Council will support the retention Living) specifies Hackbridge as a and improvement of leisure regeneration and growth area that centres, playing pitches, and will be delivered to low carbon allotments and other uses which standards with zero carbon will promote healthy lifestyles as standards to be achieved for all well as supporting increased new developments within the options for cycling and walking. Hackbridge Limit of Sustainable 4.43 The Council currently has two Residential Quality from 2011, leisure centres, in North Cheam where this is feasible. Proposed and Carshalton. The centre at site allocations BW12: Felnex North Cheam, which is no longer Trading Estate, BW13: Hackbridge fit for purpose, is allocated as site Station and BW18: Kelvin House allocation BW3 for redevelopment will implement this policy. for housing and health facilities. 4.46 Core Policy BP7 (Flood Risk and Consideration is currently being Climate Change Adaptation) states given to relocating this centre to a that the Council will steer site suitable site to serve the residents allocations towards areas of lowest of the western part of the Borough. flood risk, taking the vulnerability However, the redevelopment of of the proposed uses into account. the Cheam Leisure Centre site Only two of the 35 site allocations would only come forward once require the Exceptions Test, as set such a new centre was out in PPS25, and they are BW12: operational. As it is currently Felnex Trading Estate and BW21: uncertain where the replacement Wandle Valley Trading Estate. leisure centre would be located, a Proposed site allocation BW12 is replacement leisure centre is not only partially in Flood Zone 3a and included as a site allocation. it is proposed to locate much of the 4.44 Site allocation BW36: Sutton employment (less vulnerable) use, United Football Ground includes as opposed to the residential proposals to reinstate playing (more vulnerable) use, in the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 110

higher risk area. Similarly, with ● BW4: Hallmead Day Centre regard to proposed site allocation (footpath network BW21, it is expected the open improvements); space use will occupy much of ● BW6: Sutton Hospital Flood Zone 3a while the (improvements to permeability employment and residential uses and bus service facilities); will largely occupy the other, lower ● BW7: Orchard Hill (improved risk Flood Zone, areas. access, improved permeability Transport Infrastructure for pedestrians and cyclists and bus service improvements); 4.47 Core Policy BP9 (Enabling ● BW8: Stanley Park High School Smarter Travel Choices – an Area- (improved permeability for Based Approach) outlines a series pedestrians and cyclists); of transport improvements, many ● BW9: Former Playing Fields at of which are planned in Sheen Way (improved access conjunction with other bodies such and permeability for pedestrians as Transport for London. The site and cyclists); allocations provide further ● BW15: Wallington Square information on the proposed (personal safety improvements transport improvements. for pedestrians); Improvements to the Wallington ● BW17: St Helier Hospital station area are detailed in (tramlink facilities and improved proposed site allocation BW29: access); Railway Approach and BW30: Lidl. ● BW23: BIBRA Site (improved Information on a new traffic access and permeability for management scheme for pedestrians and cyclists); Carshalton is provided in proposed ● BW35: Royal Marsden Hospital site allocation BW34. A description (improved access and of how the area around permeability and bus service Hackbridge Station and traffic flow, improvements); cycling and walking opportunities ● STCN1: Crown Road / High in Hackbridge generally are to be Street Sites (new road link to improved is provided in proposed enable the creation of a Village site allocations BW12: Felnex Square visually and functionally Trading Estate, BW13: Hackbridge connecting the Village Quarter Station, BW18: Kelvin House and to the Exchange Quarter and BW21: Wandle Valley Trading enabling the creation of a Estate. The plans for pedestrian/tram link route along improvements to Beddington Lane the northern part of the High are detailed in proposed site Street); and allocation BW33. STCS2: South of Sutton Court 4.48 There are also a number of other Road and STCS3: Sutton proposed sites where development Station and Car Park (create a would involve transport public transport interchange). improvements. These are: 4.49 The majority of these ● BW2: Gleeson Offices improvements are related to (improved permeability for improvements for pedestrians and pedestrians and cyclists); cyclists and bus services and hence comply with Core Policy

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 111

BP10 (Transport – Strategic and Borough-wide Proposals) which seeks to encourage the use of sustainable modes of transport.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 112

Table 4.6: SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

No Site Proposed Allocation

BW1 Library, Ridge Road, Stonecot Residential

BW2 Gleeson Offices (Haredon House), London Mixed Use: Road, Stonecot Residential/Retail/Offices

BW3 Cheam Leisure Centre, Malden Road, Mixed Use: North Cheam Residential/Health

BW4 Hallmead Day Centre, Anton Crescent, Mixed Use: Sutton Residential/Community

BW5 Sutton West Centre, Robin Hood Lane, 2010-15: Safeguarded for Sutton an Educational Use Post 2015: Mixed Use: Community/Residential

BW6 Sutton Hospital, Cotswold Road, Sutton Mixed Use: Residential/Health

BW7 Orchard Hill, Carshalton Beeches Mixed Use: Residential/Education/Open Space

BW8 Stanley Park High School, Stanley Park Residential Road, Carshalton

BW9 Former Playing Fields, Sheen Way, 2010-15: Safeguarded for Wallington an Educational Use Post 2015; Mixed Use: Open Space/Residential

BW10 Council Offices, Denmark Road, Residential Carshalton

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 113

BW11 Council Car Park, Denmark Road, Residential Carshalton

BW12 Felnex Trading Estate, London Road, Mixed Use: Hackbridge Residential/Retail/ Employment/Community

BW13 Land adjoining Hackbridge Station, Mixed Use: London Road, Hackbridge Residential/Employment

BW14 Open Land within BedZED and Land North Within BedZED: of BedZED, Hackbridge Education/Community

North of BedZED: Short Term: Safeguarded for Mineral Extraction. Long-term: Regional Park and Playing Fields

BW15 Wallington Square, off Woodcote Road, Mixed Use: Wallington Residential/Retail/ Offices/Leisure

BW16 Trading Estate and Gas Holder, Plumpton Industry Way, Carshalton

BW17 St Helier Hospital, Wrythe Lane, Rosehill Health

BW18 Kelvin House, London Road, Hackbridge Mixed Use: Residential/Retail/Offices

BW19 Canon House, Melbourne Road, Mixed Use: Wallington Residential/Retail/Offices

BW20 Victoria House, London Road, North Mixed Use: Cheam Residential/Retail/Offices

BW21 Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Mill Green Mixed Use: Employment/ Road, Hackbridge Residential/Open Space

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 114

BW22 All Saints Road/Benhill Wood Road, Residential Sutton

BW23 Former BIBRA Site, Woodmansterne Road, Mixed Use: Carshalton Community/Residential

BW24 Institute of Cancer Research Land, Research and Development Adjacent to Sutton Hospital, Belmont

BW25 Glastonbury Centre, Hartland Road, 2010-15: Safeguarded for Rosehill an Educational Use Post 2015: Residential

BW26 Land to the Rear of 107 Westmead Road, Mixed Use: Residential/ Sutton Retail/Offices

BW27 Bawtree House, Worcester Road, Sutton Residential

BW28 War Memorial Hospital/Ashcombe House, Residential (including The Park & Cedar Close, Carshalton supported living units)

BW29 Railway Approach and Car Park, off Manor Mixed Use: Road, Wallington Office/Retail/ Leisure/Residential/ Car Parking

BW30 Lidl, Beddington Gardens, Wallington Mixed Use: Retail/Office/ Residential/Car Parking

BW31 Part of the Allotments, Stanley Road, Urban Green Space Carshalton (to be used as Allotments)

BW32 Allotments, Demesne Road, Wallington A: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension)

B: Metropolitan Open Land (to be used as Allotments)

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 115

BW33 Road Improvement Scheme, Beddington Road Improvement Scheme Lane, Beddington

BW34 Traffic Management Scheme, Carshalton Traffic Management District Centre Scheme

BW35 Royal Marsden Hospital, Downs Road, Health Belmont

BW36 Sutton United Football Ground, Gander Mixed Use: Sports Green Lane, Sutton Ground/Community Facilities

STCN1 Crown Road/High Street Sites Mixed use: residential, retail, office and other

STCN2 Blockbuster Site, 341 High Street, Sutton Mixed use: retail, residential, community and office

STCN3 Burger King Site, 330 – 332 High Street, Residential-led mixed use Sutton and retail

STCC1 North of Lodge Place, Sutton Mixed use: health, retail, residential and office or commercial leisure

STCC2 South of Lodge Place, Sutton Mixed use: retail, residential and office or commercial leisure

STCC3 Kwikfit Site, Throwley Way, Sutton (i) hotel or other town centre use, or (ii) residential-led mixed use and retail

STCC4 North of Greenford Road, Sutton Mixed use: residential, retail and office

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 116

STCW1 Civic Centre Site, St Nicholas Way, Sutton Mixed use: civic, community, cultural, retail and residential

STCW2 Secombe Theatre Site, Cheam Road, Residential-led mixed-use Sutton and office

STCW3 Beech Tree Place / West Street, Sutton Mixed use: social, community, residential and office/small business units

STCS1 North of Sutton Court Road, Sutton Office-led mixed use

STCS2 South of Sutton Court Road, Sutton Mixed use: office, residential, retail and leisure

STCS3 Sutton Station and Car Park, Sutton Mixed use: office, retail, residential, car park, leisure and other town centre uses

STCS4 Shops Opposite Station Mixed use: retail, residential, office and hotel

STCS5 Sutherland House, Brighton Road, Sutton Mixed use: residential, office, hotel, retail and leisure

STCS6 Brighton Road Sites, Sutton Mixed use: residential, office, retail, car park, petrol station

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 117

Figure 1

SUNNYHURST CLOSE

10 9 100 BENHILL ROAD

32

a

51

Vicarage 179

b 13

1 to 12 to 1

23 51 Benhilton 202

24 c 51 El

11

49 a Sub Sta

53 44

b

53

c

14 to 25 to 14

8

53 Court 115

45

43 96 El Sub Sta 37 to 26 GARDENS 115a

17 10

9

18 1

30 ELGIN ROAD 177

41 1 20

7 STAYTON ROAD 10 HALLMEAD ROAD CHILWORTH 111

5 18 10

16 27 11

12

16 1

15 2 1 4 2 Hall 1

PYLBROOK ROAD Hall 2

85

5 VINE CLOSE 38 Aylesbury Court 13 3 4 22to27 7 4 6 28to33 18 3

2 Angel Hill Court

ANTON CRESCENT 34to37 17 1

1 7 to 12 to 7 BENHILL WOOD ROAD 2

3

PYLBROOK ROAD 5 9

1 to 6 to 1 12

1 165

SORRENTO 1 Woodfields Court 30 HUNTING GATE MEWS 1 to 21

272 2 22

38

1 to 21 39 35

15 21 40 to 45 to 40 ROAD 1 to 6 99

33 14 Holy 73

36 Family

1 Selbourne

19 11 Catholic 43 26 Hall Church 6 House

24 19 28 6

155

SORRENTO ROAD 5

15 32 36

2

15 15a 21 4

262 10 3 BENFLEET CLOSE

15

37 2

BENHILTON GARDENS 24 1

41

2 13

18 42 1

1 BENHILTON GARDENS

2

31 1 to 3

Alvernia Lodge 17

Oakhill Lodge 33

COLLINGWOOD ROAD

42

205 3

1to9 CHAUCER GARDENS 2

89 30

4 39c

198 WOODSIDE ROAD

41a 252 206

11

199 10 1 203

6

BISHOPS CLOSE 28

38

5 2

Avondale Court 86

41 196

a 20

24to28 10to15

7b

39

40a

48

40

12 26

22 7

209

202 5 PARSONS CLOSE 3 4 366

35 37

Shelter 1 9 2a 191 Garage ALEXANDRA AVENUE 13 1

48 39

2 184

2

192

185 North Sutton - Village Quarter

5 BENFLEET CLOSE

189

364

7d 33c

182 5 7c 31 20b

242 6 362 3 27 54 23 7b

7a

195 20a

32 47

188 34 12 33a

12 12

177

1 170

37 1 178

59 STANMORE GARDENS

THE GREEN 171

175 RECTORY ROAD

241 234 5 168 22 37

354 22 12

18 77

DOVERCOURT LANE 21

181 DEANS ROAD 20

25 OAKHILL ROAD

24 47

20 174

53 Granfers to

228 64 161 10

PC 352 to 348

76 15 163 160 Comm

2 Granfers

162 59 Comm Centre

1

13 71 Centre 2 2 26

HIGH STREET 85

167 81 83 87

7

155

166 1

2

154

RECTORY ROAD 14 14 to 9

31

231 Crown Road / High Street Sites

37

226 1

1 STC N1

38 25

153

141

143

MILTON ROAD 152

140 12

142 Chaucer House

ROAD

1 to 96 26 47

57 52 OAKHILL

22 ROAD 67 37

BUSHEY LANE 13 Regency Court 149

23 91

3 to 8 to 3 148

147

146 135 28

LEWIS 1

134 36 VICARAGE ROAD

2 218 Milton House 61 to 34 97

99 66

346 Regency

1

218a 12 101

27 Copthorne Court

BUSHEY ROAD PH Court

11

133 E1

30 344

132 30

46 13

15 Sub Sta

216 34 to 61

219 7 31

28

2 1 to 6 to 1

214 1 97 to 127 to 97 50 52 34

BRUNSWICK ROAD Blockbuster Site 20

23

41 9

STC30 N2 5

208 40 19 28

7

26 64

29

213 211 Regency

Court 341

97 to 127 49 19

58 115

35 to Milton 58a VICARAGE ROAD 330to332 24 159 MILTON ROAD

House 7 to 12 117

10 1 to 6

201 3 50 Regency

4 145 60

195 333 131 1 to 34 to 1

198 1 N2 33 to 1

BUSHEY LANE Court 47 23 62 197 N3 CHAUCER GARDENS 13

59

to 50 Boullen Court 48

1

CHAUCER ROAD 2 BUSHEY ROAD 18 193 1

Oakwood

59 Burger King Site OAKHILL ROAD 184 6 to 1 STC N3 Court

325

60 1 3

BRUNSWICK ROAD 2 Ockley Court

7 42 5 40 78

182 12

320 64 64a

70 6 66

180 16 to 11

72

68 66a

38 62

89 181

1 29 1 to 4 to 1

75 88

36

179 10

177 17 18 12

19 85

60 The Dolphin 18 10 to 5 316 1 to 24 Brunswick Manor 11 20 168 (PH) Edwina 1 to 3 Court 315 to 323 JENGAR CLOSE 81

11a 12 to 1 66 167 30 13

1 to 22 17 49

312

17 165 19

21 8

23

VALE ROAD 23 16

1 to 10 15 4

77

163 Kingsmount Court 5 156 13 Sutton Garage 27 6

45

47

27 159 (LT) 42 Roland House 1

63 to 79 14

BURNELL ROAD 2 15

3 13

9 8 7 310 308 310 DUCHESS CLOSE

LEWIS ROAD

144 52 37

12 to 7 to 12

47 MILFORD GROVE

38 46

39

12

43 41

GLENA MOUNT 11

49 10 61

50 7 to 12 9

Webb 48 1 to 26 45 37 51

10 60 10

40 Arndell House 1 to 10 30

20 Greville House

307 House 42 44

22 Birch

33 18

65

35 17

30

16 36

47 14

8 35 5 Court

2 Adam Court CRESSINGHAM GROVE

25 4

132 Saxon 48 31

147 24

47a 9

House 6 3

24

23 22

23 49

26 7

301 21

4 20 21

1 1

19 57a 7 8 6 to 1 to 6 10

1

9 1 to 6 97

87 57

299 303 305

8 Compton Court

49a 17 93 83

89

12

11 10 120 296

55

19

2 111

137 27 to 38

42 to 46 to 42 17

107 Chesterton House 59 1 to 18 to 1

109 24

103 BELSIZE GARDENS 23 1

10 105

COLLINGWOOD ROAD 110 123 Multi Car Park

101 7 to 11 113

HIGH STREET 51 135 1

47 2 54 37 52 8 1 5 3

BUSHEY ROAD 22 10

125 48 38

18 6 49

100 54 Cranford Court 9

147 55 53

21 10 11

143

3

1 2 7

1

17 10

145 11 284 286 284

139 Gas 9 12

123 9

141 58 13

19 35 36 20

55

1 to 53 2 49 137 Eagle Star 11 ALVIA GARDENS

Holder Station 1 to 9

1 to 6 to 1

12 13

House 7 8

9

40 38

N1 20

Thicket Court

159 19

20 93 155 2

Killick House

157 282 Timber

151

153 14 1 to 6 to 1

Yard 13

55 14

149 3 1 35 37 13 29 Ripley 1 to 12 to 1

11 9 278 14 to 19

18 BENHILL WOOD ROAD

175 287 15 16

9 Gardens 46

171 32

173

30 BRUNSWICK ROAD BRUNSWICK

276 169 1 8 5 4

Shelter 3 17 16 13 12 5 No 3 13 Dex House 274 272 1 15 Branch House Gibson House 23 25 Clevedon House 45

2 1 Chestnut Terrace

1 to 18 19

PCs 17

121 KESWICK CLOSE Fernhead 3 1

11 7 to 12 23 21 Linley Court 11 9 24 22 20

PH 285 13 33

34 86 5 266 to 270 19 1 3 17 18 64 1 to 6 Dennis 21 Pavilion 7

8 4 House 9

24 23 19

22 21

GODSTONE ROAD

18 17 16 12 12

11

113 6

2 4

16 15 10 29 28

Albury Court 26 9 65 13 to 18

16 58 The 15

7 14 13 8 1 20

54 18

Dennis House 4 Briar

264

14

53

3 13

2 43

16

35 80

1 28

1 to 27 1 to 10

14

Stands 36 64

16

63

275

4 103 1 to 60 14

THICKET ROAD

75 20

ROSEBERY GARDENS 18

Andrewes House Balaam House 74

THICKET CRESCENT

260 43 73 101 9

44

Shelter 54 Sydney CROWN ROAD 29

9 Arms 7 9 11

7

1 3 2 (PH) 5 41

44

1to3 31

1 45 29

99 51

12 PO 6 MARSHALL'S ROAD 52 2 40 to 17

1 2 5a 2 16 to 1 10 52 to 4 5

14 8 34 57

39 5

4 265

10 18 PH 42

12 2 IVYDENE CLOSE 40

1 22

14 16 Marshall's Court 38 30 33 26 20 246 Central Sutton - Exchange Quarter

30 46 to 51

43 13 24 254 to 8

34 42 11 32 252 25 to 39 4a

28 42

254 12 36 Oak Lodge

38 32 9

WINGS CLOSE 2

7

1

22 48 42 8 13 5 4 19 13 36

52 46 18

40 10

50 250 8 18

20 6 19

54 44 28 19

50 Crownbourne Court 2a

1 to 35

16 22 87a 12

Newlyn House 44 9

11 15

29 16to20 4

58

2 21

32 10

7

40 to 45 20

30

34 2 83 85 83 25 15

16

39 17

6 39 Glenrose House 10

66 13

23 40 14

92 70 244 59 18 Stancliffe House

17 37

52 31

94 1

6

1 11

26 20

No 1 No

18 46 37 81 1 to 24

240 Shelter Denewood House 242 18 21to24 BRANDON ROAD

72 56 22 1

High Street 7

60 30

1 74 ST NICHOLAS WAY 49

34 to 39 1 22 49 WILCOX ROAD 236 63

58 75 238 Bank 2 33

9 3 17 1 5 1 32 North of Lodge Place 1 5

32 112 SA Hall

13

STC C1 14 12 114 59 13 24

Stand 1 23 14 2

63 64 15

63 74 13 28 to 33 21 MONTPELIER ROAD 232

234 23 18

76 72 66

69 to 73 to 69 26 69 22 THROWLEY WAY

42 Hall ELM GROVE Manor Court

CROWN ROAD 14

SYDNEY ROAD 2 230 12

Shelter 8

86 4 AVON CLOSE 77

88 73 Club 35 to 31

67 25 to 27 6 65

29 1 BENHILL AVENUE Church 14 1 54 Oakleigh Care Centre

BEULAH ROAD

48

BENHILL AVENUE 5 54 81

4 89 1

69 56 62 56a

79 Hebe Court Club 58

19 to 24 South of1 to 12 Lodge Place

64 29 222

62 41

42a STC C2

1

46 87

93 42 44

227

16

91 70 Sutton Adult 14 63

106 108 64

216 to 220 16 40 73 The Thomas Wall Centre Surgery

225 School and Institute 1 to 6

76 50 1 33

53 25 38

3 13 15 70

Bank 13 to 18 93 78

2 32 223 221 Birtway 5 BURGESS ROAD 36

35

112 77 Court

5 32

113 CONSTANCE ROAD 219 214

6 72 3

111 28 LENHAM ROAD LENHAM

13 Collingwood 52 Pavilion 217a

93 101 12

2a

C4 2b

2

1 2c to 1

16

Bank 14

Court 48 12 51

82 18

29

217 67 1 20 2 52 to 1 KwikFit Site

6

115 2 STC C3 NURSERY ROAD

80 42 25

62 50

HADDON ROAD 94

68 1

41 109 89 64 WARWICK ROAD 4

BURGESS 204 LITCHFIELD ROAD

79 ROAD 8 2

HIGH STREET BEAUCHAMP ROAD 49d 4

200

85 PO

12 to 14 to 12 23

2

39 202 106 49 GREENFORD ROAD

1 2

152 52

211 Works

63

49a 109 BENHILL AVENUE 20 2 1

Hall 14 32

137 17 19

14 79 108

49 THORNCROFT ROAD

ST JAMES' ROAD 7 7a 72

101 60 89 Central West Sutton - Civic7c Quarter

PH 13to19

North of Greenford122 Road Clinton Terrace 64 53

1

205 198

West Sutton Station 9 STC C4 9

ORCHARD ROAD 11 150 91 84 9 1to5

15 21 55 194 to 29

2 PO Lower Court

26 203

196 44 28 15 THE 11 9 1 39 COLLINGWOOD 1 7

36 BROADWAY 70 74 15 GREENFORD ROAD

CLARENCE ROAD

54 21

51

ROAD 199 192 17 LOWER ROAD

34

ST JAMES' 64

66 1

138 195

11 MANOR LANE

21 197

AVENUE 67 LODGE 1 to 7 8

66 190 68

28

ROAD 11

78 62 7 35 49

2 4

58 Lord Nelson 127 30 30a

The Old Court 14

1 28a 69

MANOR PLACE 50 9

146 193 House The Woodman (PH) 75 PH

38 100 86

The Old Court House

148 50

LITCHFIELD 54

LENHAM 56

73 30

29 PH MANOR 1

191 60

71 189

3 ROAD

60 PLACE 45

ROAD 96 42

73 64

5 67

136 LODGE ROAD 123 2 6 186 48

46 THORNCROFT ROAD

61

MASON ROAD

79

40 92 to 94 61b Palmerston 56

126

124 61

1

59 Court

13 1 46 1to5

Civic Centre Site 3

62 63

STC CW1 1

180 67

18 25 43 59

CLYDE ROAD 54 55 58 PH

178 48 90 50 40 108 52 ORCHARD ROAD 32

177 MANOR LANE

51 12 7 14

2 44 10 Robin Hood 36 98

30 Saint Nicholas Centre 47

C1 51

Junior School 50 11

29 20

61

173 WILLIAM ROAD

31 38

110 Bank 26 51 53

86 13 172 C3

55 53

11 Windsor Hse 12 171 84

Day 15 Scola Annexe 170 14 14 Centre 38 Secombe Theatre Site COLLINGWOOD ROAD 38 168 78 to STC CW288 Queensmere

30 82

6 109

166

PLACE WARWICK ROAD MYRTLE ROAD 45 to 41

Orchard 1 96 LODGE 38 76 Gardens PALMERSTON ROAD

Occupational Therapy 39 CLARENCE ROAD

76 39 16

Sutton West 39

Adult Literacy 38

36a 20

Hall 2 41

11 33 Centre 4 Unit STRATHEARN ROAD

36

1 163

164

13 20 49 64 12

161 12

56 66 29 24 16 27 PH to

24 to 27

159 15

7 157 26 60 Beech Tree Place / West Street 26 EL Doret

STC CW3 29

Under 5's 155 Multistorey Thorncroft Road (path)

37 25 The Loxley 1 C2 Sutton Grammar School Centre 30 29 21 to 23 21 NIGHTINGALE COURT 1 to 15 Centre Car Park

2 35 154

For Boys 21 54 31 to 1 27 19 THROWLEY WAY

28a 1 Multistorey Car Park

25 97 1 to 16

28 LENHAM ROAD

15 and Cinemas 49 61

52 16 to 20 26a 15

ST JAMES AVENUE 17 50

1 to 14 17 37 14

59 51

26 24a 11 to 8

2 1 to 7

2a

10 13 7

24 9 PCs 48A 145

148

22a 55 11 2 22 66 Sutton Youth Centre LIND ROAD 90 68

5 32 12 57 94 3 7 34 to 38 51 Guide 20 1 2 142 to 146

Hall 3

7 to 9 to 7 1

50 143 to 137 1

49 1 to 16 47 PH 33

1 to 24 Grosvenor House 29 32 12 El 23

THOMAS WALL CLOSE PH 15

25 Sub Sta Manor Park 1

Multistorey Primary School 1 45 11 28 9 1 to 6 136 to 140 13 114 108

34 Car Park 7

37 to 42 1 7 83 1 even 66to76 12to18

2 2

66 even 54to64 Marian 29 42 to 52 to 42 VERNON ROAD 122 Court 7 20A 48 to GREYHOUND ROAD

124 5 23to25

31 to 36 to 31 2

12 40 to 30 26

36 18 42

Eleonora Terrace

ROBIN HOOD LANE 3to6 under 28

127 134 4 12

Robin Hood 20

10

12 67

WEST STREET 1 6 Marian Court The 41 over

Robin Hood 7 SHOTT CLOSE 7to11

High Street 5 (PH) 1and2 40 7 8 4 42

2 Court

Thackeray Manor 21

123

81

MARLINS CLOSE 6

9

39

23 11 to 15 3 50 10

1

7

18

38

El Sub Sta 10 13

7a

8

to 7b

13

121

1 to 35 13

43 83 35a

Times 2

Church Street 6 2 79 1to6 1 to 8 to 1

BEECH TREE PLACE 2 19 to 30 to 19 76

1 to 8 House 1 14

NORMAN ROAD

15 47 1 73 33to40 HOPE CLOSE 85

ST NICHOLAS WAY 26to32 Cliffe Walk 78

The Oaks 39

9 54 62 10 GOOSSENS CLOSE 51 11to20 under 122 7to10 under 38 124 8

29 46 Warehouse 6 to 1 Church

7

5 9 6

113 16

36

57

10

Times 5 1to6 113a 12 ST JAMES ROAD 118

Square 1 10 to 21 TURNPIKE LANE

26 12 20 9

116a

24 11 5

11 7 to 35 to 1

14 52

105 to 111 to 105 21 59 1 to 8 CLOWSER

1to8 6

23

46 8 ROBIN HOOD LANE

24d

67 114 12 22

RUSSELL WAY 48 12a 50 2

14 MONTANA GARDENS 24c

14 54to60 24 BISHOP'S PLACE CW3 MANOR PARK ROAD 11

112 42to47 under 61

103

to 72 to

23 24 12 101 44 66to71 CLOSE ALBANY MEWS 46

19 1

24a 20

55 24b 26 48to53 under 15 108 22

Robin Hood 110 60

16

1 18

42 59 23

Infants' School 97

22 21

2 25 17

54 51

104

FALCOURT CLOSE 53

52

5 50 4

47

7 Manor Park to 58 to

15 49 61 1

3 Health Centre Lodge

34

1 57

Thomas Wall 43

33 55 Nursery 46

89 PH

30 8 School 1b

to 29 to 53 40 10

61to65 20 TO 1 42

24

St Nicholas House 33 to

69

146

19

to 43 to 22

35

21 44

36 1c

38 34

Beechwood Court 38 44

138 48 83 to 87 to 83

30

CAMDEN ROAD

94 43 to 132

12

1 to 18 36

1to12 128to130

3 8

CAMDEN ROAD 2

10

17

92 126 1

33 Club 65 122

27 67 Rectory 120

53 St Nicholas ST NICHOLAS ROAD

SHERWOOD PARK ROAD 31

47 55 Church

51 33 PCs Hall 118

St Nicholas THROWLEY WAY 25

31 Multistorey Car Park Hall Surgery 84 Surrey 108 23

1 House CARSHALTON ROAD 2

100

71 to 81 to 71 Surrey House 29

2 29 2

CAMDEN GARDENS 5

36 6 34 Chancery THROWLEY READING ROAD

ROAD ALFRED ROAD 26 Homefield GIBSON ROAD House 26 15 3

PreparatorySchool WESTERN ROAD PCs 4 College of THROWLEY ROAD

Liberal Arts

45 33 to 60 to 33 9 32 30

76 3a

26 28

12 16 24A 10

3 15 to 27 to 15 CW2 72 The Upper Walk HILL ROAD 11 Library LANGLEY PARK ROAD

16 PH 68

70

20 6 to 9

67 TATE ROAD 18a Georgian

66 21

Epworth 20

18 Mansions

16a Lodge

16 The Lower

27

1 to 32 to 1 Square

37 ULC Shelter 63 15 13 The Upper Walk HIGH STREET

1 to 10 to 1 CW1

11 Trinity 60 16 Hotel Methodist 59 41

11d 14a Civic Centre 58 31

Church

26 Superstore

14 57 56 55 Christian 16

WESTERN ROAD 39 11 13 11 Secombe 15

Shelter

56 11a Science

1 to 16 to 1 Centre CHALK PIT WAY

27 11 8 Church

51 52 ALBERT

ROAD 12 Sutton Christian Centre 9 42 46to50 15 Hall 10

Bank MORLAND ROAD 9

49 1 Cheam Road 14 Bank 1 28 CHEAM ROAD 8 2

CARSHALTON 14

27 ROAD

6 Police Station

5

1 to 9 Patrick Dunne Hse 2

Sunday 2

5 Sutton El Sub Sta

SUTTON School 2

1to6 4 Cromer 1a 21

Baptist 3

43

Cypress Court Mansions PARK ROAD 9 Bank

52 Church Hall SUTTON ROADCOURT

1 9 CHALK PIT WAY 2

41 S1Police Station 1 1 1 39

Sunday Hall 1f 1f 1f Sutton

Norman House School Group House 100 to 115 45 116 to 127

Baptist 37 128 to 139 PH 42 1 to 47 CHEAM ROAD City House Church Watermead WESTERN ROAD Patrick Dunne Hse

HIGH STREET

1 to 25 25 25 to to to 1 1 1 35 House

Cypress Court 33 BANK MEWS 66 Hall 85 to 99

36 55 UCB House

32

1a 1a

1a 34 Bank

77 77 77

1 1 1

1 to 10 10 to to 1 1 1 to 10 to 1 House 9 to 15 74 30 to 1 70 1 to 7 86 COURT ROAD to SUTTON

7

SUTTON PARK ROAD 34 The 57 Mount 1 to 6 26

19 to 24 7 to 12 24

25 26

HOMEFIELD PARK ORME ROAD 85 85 85

85B 85B 72 CHEAM ROAD 85B 19to21 Raffety 43 51 to 63

Administration Place 17 House 64

to

4 89 89 89 73

2

23a 23a 23a South Point 31

Stanstead

45 to 50 50 50 to to to 45 45 45

23 23 23

140 to 156 to 140

2a

56

Manor to 27 to 32 32 32 to to to 27 27 27

51

39 to 44 44 to to 39 39 39 to 44 to 39 38 to 50 16

18 19 21a 21a 21a

Stanstead Manor Stanstead 30

91 91 91

21 21 21

22

93 93

93 14

157 to 171 to 157

15 36 1 Sentinel House CUMNOR ROAD

1

19 19

3 19

13 7

12

33 to 38 38 38 to to to 33 33 33

24 to 37 7 S2 17b 17b 17b 5 3

7

14 14

14 44 1 17a 17a 17a

97 97

97 ST JAMES' ROAD 9 11 9

50 48 9 Masonic Hall 17 17

17 54 HIGH STREET 13

15 57 to 64 64 64 to to to 57 57 57

6 6

6 9

11

7 15b 15b 15b

13 179 to 172 2 2 2

2

15a 15a 15a

65 to 72 72 72 to to to 65 65 65

8 8

8 11

15 15

15 15

4 4

4 Sutton High School For Girls 68 to 74

11 to 23 1 to 10

105 105 105 Telephone Exchange 19 PO Bank

2 17 187 to 180

19 TORMEAD CLOSE 11e 11e 11e

7 7 7

12 12 12

10 10 10

216 to 227 to 216

21 1

23 107 107 107

204 to 215 to 204 Copthall House

16 16

16 PH

14 14 14

South Sutton - Station Quarter Vanborough Court20 to 1

1 1

1 Works

25 Swimming Pool 1e

11a 11a

29 11a 1 to 8

(covered) 203 to 188 Sutton

11 11 11

1d

1 to 20 to 1

22 22

22 4a

6 6 GROVE AVENUE 6

2a

18 18 18 119 119 119 GROVE ROAD Station Apsley Court 27 4

31

80 2 1c

1 4

24 24

24 Greensleeves Manor

20 20 20

9 9 9

3

22 1b

7 7

7 THE QUADRANT 33 33 35 10

1 Sorting Office 1a 67

9 12 25

5a 5a

5a 86

1 11 Rutland 28 28

28 37 2 Sports

3

12

26 26

26 39 Court 5 5 5

2 14

S4 11 WELLESLEY ROAD

Hall 31

13

26

32 32 32

30 30

30 2a

2

33

1 1 1 90

2

2 2 2 41

45 9 to 1 BRIDGE ROAD S3 7 35 Sutton Station 4 53

4 8 El Sub Sta 9

4 1 to 14 to 1

43 19 38 38

38 47 6 37

34 34

34 20 8a Shelters 26A 21 14 to 1 10 8

Grove Court Quadrant House

7 11 39

40 40

North of Sutton40 Court Road

4

1 to 9 to 1

36 36

LANDSEER ROAD 36 8

STC S1 3 1 12 2 9 49 9 100 2 1 1 to 36

51 ROAD Blenheim Court

6 MULGRAVE 5

3 43 5 6 53 100 39 3

55

14 1 1 to 12 to 1 1 4

44 44 44

42 42

42 2 25to30 43b 1

102

Bedford Terrace

8 8

8 16 43a

45 37 48 48 48

46 46 46

47 Tudor Court 13 to 24

2 35 Lynton Court

49 2 4 6 44 to 40

LANGLEY PARK ROAD 1 to 13 to 1 9 to 11 1 3 5 22 Station Parade

1 to 6(over shops)

Mulgrave 7

50 50 50

51 Mulgrave Court 1 to 12 to 1

112 Cyrillian House Chambers 8 to 1

1 to 10 to 1 53 1 to 8

BEGGAR'S ROOST LANE 2

BRIDGEFIELD ROAD

36 1 14 to 1 1

South of Sutton Court Road 2 4 6 6 Orion House 1

12 27 Cedar Court

STC S2 55 St George's

Court

4 1 to 18 to 1

9 9 9

19 Hamilton 8a

59 59 59 1 3 5 House

1 3 5 8 34

2 4 6 21

Seymour 16 16

16 114 67 67 67 1 3 5 House 5 10 2 4 6 19 1 to 24

1 Charter House 3 17 26 Ashdown 5 2 Bridge CEDAR ROAD

120 7 to 6 17A Court 4 WELLESLEY ROAD Salatin House 7 6 House Wilmot

8 8 Garden Hall House House 22 15 18

1 to 17 Winward

122 12 to 1

73 73 Sutton Station and73 Car Park John's Court 1 Court 20

STC S3 41

3 2 34 6 to 1 10 5 4 12 to 1 7 1 to 10 6 1 to 28 128 8

22 Roof Car Park 1 to 12 40 Raymond Court 1 to 7 Grosvenor Court BRIGHTON 34 1to6 9 to 12 Sutherland House 42 Langley Court

1 to 6 Regent

18 18

18 Surgery 19 19

19 7to12 1 to 10 1 to 6 11 to 13 to 11

83 83

83 7 to 12 1 to 8 8 to to 1 1 1 to 8 to 1 GROVE ROAD 44 8 1 Tandridge Court 43

1 to 9

46 14 Netherlands

1 to 12 to 1 8 11

132 14

Mulgrave Manor 12

17 Mulgrave

13 Court 15

9 12

48 18 to 13 Parade

Woodland Court Hall

136 1

MULGRAVE ROAD 13 ROAD 7 10

5

13 to 24 to 13 1 to 10 14

Grosvenor 9

Surgery 10

1 to 10 17 to 14 Roof Car Park 16

19 to 29 to 19 6

Shops opposite Station 52 12a

12 Court 10

144 2

8 EATON ROAD

STC S4 6

54 40 to 35

4 CEDAR GARDENS 2

4

19 to 24 to 19

to 8 7 34

93 93

93 56

29 18 9 Friends 12 8 7 19 Meeting

14 16 2 13 51

5 House

1

3 9 8

146 66 1 to 28

31 4 3 2 53 11 1 to 12 1 Synagogue 10 to 18 Forest Dene 6

33 20 Court 15 1

150 1 6 Vumba 45

70 5 10 2 103 103 103 68 House Coach House Mews 5 1

3 2

78 4

3

1

4 4 65 to 80 35

82 CADOGAN COURT 3

37

29 to 96 to 29

Sutherland House 45

113 113 113

47 Jubilee Court

STC S5 49 to 64

1 to 18 to 1 1 to 15 to 1 1 to 12

92 49 1 to 6 S5

1 to 26 7

19 to 33 49 7 to 12 32

49a Brendon

3

51 House 51a 125 125 125

53 Glyndale Grange 1b

13 to 21 to 13

1 to 20 to 1

102 53a 1d

53b

28

AMBLESIDE

1-9 1 55

53

5 112 to 97

Pemberton 2 57

2

61 61

House 61

63 63 63

112 1 to 26 32 to 17 1 to 16 to 1 6

5

12 2a 10 1 to 19 19 to to 1 1 1 to 19 to 1 Grasmere Court Brighton Road Sites 7 Argyle

3 27 to 22 55 34 to 48 to 34 to

STC S6 House 57 GARDENS 65 65 4 65

2b 1-6 ALBION ROAD

2 2 2 20 to 36 36 36 to to to 20 20 20

4 4

4 9 Heathfield Court

9

30

4

1 1 1 34

4 3 3 3 10 to

114a

28

1 to 16 to 1 55 71 71 71 36 STANLEY ROAD

MULGRAVE ROAD 4a Heyward Court Carey

114 4b

PCs

79 79 1 to 8 79

1

1 to 15 15 15 to to to 1 1 1

7 1 to 24 24 to to 1 1

116 24 to 1 19

1 to 3 to 50 64 Eversley to

6 21 66

OVERTON ROAD

85 85 1 to 10 85 S6PCs 33 48

5

10 12 Multistorey 4 to 6 1 to 11 39

7 Sutton Court to

9

8 8 8 Car Park

to

37

4 4

4 1 to 10 4 59

Alexa Court 1a 46 1 to 16 16 to to 1 1

120 16 to 1 Car 47 to 1 8 Overton Toft Park 10 22 to 12

Multistorey

CONWAY 54 CAVENDISH ROAD

to

1 1 1 10 124a 52 HEATHER GARDENS 124b 12a 21

124 17 14 15

10 10

126a 10 DRIVE

13 1 to 12 4 2

126b

1 to 14 14 to to 1 1

126 9 14 to 1 32 WORCESTER ROAD The 2 2

1 The 16 16 to 18 Glen

128a 8

15 Priory 3 1

128b Castle 44

130a 128 11 Richard 64 to 1 130b Sherbourne Court 19 Court 1 to 20

130 Sharples

1 15

91 91

91 36

13 6 11 Court 5 ROAD

91a 91a

91a 1 to 20 The

1to35 1to35 1to35

12 1 to 21 GRANGE

14 14

14 Lodge

6 6 6 LESLIE 38

132 GARDENS LESLIE GARDENS 44 44 LANGLEY PARK ROAD

1 to 20 7

17

VILLAGE ROW 40c 64 to 1 4

136 27 5 9 1

38 3 1to35 18 1 to 15 16 1

14 1 to 21 4 7 to 21 1 to 4

4 42 Cavendish 2 5a 37 44 42 13 Lodge 39

11 8 16 Castle 12 to 1 20 Saverton 41

14 to 18 to 14 1 to 28 1to6 12 9 House 18

10 House 17 21

Kingslee Court 20 30 59 33 Balmoral 17 19 36 MULGRAVE ROAD LESLIE GARDENS 7 to 12 1 to 7 Melford Court 9 Court 6 21

5 1 to 22 14 11

36to45 12

1 to 53 8 2a 37 24 8 to 14

Holmeswood 1 23 to 43 15

49a 24b 1 to 6 to 1 34

25

24a Foxley 57 93 24 31

35

13

22 23

WORCESTER ROAD 22b

Fiske Court 10

7 1

29 28

32

22a Court

Lancaster 12 50 1

44 2d 23

46 22

20b

The Firs 29

27

Court 3 2 20a

31 17

6

1 2

25

4 CAVENDISH ROAD 4 2

Beauclere 20

23

19 26 14 to 18 to 14

40 18b

1 to 12 to 1

2f 22

54 18a 23

Thorn Court House 21 24 24

2 16 18

22 32

1

4 56 14

7 28 1 3

6

26 16 5

2 9 56a 3

5 18 1 London Borough of Sutton This map is reproduced from Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Location of Site Allocations Ordnance Survey on behalf of the N Environment and Leisure Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office © Crown Copyright. Unauthorised 24 Denmark Road reproduction infringes Crown copyright Sutton Town Centre Carshalton and may lead to prosecution or civil NOT TO SM5 2JG proceedings. London Borough of Sutton SCALE 100008655X 2012 Town Centre Boundary Figure 2

Location of Borough Wide BW21 Site Allocations BW25 BW14 ROSEHILL

BW1 WORCESTER BW17 BW13 Sutton Town PARK BW18 Centre Boundary BW2 BW33 BW12 For information on CARSHALTON development sites within NORTH CHEAM BW4 BW16 Sutton Town Centre BW22 BW10 BW11 BW20 please refer to Figure 1 BW3 BW26 BW36 BW32 BW5 SUTTON BW34 BW9 BW19 BW28 BW29 BW15 BW30 BW8 BW27 WALLINGTON

CHEAM BW31

BW7 BW6 BW24 BW23 BW35

February 2012 N Not to Scale

This map is based on Ordnance Survey material with the permission of Ordnance Survey on behalf of the Controller of Her Majesty’s Stationery Office ©Crown copyright. Unauthorised reproduction infringes Crown copyright and lead to prosecution or civil proceedings. 100008655X 2012

GUIDANCE ON THE PROPOSED SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

Site Numbers: All Site Allocations with the prefix „STC‟ fall within Sutton Town Centre, see Figure 1. In addition to the STC prefix references refer to the Quarters within which the sites fall and therefore „N‟ sites are those in the north of the town centre in the „Village Quarter‟; „C‟ sites are central sites in the Exchange Quarter, „CW‟ sites fall in the west of Sutton in the Civic Quarter; and „S‟ sites are in the Station Quarter.

Remaining Site Allocations have the prefix „BW‟ to indicate that they are outside Sutton Town Centre, and therefore „Borough Wide‟ allocations.

For an explanation of how the sites contribute to the Strategic Objectives, the Spatial Strategy and the Policies of the Core Planning Strategy, please refer to paragraphs 4.1 - 4.42 of this document.

Current Land Use and Ownership: The land use and ownership was correct as of September 2009. It is therefore the responsibility of the owner/developer to obtain the full, up-to-date planning history for the site.

Public Transport: Public transport is assessed according to the Public Transport Accessibility Levels (PTALs) methodology. Level 6 denotes an area with excellent public transport connections and services. Level 1 refers to those areas of the Borough which have poor public transport services. The PTALs are as of 2006 and do not take account of predicted future changes to PTALs.

Proposals Map: The designations refer to the Proposals Map.

Relevant Planning History: This section covers planning applications and permissions which are similar in land use terms to all or part of the allocation and which were submitted or granted in the ten years prior to September 2009. Planning permissions concerning hazardous substances are included where it is considered appropriate.

Allocation: The allocation provides stakeholders with the information on the type(s) of land use the Council is expecting on the site. Further information specific to the site is also provided. This further information covers infrastructure requirements related to delivery of the site as Planning Policy Statement 12 stresses that deliverability is a key aspect of a Local Development Framework.

The information also includes design guidance and the Council will seek to ensure that all development has regard to the Council‟s six urban design principles, set out in the Council‟s „Urban Design Guide‟ SPD (2008).

Development of allocations within Sutton town centre must also have regard to the design aspirations set out in the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 120

Framework (2009) prepared by Gillespies until the Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Guidelines SPD is adopted.

The site information does not constitute an exhaustive list of criteria for development and all schemes will need to comply with the policies within the Development Plan (ie: the London Plan, the Core Planning Strategy and other policies within this document).

In considering development proposals for those sites with mixed-use allocations, the Council may allow some flexibility in the overall composition of land-uses provided the proposal remains in conformity with the Core Planning Strategy for the particular site.

For the purposes of the Site Allocations employment uses include all B Class uses except B1(a)(Freestanding Offices) which, by virtue of Policy DM33, are considered more appropriately located in highly accessible locations by public transport such as town centres.

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) flood risk is graded with Flood Zone 1 being the least likely areas to flood. Flood Zone 3a shows areas at high risk of flooding, while Flood Zone 3b is represents the functional floodplain. The comments on flood risk, which are included for each site, are intended as a guide and are based on Sutton‟s Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (July 2009). With respect to surface water flooding, all sites within Sutton town centre fall within a Critical Drainage Area (CDA) identified in Sutton‟s draft Surface Water Management Plan (July 2010). For comprehensive and up to date information on fluvial flood risk affecting each site and other environmental matters, please contact the Environment Agency. Up to date information on surface water, groundwater and sewer flood risks affecting each site can be obtained from the latest version of the Borough Surface Water Management Plan published by the Council.

Waste Water Infrastructure: Within Sutton town centre waste water infrastructure capacity issues are based on information provided by Thames Water. The comments are intended as a guide and for comprehensive information on waste water issues Thames Water Developer Services should be contacted on 0845 850 2777.

Potential for Decentralised Energy: Sites located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟ as identified in the Borough Heat Mapping Study (URS Scott Wilson, Feb 2011). The envisaged network would be served by a gas-fired or biomass Combined Heat and Power (CHP) with optimum capacity of 4.8 MWe and carbon dioxide savings of 8,250 tonnes per year. In the interim period, site-wide CHP or communal heating/cooling systems should be prioritised, ensuring that energy centres and site layouts are compatible with future connection.

Indicative Phasing: Indicative phasing is divided into three periods: April 2010- March 2015; April 2015-March 2020; and, April 2020-March 2025. The Council has consulted with stakeholders to ensure that the indicative phasing information is as accurate as possible. However, it should be noted that the

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 121

London development industry is very dynamic and that phasing assessments are always liable to change.

Indicative Housing Capacity: Within Sutton Town Centre: The development capacity is based on the development footprint and building heights proposed in Gillespies Urban Design Framework, the draft Sutton Town Centre Urban Design Guidance SPD and the adopted Lodge Place SPD. Where a range of building heights is given, an average has been taken of all the proposed buildings. The number of suggested residential units is based on 95sqm, which represents an average gross floorspace per unit including a relevant percentage of internal circulation and other communal space. The residential capacity of sites, which were identified after the preparation of Gillespies Urban Design Framework, is based on the London Plan Density Matrix.

Outside Sutton Town Centre: The London Plan Density Matrix has been applied to calculate indicative housing capacity. However, it should be stressed that the matrix is a basic method for calculating capacity and does not take into account special site constraints.

All Sites: The capacity stated for each site is merely a guide. It does not follow that a planning application will be granted if the application contains the stated amount of housing units. Equally, through the submission and approval of a planning application, it may be possible to achieve a suitable development which exceeds the guideline capacity.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities in Sutton Town Centre: The figures identified in the Site Allocations represent the total gross capacity of development on the site. No deductions have been made for existing uses/floor areas.

Delivery Mechanism: In order to ensure the delivery of the sites and consequently the Core Planning Strategy, the Council has consulted extensively with stakeholders to ensure the sites are deliverable. However, as stated above, the London development industry is very dynamic and delivery mechanisms are liable to change.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 122

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 123

SITE ALLOCATIONS SCHEDULE

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 124

BW1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located on the western perimeter of the Borough on the corner of London Road and Ridge Road within a predominantly residential area. It is a prominent site as it is located on a significant “A” road.

Site Area: 0.2ha

Current Land Use: Community - Library

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 125

BW1: LIBRARY, RIDGE ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Enhancing the identity of the area ● Not exceeding a height of three storeys ● Providing vehicular access to the site from Ridge Road ● Retaining the mature planting around the edge of the site ● Ensuring car parking arrangements are unobtrusive ● Minimising the effect of traffic noise from London Road on residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 2.7- 3.0hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The library is being relocated to the new Life Skills Centre at Alcorn Close. The site will become vacant in 2010-11. The site will then be disposed of by the Council to fund the development of the Life Skills Centre. (Ref: Report to The Executive, 6 April 2009).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 126

BW2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

Site Description: The site is located at the junction of London Road and Gander Green Lane and opposite St Anthony‟s Hospital. It is surrounded by inter-war housing. However, the character of London Road is more mixed. This is a prominent site located on a significant “A” road. The site is occupied by a large office building, which is currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Offices

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 127

BW2: GLEESON OFFICES (HAREDON HOUSE), LONDON ROAD, STONECOT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Enhancing the identity of the area ● Creating a mixed use development with retail/office space on the ground floor, office space on the first floor and residential uses on the upper floors ● Providing safe vehicular access onto Gander Green Lane. ● Integrating the site with the London Road frontage to the north of the site and creating permeability through the site ● Retaining the mature planting on the London Road frontage to provide amenity for residents, workers and shoppers ● Designing the residential units to minimise the effect of traffic noise on residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises in all economic sectors (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 2 – Flood Risk Assessment required. Site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 128

BW3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site is located between Cheam Village and North Cheam district centres on Malden Road fronting busy bus routes. It is surrounded by inter-war housing, which is fairly uniform and cohesive. It is a prominent site located on a significant “A” road. The site is occupied by a leisure centre, surgery, a day centre and a health centre.

Site Area: 1.3ha

Current Land Use: Community – Leisure and Health

Ownership: Council and Other Public

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: North Cheam SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 129

BW3: CHEAM LEISURE CENTRE, MALDEN ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH (but only when a replacement leisure centre that serves the residents of the western part of the Borough is operational on an alternative site)

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Enhancing the identity of the area ● Relocating the health and community uses to the Malden Road frontage in order to improve access to facilities and using the rest of the site for residential uses ● Providing access from Malden Road and Priory Crescent ● Respecting the density and heights of the surrounding residential development (ie two-storey terraced/semi-detached units) ● Retaining the mature planting within and around the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a district centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing and accessible community facilities (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Supporting health facilities in the west of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 30 units. This is based on locating the Day Care Centre and Health Centre on the road frontage and so there may be a residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The Suburban setting has been used in this instance to reflect the area‟s suburban character and the site‟s location on the edge of the Sustainable Residential Quality area.

Delivery Mechanism The Council has indicated plans to relocate the leisure centre to another site to serve the western part of the Borough. The site will become vacant once the new site is operational (Ref: Report to The Executive 8 June 2009). The Primary Care Trust has indicated an interest in relocating services within the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 130

BW4: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the north west of Sutton town centre and is bounded by residential uses, Westbourne Primary School and the site currently known as Oldfields Trading Estate. The site is isolated from the existing urban fabric and grain. The site is currently occupied by the Hallmead Day Centre but there is a considerable amount of vacant land on the site.

Site Area: 0.9ha

Current Land Use: Community – Day Care

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/60139: Erection of a detached building for use as a resource centre for adults with learning disabilities, associated car and cycle parking and landscaping.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 131

BW4: HALLMEAD DAY CENTRE, ANTON CRESCENT, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and COMMUNITY

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Planning permission B2008/60139 which allows for a rebuilt day centre in the north-eastern portion of the site, while residential use should be on the remainder of site ● Taking opportunities to create a development with a distinctive character ● Improving vehicular access via Northspur Road and pedestrian access to the footpath network. ● Designing residential units to prevent undue overlooking of Westbourne Primary School ● Respecting the height and density of the surrounding residential areas (ie two-storey terraced/semi-detached units)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 2 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The planning permission for the day centre has a site area of 0.35ha so the net residential developable area is 0.55ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism Planning permission B2008/60139 indicates the site area to be developed by Council and the area that remains for others to develop. The site is awaiting disposal from Council ownership.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 132

BW5: SUTTON WEST CENTRE, ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Sutton town centre and the surrounding development is predominantly residential. The site adjoins an Area of Special Local Character (ASLC) to the north and east, designated due to the heritage value of the late-Victorian and Edwardian housing. The site is occupied by a youth centre, a nursery and an adult learning centre. Many of the buildings are in a sub-standard state of repair.

Site Area: 1.0ha

Current Land Use: Community – Youth and Education Services

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Adjoins Beulah/Clarence Road ASLC, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2007/58385: Erection of two-bedroom detached housing with parking spaces on area to the north west of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 133

BW5: SUTTON WEST CENTRE, ROBIN HOOD LANE, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITY and RESIDENTIAL (but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Grouping any community facilities that remain on site in functional and attractive accommodation ● Providing high quality residential units, which respect the height and density of the surrounding residential development ● Respecting the amenity of nearby residents, especially the detached house granted planning permission near the northern boundary ● Encouraging the use of sustainable modes of transport through design since the site has excellent links to shops, services and public transport nodes

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new housing and community and leisure facilities (PMP6). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations within the Borough (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 40 units. Assuming 0.65ha of the site will be retained for community uses, the net residential developable area would be 0.35ha. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 134

BW6: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: The site forms part of large hospital complex to the south of Sutton town centre. Area A comprises the main Sutton Hospital site. Area B comprises the Chiltern Wing and is currently used by the South West London and St George‟s Mental Health NHS Trust. Area C is an area that may be acquired by Royal Marsden NHS Foundation Trust. A number of the site buildings have heritage value as they were built in the mid 1880s as part of the South Metropolitan School for Girls. There is distinctive suburban development to the north, open land to the east, the Royal Marsden Hospital to the south and Cotswold Road with housing and allotments to the west.

Site Area: Area A: 5.0ha. Area B: 1.8ha. Area C: 0.8ha.

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 135

BW6: SUTTON HOSPITAL, COTSWOLD ROAD, BELMONT

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and HEALTH. The redevelopment of Area A is subject to ensuring sufficient land is available to meet the healthcare needs of the Borough. The redevelopment of Area B is subject to the satisfactory relocation of in-patients from the Chiltern Wing. The redevelopment of Area C is subject to the Royal Marsden Hospital not requiring land for expansion

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Providing a health facility (health centre or GPs‟ practice) which is easily accessible for the local community ● Respecting the heritage assets on site and retaining any buildings of architectural or historical importance as well as the existing tree planting on site ● Providing a high proportion of family-sized units ● Improving access arrangements and permeability through the site ● Allowing for public transport improvements and bus terminus/driver facilities ● Ensuring the redevelopment does not harm the amenity or the functioning of neighbouring uses ● Improving pedestrian and cycle linkages and possible bus linkages to the adjoining Royal Marsden Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Supporting health facilities in the south of the Borough (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 330 units. Assuming the whole site is developed for housing and allowing for 1ha for a health facility. Capacity is based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 136

Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that Sutton Hospital is no longer fit for purpose and local acute services are intended to be transferred to St Helier Hospital (Ref: Better Helathcare Closer to Home, Programme of Investment Overview, Annex S). In addition, the South West London and St George‟s Mental Health NHS Trust has indicated to the Council that it wishes to concentrate its in-patient operations on fewer sites across the sub-region. Consequently, the Chiltern Wing of Sutton Hospital (Area B), which currently houses in-patients for the Mental Health Trust and which is an ageing facility, is also likely to close. The Council, however, will seek assurances that those in-patients currently in the Chiltern Wing will be accommodated in facilities that are suitable for them and suitable for visitors and friends who wish to visit them. Finally, the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated that it may wish to expand and utilise the south- western part of the Sutton Hospital site (Area C).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 137

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 138

BW7: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

Site Description: The site is located in the Green Belt. It previously housed people with learning disabilities and includes buildings of heritage value. The site abuts inter-war housing to the north and newer residential development to the east and west. The land to the south is of more open character. Site Area: 20ha

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust

Public Transport: Level 1a

Proposals Map: Identified as a Major Developed Site in the Green Belt, Metropolitan Green Belt, Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Archaeological Priority Area, and includes a Scheduled Ancient Monument

Relevant Planning History: Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school. Outline permissions C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings with the school and C2008/59829 for 330 dwellings without the school. Access is to be determined at the reserved matters stage for both outline applications.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 139

BW7: ORCHARD HILL, CARSHALTON BEECHES

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, EDUCATION and OPEN SPACE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Planning permission C2008/59820 for a new secondary school ● Outline planning permission C2008/59828 for residential development ● Having regard to the design principles in the Council‟s „Orchard Hill‟ SPD (2007) ● Providing a small retail outlet to serve the new development and surrounding residential areas ● Constructing a suitable secondary access from Woodmansterne Road to provide access for the secondary school ● Providing a high proportion of family-sized units ● Using hard and soft landscaping and appropriate materials to limit the effect of the development on the Green Belt and the amenity of neighbouring uses ● Providing for improved public transport accessibility in view of the site‟s currently low PTAL value

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Enhancing the Borough‟s open space network (PMP9). Supporting a new secondary school at the former Orchard Hill site (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 246 units based on the extant outline planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism Full permission C2008/58920 for a secondary school and outline permission C2008/59828 for 246 dwellings in conjunction with the school. In addition, the Council is considering making a Compulsory Purchase Order for the land needed to construct a new road linking Woodmansterne Road to the site of the proposed new school, should the land required not come forward within the appropriate timescale (Ref: Report to The Executive, 7 July 2009).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 140

BW8: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington District Centre and is within walking distance of the centre. The site is surrounded by inter-war residential development. The site is currently occupied by a secondary school and an adult education centre.

Site Area: 1.8ha

Current Land Use: Education

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 141

BW8: STANLEY PARK HIGH SCHOOL, STANLEY PARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Providing a high proportion of family-sized units ● Respecting the height and density of the surrounding residential areas (ie two-storey semi-detached units) ● Creating an additional access point to the site, which improves the pedestrian permeability through the site but avoids creating a vehicular through route ● Respecting and utilising the topography of the site to provide a well- designed and imaginative scheme ● Retaining the mature trees within and around the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 90 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council intends to relocate the school to Orchard Hill (see Site A12) and the site will become vacant in September 2011. The Council then intends to dispose of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 142

BW9: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located on the eastern boundary of the Borough, adjacent to an industrial area in Croydon. The site is bounded by a railway to the north and is in a predominantly inter-war residential area. The site originally formed part of the playing fields for the former Highview Secondary School but it has been fenced off and has not been used for that purpose for over ten years.

Site Area: 2.5ha

Current Land Use: Vacant land with de facto public access

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation, Green Corridor, Urban Green Space, Archaeological Priority Area

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 143

BW9: FORMER PLAYING FIELDS, SHEEN WAY, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OPEN SPACE and RESIDENTIAL (but safeguarded for a possible future Primary School from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Ensuring that local school use for sport on part of the site is respected and its requirements are taken into account in designing the new park ● Respecting the height and density of the surrounding residential areas (ie two-storey terraced/semi-detached units) ● Ensuring the underground cabling and its safety corridor are kept free from all built development and private property in order to allow maintenance as necessary ● Ensuring that park is accessible from a number of points and is overlooked for the purposes of safety and security

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Enhancing the Borough‟s open space network (PMP9). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Improving facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure/cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. After requirements for school playing field use and a park, the net developable residential area is assumed to be 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site is currently vacant. The Council intends to allow local schools to use a small part of the site for school sport. The majority of the site would be used to provide a local park and the small amount of residential development proposed would fund the development of a park, with appropriate facilities to address the current local deficiencies, and allow for future maintenance. (Ref: Report to the Planning Advisory Group, 15 September 2009).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 144

BW10: COUNCIL OFFICES, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area of mixed character, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. Although the character is suburban, a number of larger semi- detached houses have recently been redeveloped as blocks of flats. The site is currently used as offices by the London Borough of Sutton.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Offices

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 145

BW10: COUNCIL OFFICES, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● The shared access arrangements from Denmark Road with Carshalton College ● Retaining the planting within and around the site ● Ensuring traffic flow on Denmark Road is not unduly affected

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 146

BW11: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located within a predominantly residential area, next to Carshalton College and in close proximity to Carshalton railway station. The surrounding housing is mixed and includes inter-war housing, more modern development and flatted development which has replaced semi-detached housing. The site is currently used as a car park for staff at the nearby Council offices.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Car Park

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 147

BW11: COUNCIL CAR PARK, DENMARK ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Respecting the height and density of the nearby Langcroft Close residential area (ie two-storey terraced units) ● Retaining the planting within and around the site, in particular the mature trees ● Providing additional access points to provide permeability for pedestrians across the site ● Ensuring traffic flow on Denmark Road is not unduly affected

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 15 units. Assuming 0.1ha is not developable due to tree coverage and based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 148

BW12: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood and is partly within the proposed Hackbridge district centre. The site is bounded by two roads (London Road A237 and Hackbridge Road B277), local schools, a railway line and an office/industrial area. The site comprises older industrial buildings, many of which have become vacant.

Site Area: 7.7ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Partly within Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 149

BW12: FELNEX TRADING ESTATE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, EMPLOYMENT and COMMUNITY

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Providing retail and community uses, including a possible healthcare facility, within the site to create a focal point for the regeneration of Hackbridge ● Establishing a transport hub to provide improved public transport interchanges and seeking improvements to services to raise the PTAL ● Retaining a minimum of 25% of the site area for employment uses ● Providing a high proportion of affordable family-sized units with appropriate play space and open space provision ● Designing the residential units to prevent undue overlooking of Hackbridge Primary School ● Creating a network of streets and spaces which provide improved linkages to the station, local schools, the Restmor Way Industrial Area, Hackbridge Green and, where possible, the River Wandle and which provide legible permeability throughout the site ● The site‟s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect the local context and character ● Respecting the heritage value of Hackbridge Green, the Red Lion Public House and the industrial heritage value of the site itself ● Minimising flood risk on and off site ● Remediating the site of any contamination ● Ensuring the highest standards in sustainable design and construction are employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development ● The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of liquid gas in close proximity to this site (see Site A23)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Supporting the development of additional local healthcare centres at Hackbridge (BP5). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2– Flood Risk Assessment required.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 150

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 440 units. Net residential developable area of 4.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current landowners conducted a public consultation for Hackbridge residents on a proposed scheme in September 2009 and have now submitted a planning application for a mixed-use development of the site as at October 2010.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 151

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 152

BW13: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site falls within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood. It is bounded by a bridge embankment with housing beyond to the north, a railway to the east, an approach road to the south and retail and residential uses to the west. The site is currently occupied by small industrial units and open storage activities.

Site Area: 1.2ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Hackbridge SRQ, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning Permission C2005/53913 for the storage of liquid petroleum gas.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 153

BW13: LAND ADJOINING HACKBRIDGE STATION, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL and EMPLOYMENT

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Retaining a minimum of 30% of the site area for employment uses ● Creating an active mixed use/retail frontage onto the station forecourt ● Contributing towards the enhancement of the station forecourt ● Remediating the site of any contamination ● The site‟s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (seven to ten storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Ensuring the highest standards in sustainable design and construction are employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development ● The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of liquid petroleum gas on site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving bus/rail/cycle/pedestrian interchange facilities and enhancing the station environment (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is adjacent to a main river and an ordinary watercourse. For new development, 8-metre buffer zones are required adjacent to open watercourses.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 60 units. Net residential developable area of 0.6ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site owners are part of the Developers‟ Liaison Group under the Hackbridge Project Charter. The group has regular meetings to discuss development options.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 154

BW14: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: Within the Hackbridge Sustainable Neighbourhood, Area A is enclosed to the south-east, south and west by residential development and by open land to the north and north-east, while Area B is bounded by open land, a railway, a community facility and London Road. Site Area: 7.5ha

Current Land Use: Area A: Vacant Land; Area B: Vacant Land

Ownership: Area A: Private; Area B: Council

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Area A: Part MOL, Part Metropolitan Green Chain, Part Site of Importance for Nature Conservation, Whole Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation. Area B: all the above designations plus Land Safeguarded for Wandle Valley Regional Park.

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/45806 for the BedZED development, including football pitch on Area A. Planning Application C1997/42105 for mineral working and restoration by landfilling on Area B.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 155

BW14: OPEN LAND WITHIN BEDZED AND LAND NORTH OF BEDZED, HACKBRIDGE

Area A is allocated for EDUCATION/COMMUNITY. Area B is allocated for a REGIONAL PARK and PLAYING FIELDS (Area B is safeguarded for mineral extraction)

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Extracting the sand and gravel reserves in Area B prior to any development, unless it is proved that extraction is not economically viable ● Using inert materials as landfill should mineral extraction take place ● Remediating the site of contamination if there is no mineral extraction ● Ensuring all built development is restricted to Area A, unless ancillary development is required for the playing field ● Ensuring the highest standards in sustainable design and construction are used for any buildings on Area A, including a possible new primary school ● Ensuring the playing field is available for school use and general public use ● Providing access to the school and playing fields, via Helios Road or a new road across Area B (avoiding any underground infrastructure provision) ● Safeguarding and enhancing the nature conservation value of the site ● Safeguarding and enhancing the environment and landscape

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Creating the Wandle Valley Regional Park (PMP5). Safeguarding identified sand and gravel reserves against sterilisation (PMP5). Undertaking restoration of mineral/landfill tipping sites and environmental/landscape improvements within the public realm (PMP5). Promoting development at Hackbridge, including additional primary school accommodation (PMP7). Creating additional public open spaces (PMP7). Enhancing the nature conservation value of Beddington Farmlands (PMP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1 and 2– Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is affected by shallow ground water, has a minor aquifer but has flood defences

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism Area A could provide a possible site to accommodate the buildings for a new primary school, with any playing fields located within Area B. Since the primary school need is a consequence of growth in Hackbridge, the school will be funded by s106 contributions and from the Council‟s education budget.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 156

BW15: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located in Wallington district centre and forms part of the shops and services of the district centre. The site is bounded by two- storey housing to the north, offices to the east and Sainsburys supermarket to the south. The site comprises an unexceptional 1970s shopping precinct with a poor quality public realm and limited street furniture and landscaping. Site Area: 0.6ha

Current Land Use: Retail and Offices

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Primary Shopping Frontage, Wallington District Centre, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2008/59825 for 33 residential units, new shopfronts, extensions to shop units and alterations to entrance on eastern part of the site has been approved subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement (October 2010).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 157

BW15: WALLINGTON SQUARE, OFF WOODCOTE ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, OFFICES and LEISURE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Improving the current retail/leisure offer in the precinct ● Ensuring the new facades of the retail units create an attractive environment ● Making significant improvements to the public realm in order to create a safe and attractive environment ● Improving integration with the adjoining town centre uses ● Incorporating any transport improvements resulting from Phase 2 of Smarter Travel Sutton proposals for Wallington ● Ensuring a supply of office accommodation, suitable to modern business needs, is retained ● Ensuring any redevelopment respects the Core Planning Strategy Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Providing flatted accommodation with sufficient amenity space and other appropriate facilities for residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities in sustainable locations in the Borough (BP11). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site lies within a major aquifer.

Indicative Phasing March 2015-April 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 35 units. Net residential developable area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The planning application D2008/59825 has been approved (subject to the completion of a S106 Agreement) and the Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the central and western parts of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 158

BW16: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located near the Wrythe Green local centre on a significant “B” road. It is bounded by terraced housing to the north-east and east. There are larger residential units to the west and south. The site also adjoins a surgery and school playing fields. The site is occupied by small business units to the west and north and a gasholder.

Site Area: 0.7ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private and Public

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2000/46033 for the storage of natural gas.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 159

BW16: TRADING ESTATE AND GAS HOLDER, PLUMPTON WAY, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for INDUSTRIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Ensuring development is suitable for modern employment purposes ● Encouraging the development of small businesses and business start-ups ● Remediating the Gas Holder section of the site of contamination when it becomes vacant ● Limiting vehicular access to Wrythe Lane and ensuring traffic flow on Wrythe Lane is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements ● Providing high-quality environmental improvements to the Wrythe Lane frontage and improving the boundary treatments to the remainder of the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses at St Andrews Road/Plumpton Way (PMP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The landowners of the gasholder section of the site have informed the Council that the gas holder is not currently utilised for the storage of gas. However, the isolation and demolition of holder, relocation of other operational equipment and remediation of the site is only likely to be funded from any proceeds of a development of the site. The landowners consider this site to be a long-term development.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 160

BW17: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located on the edge of Rosehill district centre, adjacent to Metropolitan Open Land, Urban Green Space, a Metropolitan Green Chain and a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation. The site is covered by a large hospital with buildings dating from various periods and auxiliary land uses related to the main hospital use, including substantial areas of car parking. Site Area: 5.8ha

Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Epsom and St Helier University Hospitals NHS Trust & Council

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Rosehill SRQ, Land safeguarded for a Tramlink extension, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline planning permission (C2009/62093) granted for the demolition of Ferguson House and the erection of a new building of 24,000 sq m to provide replacement hospital wards, out-patients accommodation and a local care centre for the PCT together with a separate multi-storey car park.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 161

BW17: ST HELIER HOSPITAL, WRYTHE LANE, ROSEHILL

The site is allocated for HEALTH use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● The proposed possible future extension of Tramlink to Sutton in the design and layout of the site ● Ensuring adequate healthcare is readily available to residents of the Borough during any phase of redevelopment ● Improving access for blue light, service and public traffic to and from Wrythe Lane ● Utilising car parking facilities more efficiently. ● The design of any redevelopment should respect the history of the development of the area and the existing main hospital building as a key element of the 1930‟s St Helier Estate. ● Respecting the integrity of the surrounding Metropolitan Open Land/Public Open Space

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting a local hospital at St Helier (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The NHS Strategy document for Sutton and Merton, Better Healthcare Closer to Home, indicates that St Helier Hospital will be the acute care hospital for the area, providing a wide range of services, including an Accident and Emergency Department. It proposes a new building programme and extensive refurbishment. In addition, the Primary Care Trust is proposing a Local Care Centre on the site to meet local non-acute health requirements.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 162

BW18: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site is located in central Hackbridge and is currently a cleared site, having been formerly occupied by a relatively tall office building. It is adjacent to Hackbridge Junior School and Felnex Trading Estate (see Site A20) and faces onto a row of small two-storey terraced housing on the opposite side of London Road. Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Hackbridge District Centre, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission C2006/56201 for 96 flats with parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses. Planning application C2008/59625 undetermined for 117 flats with associated parking and cycle spaces and floorspace for Class A1 and B1 uses.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 163

BW18: KELVIN HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Planning permission C2006/56201 for 400m2 of A1 use floorspace, 200m2 of B1 use floorspace and 96 residential units ● Respecting the character and privacy of the adjoining Hackbridge Primary School ● The site‟s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Setting back to allow for the widening of footways and providing an active and attractive road frontage ● Integrating with development proposals on the adjoining Felnex site so as to provide a cohesive frontage along London Road. ● Ensuring the highest standards in sustainable design and construction are employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Hackbridge (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and social facilities in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Retaining and promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Supporting proposals for new shopping, housing and commercial development in Hackbridge (PMP7). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zones 1 and 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on the extant planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 164

BW19: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is opposite the railway station. The site is bounded by a railway line, Manor Road, Melbourne Road and mid-rise blocks of flats. The buildings on site were formerly used as offices and are now currently vacant.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Wallington District Centre, Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoins Park Road/Melbourne Road ASLC, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application D2006/56209 for 174 residential units and floorspace for A1-A5, B1, D1 and D2 uses was refused by the Council. However, it was allowed on appeal by the Secretary of State in May 2007 (Ref: APP/P5870/A/06/2029635).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 165

BW19: CANON HOUSE, MELBOURNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Appeal decision APP/P5870/A/06/2029635 for 2,083m2 of A1-A5, B1, D1 and D2 use floorspace and 174 residential units ● Providing active retail/office frontages at ground level, particularly on Manor Road ● Providing flatted accommodation with sufficient amenity space and other appropriate facilities for residents ● Employing high quality facing materials and design methods so as to eliminate the current “Canyon Effect” on Manor Road ● The site‟s location with an Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Ensuring car parking arrangements are unobtrusive

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 and within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity 174 units. Based on the extant planning permission.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development. Forward marketing of the residential units was taking place in September 2009.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 166

BW20: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

Site Description: The site fronts North Cheam crossroads at the centre of North Cheam district centre and is within a mixed area of retail and office uses and recent flatted development. The site comprises Victoria House, an unattractive 1960/70s vacant office block over shops, and the Queen Victoria public house, which is also vacant.

Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant Shops, Offices and Public House

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: North Cheam District Centre, Primary Shopping Frontage, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission A2005/55183 for a new floor for A1, A2, A3 and A5 uses and 19 flats on the site of Victoria House lapsed in October 2009.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 167

BW20: VICTORIA HOUSE, LONDON ROAD, NORTH CHEAM

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL AND OFFICE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Achieving a high-quality redevelopment in design terms on a prominent corner site which will define North Cheam District Centre ● The site‟s location with an Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Undertaking significant public realm improvements on and around the site ● Providing sufficient retail and office space to create an active frontages at the crossroads ● Providing flatted accommodation with sufficient amenity space and other appropriate facilities for residents

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in a District Centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for the intensification of housing, shopping and other commercial uses (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020.

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners still intend to proceed with development.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 168

BW21: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

Site Description: The site lies on the northern edge of the Hackbridge Sustainable Area. A branch of the River Wandle runs through the trading estate. The site is adjacent to three listed buidings to the east and to a Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (SINC) to the south. It has three vehicular access points from Mill Green Road. It is currently occupied by a number of different businesses. The site has been reduced in size since the Preferred Options draft to remove part of the Spencer Road Wetland SINC, which was incorrectly shown as part of Area B.

Site Area: 2.3ha

Current Land Use: Industry

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 1a and 1b

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 169

BW21: WANDLE VALLEY TRADING ESTATE, MILL GREEN ROAD, HACKBRIDGE

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: EMPLOYMENT, RESIDENTIAL AND OPEN SPACE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Creating a publicly accessible green open space in Area A which will form part of the wider Wandle Trail and Wandle Valley Regional Park and improving access through the site ● Retaining a minimum of 40% of the site area for employment uses ● Encouraging the development of small and medium-sized businesses ● Providing some residential units in buildings of two to four storeys ● Respecting the special character of the three “villas” adjacent to the site and the listed building “Riverside” which is within Site A ● Respecting and enhancing the adjacent SINC ● Minimising flood risk on and off site ● Ensuring development both incorporates the required buffer strips to the river and enhances the riverside setting ● Improving public transport access in view of the site‟s currently low PTAL ● Ensuring Area C is not served by vehicles from Wood Street ● Remediating the site of any contamination ● Ensuring the highest standards in sustainable design and construction are employed to achieve an exemplary low-carbon development

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment and supporting environmental improvements in a Community Regeneration Area (PMP3). Retaining and promoting the intensification of employment uses (PMP4). Promoting sustainable regeneration in the Wandle Valley corridor (PMP5). Regenerating Hackbridge through the re-use of land and premises at Wandle Valley Trading Estate (PMP7). Protecting and seeking to enhance the Borough‟s diversity (PMP9). Ensuring that any new development in higher flood risk areas demonstrates compliance with PPS25 Exceptions Test (BP7).

Flood Risk: Zones 1, 2, 3a & 3b – Flood Risk Assessment required. Exception Test required for residential uses. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing: April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity: 50 units. Net Residential Developable Area = 1.1ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism: The Council understands that the developer has appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 170

BW22: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is in a residential area to the north of Sutton town centre. The site is currently occupied by a meeting hall, which the owners wish to relocate to another site within the Borough, its associated car parking and a private dwelling.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Dwelling, Hall and Car Park

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Levels 2 and 3

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/58709 for the erection of a three-storey building to provide a 26-bed nursing home and 14 three-, four- and five-bedroom houses with associated parking and the formation of new accesses was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 171

BW22: ALL SAINTS ROAD/BENHILL WOOD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Integrating into the suburban nature of the streetscene ● Respecting the low-rise nature of many of the surrounding residential developments ● Ensuring car parking arrangements are unobtrusive ● Retaining the mature trees and hedges within and around the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands from the site owner that this site will become vacant once the hall has been relocated to the former BIBRA site (Site B5).

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 172

BW23: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site, which is a former medical research facility, is in the Green Belt. It is adjacent to Orchard Hill Hospital (see Site A12) and a relatively recently built housing estate. Site Area: Whole site: 6.7ha. Existing building footprint: 1.1ha

Current Land Use: Former Medical Research Centre

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 1a

Proposals Map: Major Developed Site in Green Belt, SINC, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline planning application C2007/58839 for a meeting hall and 14 dwellings was refused by the Council. Appeal APP/P5870/A/08/2089586 on the application was dismissed by the Secretary of State. However, the Inspector accepted the principle of a meeting hall on site but did not accept the principle of housing due to sustainability issues and access provision and impact on the openness of the Green Belt as a result of the proposed suburban nature of the residential development.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 173

BW23: FORMER BIBRA SITE, WOODMANSTERNE ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: COMMUNITYand RESIDENTIAL

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Enabling access to and from the proposed school on the adjoining Orchard Hill site ● Having no greater impact than the existing development on the openness of the Green Belt and the purposes of the Green Belt ● Not exceeding the height of the existing buildings ● Not occupying a larger area of the site than the existing buildings ● Reflecting the semi-rural character of the site ● Enhancing the Site of Importance for Nature Conservation which is within the boundary of the site ● Remediating the site of any contamination ● Utilising the topography of the site to limit development impact ● Ensuring car parking and roads within the site are unobtrusive ● Improving access by public transport and improving pedestrian and cycle links to and within the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting. The site is also in a minor aquifer.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity The use of the London Plan Density Matrix is not appropriate for this site and future development proposals would need to be considered on their merits having regard to the above considerations.

Delivery Mechanism Outline Planning Permission has been granted (C2010/62549) for a new Gospel Hall and an 80 bedroom care home with nursing care for the elderly

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 174

BW24: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

Site Description: The site has been renamed since the Preferred Options draft of the document and was formerly called “Royal Marsden Land”. The site is adjacent to Sutton Hospital and is landlocked by low-density housing development on two sides and the hospital complex on the other two sides. The site contains some features of nature conservation value and existing legal covenants restrict development on certain parts of the site.

Site Area: 2.3ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Institute of Cancer Research

Public Transport: Level 1b

Proposals Map: Area with Nature Conservation Interest, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Outline permission B2009/61542 for access, landscaping, layout and scale of three Research and Development buildings with ancillary support accommodation.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 175

BW24: INSTITUTE OF CANCER RESEARCH LAND, ADJACENT TO SUTTON HOSPITAL, BELMONT

The site is allocated for RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● The legal covenant prohibiting development in the vicinity of the northern and eastern boundaries of the site ● Protecting any features of nature conservation value that are found on site ● Ensuring access arrangements take account of likely future development on the adjoining Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is within a major aquifer so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010- March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable.

Delivery Mechanism The Institute of Cancer Research is currently securing funding and when this is assured, more specific details regarding the type of research which will take place on site will be forthcoming. The long timescale for implementation reflects the conditions attached to the existing planning permission, which provides for a phased development that is unlikely to be completed until towards the end of the third indicative phasing period

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 176

BW25: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL

Site Description: The site is located in a residential estate to the south west of Rosehill district centre. The site is currently occupied by an educational training facility and includes some vacant land to the west, which is currently used for car parking.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Council Training Offices and Vacant Land

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 177

BW25: GLASTONBURY CENTRE, HARTLAND ROAD, ROSEHILL

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use (but safeguarded for a possible future primary school from 2010 to 2015)

Subject to not being required for education purposes within the period 2010- 2015, any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Ensuring safe and improved access to the site from Hartland Road ● Investigating the possibility of securing access via Iona Close ● Ensuring traffic flow on surrounding roads is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements ● Designing residential units to prevent undue overlooking of the nearby school ● Minimising flood risk on and off site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Meeting needs for additional primary school places (BP4). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 but part of the site is in Zone 2 (car park area) – Flood Risk Assessment may be required.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity Subject to not being required for education purposes, 20 units. Steering development away from the high flood risk area leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.35ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8-4.6hr/u. The remaining area has possible uses as open land or amenity space.

Delivery Mechanism The Council is considering options for the future use of this site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 178

BW26: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the east of Sutton town centre, fronting Westmead Road local centre and within an established residential area. The site has a largely open frontage to Westmead Road and is currently a self-storage facility. It is bounded by housing on three sides and is a backland site.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Industry: Storage Warehouse

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 179

BW26: LAND TO THE REAR OF 107 WESTMEAD ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Providing an active frontage on Westmead Road with office and/or retail provision to strengthen the vitality and viability of the local centre ● Ensuring safe access to the site from Westmead Road ● Ensuring traffic flow on Westmead Road is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements ● Providing appropriate circulation within the site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which improves opportunities for small and medium enterprises (PMP4). Promoting the development of local centres within the Borough and [supporting] proposals of an appropriate scale, which will maintain their role as local centres by protecting their retail offer and creating a safe and attractive environment through enhancements to the public realm (PMP8). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Commercial development leaves Net Residential Developable Area of 0.4ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Suburban 3.8- 4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The current site owners are constructing new premises on a site in the north of the Borough (the former Oldfields Trading Estate) and will relocate the business when construction on that site is completed. This site will then become vacant.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 180

BW27: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Sutton town centre within an established residential area, which is a mixture of blocks of flats and houses. The site was occupied by a Council-run day care centre but is no longer required for this use.

Site Area: 0.4ha

Current Land Use: Vacant

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Levels 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 181

BW27: BAWTREE HOUSE, WORCESTER ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Providing a high proportion of family-sized units ● Retaining the planting within and around the site ● Ensuring car parking arrangements are unobtrusive

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Sutton (PMP1). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2015-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 25 units. The retention of the extensive tree coverage leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.3ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.8-4.6hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site is now vacant and the Council intends to dispose of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 182

BW28: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located to the south of Carshalton district centre and is in a largely residential area. The site comprises: a disused hospital and associated dwelling, the four-storey Ashcombe House and a cul-de-sac of supported living units.

Site Area: 1.5ha

Current Land Use: Residential and Vacant

Ownership: Sutton and Merton Primary Care Trust

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Carshalton Park Conservation Area, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation Relevant Planning History: Area A has permission C2009/61409 for the demolition of Ashcombe House and erection of a two-storey building to provide ten one-bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities. Area B has permission C2009/61580 for a two-storey building to provide seven one- bedroom supported living flats with associated facilities.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 183

BW28: THE WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL/ASHCOMBE, HOUSE, THE PARK, & CEDAR CLOSE, CARSHALTON

The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL (including Supported Living units) use

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Respecting the heritage assets on site and retaining any buildings of architectural or historical importance ● Not detracting from the character of the Conservation Area ● Retaining the planting within and around the site ● Ensuring car parking arrangements are unobtrusive ● Ensuring traffic flow on surrounding roads is not unduly affected by any increase in vehicular movements ● Respecting any areas of nature conservation value

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in the remainder of the Borough (PMP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity 50 units (including the 17 units already granted on Areas A and B). Based on the retention of the hospital building and surrounding density. As this site is in a Conservation Area, the London Plan Density matrix is not strictly applicable.

Delivery Mechanism Ashcombe House has planning permission and construction on a new building has started. The War Memorial Hospital is currently vacant and the residents of Cedar Close are currently being relocated. The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further planning applications for the remainder of the site without permission in the near future.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 184

BW29: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and comprises the buildings around Railway Approach and the car park associated with the station. It is in a mixed area with retail, office and residential uses all nearby.

Site Area: 1.1ha

Current Land Use: Office (some vacant), retail, car parking (public and private) and a Public Transport Interchange

Ownership: Public and Multiple Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Secondary Shopping Frontage, Adjoining the Park Road/Melbourne Road and Springfield Road/Grosvenor Road Areas of Special Landscape Character, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 185

BW29: RAILWAY APPROACH AND CAR PARK, OFF MANOR ROAD, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, LEISURE, RESIDENTIAL and CAR PARKING

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● The site‟s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (seven to ten storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local context and character ● Creating an active frontage along Manor Road with commercial/retail uses ● Providing modern and flexible office space ● Providing housing mixes, tenures and types which reflect Borough needs ● Improving the public realm, station and transport interchange, in conjunction with the Smarter Travel Sutton schemes for Wallington ● Enhancing linkages to the town centre, including pedestrian links to Manor Road, the footpath to the west of the site and considering the scope for a direct link across the railway track (to Site C6) ● Utilising car parking space more efficiently

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving the environment of Wallington Station and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 40 units. Allowing 0.85ha for other uses, this leaves a Net Residential Developable Area of 0.25ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism A number of the landowners with interests on the site have expressed a wish to enhance of the Railway Approach area. Issues relating to lease expiration dates and land assembly preclude the early delivery of this site. However, in the long term, the Council could act as an enabler for the site‟s regeneration.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 186

BW30: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located within Wallington district centre and is surrounded by a mix of uses. The railway is to the north, there are retail premises to the east, a church to the south and a residential development to the west. The site is currently occupied by a Lidl supermarket, a small customers‟ car park and delivery bays.

Site Area: 0.3ha

Current Land Use: Retail

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 4

Proposals Map: Walllington District Centre, Part Primary Shopping Frontage, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 187

BW30: LIDL, BEDDINGTON GARDENS, WALLINGTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL and CAR PARKING

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Investigating the possibility of land assembly to create a larger development block by including neighbouring properties ● The site‟s location within an Area of Taller Building Potential (four to six storeys). However, any proposals for taller buildings should be exceptionally designed and respect local contact and character ● Providing enhanced retail facilities ● Providing modern and flexible office space ● Utilising car parking space more efficiently ● Providing housing mixes, tenures and types which reflect the needs of the Borough ● Enhancing linkages from the town centre to the railway station and improving the public realm, including considering a direct pedestrian link across the railway line (to Site C5)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development in Wallington (PMP1). Expanding the retail and office offer in Wallington (PMP8). Making significant enhancements to the station area (PMP8). Supporting proposals for higher density development within and around town centres (BP1). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Improving both the environment of the Wallington Station area and links with the centre (BP9). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2020-March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Net Residential Developable Area is estimated to be 0.15ha. Based on the London Plan Density Matrix Setting of Urban 3.1-3.7hr/u.

Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 188

BW31: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

Site Description: The site is located in a predominantly residential location towards the south of the Borough. It is bounded by housing mostly and the sites is currently used as an allotment.

Site Area: 1.5ha

Current Land Use: Allotments

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 1b

Proposals Map: Urban Green Space

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 189

BW31: PART OF THE ALLOTMENTS, STANLEY ROAD, CARSHALTON

The site is designated as URBAN GREEN SPACE (to be used as Allotments)

The site was safeguarded for education provision in the Unitary Development Plan (2003). This safeguarding will now be removed. The site will remain in allotment use and the site will be designated as Urban Green Space (see Appendix 2). As a result, the whole of Stanley Road Allotments will now remain in allotment use and will be designated on the Proposals Map as Urban Green Space.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in a Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 area so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing Not applicable

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism Not applicable

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 190

BW32: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Site Description: The site is located to the west of Wallington district centre. It is bounded by a cemetery, railway and housing. The site is currently used as allotments.

Site Area:Area A = 1.6ha, Area B = 2.5ha

Current Land Use: Allotments

Ownership: Council and the London Borough of Croydon

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Metropolitan Open Land, Metropolitan Green Chain, Green Corridor, Archaeological Priority Area, Site Allocation.

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 191

BW32: ALLOTMENTS, DEMESNE ROAD, WALLINGTON

Area A is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as Allotments with Land Safeguarded for a Cemetery Extension)

Area B is designated as METROPOLITAN OPEN LAND (to be used as Allotments)

Area A shows the correct extent of the safeguarding. Areas A and B were incorrectly shown in the Unitary Development Plan as the area for safeguarding.

Should the Area A be required as a cemetery extension, any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● The setting of current cemetery ● The prior agreement of current allotment holders

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1.

Indicative Phasing Not applicable

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism The London Planning Advisory Committee (now part of the GLA) undertook a study of the burial space need of Greater London in 1997. It produced six different predictions on the amount of time left in terms of the use of burial space in each borough‟s cemeteries. In the worst-case scenario, the report found Sutton had sufficient burial spaces until 2018 but beyond this date burial space was not assured. In some of the study‟s other predictions, Sutton‟s future capacity ranged from 103 years to 226 years. Given the worst-case scenario, the Council considers it prudent to continue to safeguard the land for the plan period of the Local Development Framework.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 192

BW33: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

Site Description: The development scheme involves land along the edge of Beddington Lane (B272) from the junction of Derry Road to the tram stop by Brookmead Road. Beddington Lane serves the Beddington Strategic Industrial Location.

Site Area: 0.5ha

Current Land Use: Road, footpath, verge, industrial, residential, retail and vacant land.

Ownership: Council and Private

Public Transport: Level 1 to 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 193

BW33: ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, BEDDINGTON LANE, BEDDINGTON

The site is allocated for A ROAD IMPROVEMENT SCHEME

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Improving the safety and circulation of vehicular movements serving Beddington Lane Strategic Industrial Location ● Improving access to Beddington Lane tram stop ● Improving bus stopping facilities ● Providing a safe and attractive environment for pedestrian and cycle movements ● Creating designated pedestrian and cycle crossing points ● Not attracting extraneous traffic in order to protect the Beddington Village Conservation Area

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Improving access for heavy good vehicles to industrial sites and introducing measures to enhance the movement of, and the facilities and environment for, pedestrian and public transport users (BP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1, 2, 3.

Indicative Phasing Work to the middle section of Beddington Lane has started. Further phases are subject to funding.

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism Transport for London allocated a grant of £100,000 to the scheme for 2008-09 and has committed a further £200,000 for 2009-10. The Council has received approximately £500,000 in S106 developer contributions for the scheme.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 194

BW34: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

Site Description: The site comprises three junctions in and around Carshalton district centre which will provide an alternative route for heavy goods vehicles travelling though Carshalton. There will be landtake from the curtilages of two properties.

Site Area: 0.01ha

Current Land Use: Transport and Residential.

Ownership: Council and Private

Public Transport: Level 3

Proposals Map: Carshalton Village Conservation Area, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 195

BW34: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME, CARSHALTON DISTRICT CENTRE

The site is allocated for A TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Introducing a traffic management scheme for Heavy Goods Vehicles (HGVs) ● Reducing the most serious conflicts around the pond area and in the narrower parts of the High Street and the Carshalton Village Conservation Area ● Diverting westbound HGVs using the A232 onto Park Lane, Ruskin Road, Carshalton Park Road and Benyon Road ● Carrying out minor improvements at the Acre Lane/Park Lane, Park Lane/Ruskin Road and Windsor Castle junctions ● Acquiring land on the south-eastern corner of the Acre Lane/Park Lane junction and on the north-west corner of Park Lane/Ruskin Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Addressing the traffic problems and improving safety on the A232 and improving the environment of the ponds and village centre (BP9).

Flood Risk Zone 1. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism TfL has expressed to the Council an aspiration to carry out a traffic management scheme within Carshalton. A feasibility study is scheduled to begin in 2011, subject to a programme review. In the meantime, it is proposed to continue to protect the traffic management scheme identified in the UDP.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 196

BW35: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Site Description: Most of the site is occupied by the Royal Marsden Hospital with a small portion used by the Institute of Cancer Research (ICR). It is bounded by the Sutton Hospital (see Site A11) to the north, part of the ICR to the east and housing. It has access from Downs and Cotswold Roads. Site Area: 7.5ha Current Land Use: Health

Ownership: Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust

Public Transport: Level 1b and 2

Proposals Map: Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2008/59394 for an extension to the paediatric unit. Planning permission B2008/60306 for the refurbishment and enlargement of the Bud Flanagan Unit and expansion of adjoining Haemoto-Oncology unit. Planning permission B2008/60682 for a building to store medical records. Planning permission B2009/61594 for a translational research centre

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 197

BW35: ROYAL MARSDEN HOSPITAL, DOWNS ROAD, BELMONT

Area A is allocated for HEALTH use. Area B is also allocated for HEALTH use, if the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust acquire the area. If the site is not acquired by the Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust, the allocation on Site A11 will apply.

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Respecting the heritage assets on site and retaining any buildings of architectural or historical importance as well as existing tree planting on site ● Providing a site that is legible for future visitors and employees ● Ensuring there is suitable access for blue light, service buses and public traffic to and from the site ● Using car parking facilities as efficiently as possible ● Improving pedestrian, cycle and possible bus linkages to the adjoining Sutton Hospital site

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the development of the Royal Marsden Hospital and the Institute for Cancer Research site as a centre of medical excellence in providing cancer care, research facilities and associated activities (BP5). Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. This site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 2 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism The Royal Marsden Hospital NHS Foundation Trust has indicated to the Council that it has a programme of improvements over the plan period. The Trust currently proposes a new Translational Research Centre (see planning history), a new ward and theatre block, an outpatients and diagnostics facility, a new education and research building, and an extension to the day unit. A diagnostic treatment centre is proposed for Area B, subject to the acquisition of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 198

BW36: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

Site Description: The site lies to the north-west of Sutton town centre. It is within Collingwood Recreation Ground and is bounded by a railway line to the south. The site comprises a football ground with stands, a car park and unkempt areas around the stadium.

Site Area: 2.4ha

Current Land Use: Football Ground, Stadium and Car Park

Ownership: Council (leased to Sutton United Football Club)

Public Transport: Level 2

Proposals Map: Urban Green Space, partly within the Sutton SRQ, Site Allocation

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 199

BW36: SUTTON UNITED FOOTBALL GROUND, GANDER GREEN LANE, SUTTON

This site is allocated for MIXED USE: SPORTS GROUND and COMMUNITY FACILITIES

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: ● Ensuring any built development is located within the curtilage of the existing football ground and, where possible, limit impact on the Urban Green Space ● Ensuring any new built development does not detract from the openness of the recreation ground ● Restricting vehicular access to Gander Green Lane only ● Assessing the impact of possible increased traffic movements and implementing traffic improvement measures where necessary ● Protecting the biodiversity of the neighbouring Site of Importance for Nature Conservation (the Sutton to St Helier Railway Line) ● Enhancing the recreational facilities of Collingwood Recreation Ground

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Supporting the retention and improvement of facilities which promote healthy lifestyles (BP5) Steering site allocations and development towards the lowest flood risk (BP7). Developing leisure and cultural facilities (BP11).

Flood Risk Zone 1 – Flood Risk Assessment required. The site is in Groundwater Source Protection Zone 1 so any future use must be non-water polluting.

Indicative Phasing April 2010-March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity Not applicable

Delivery Mechanism The Sutton United Supporters‟ Trust proposes redeveloping the northern stand (alongside the recreation ground) to provide a low-level stand for match spectators with changing rooms/other community facilities serving and facing the recreation ground, as well as re-laying the existing Collingwood Recreation Ground pitches for public use. In addition, it is proposed to redevelop the eastern stand to provide improved match-day facilities for football spectators, indoor sports provision and, possibly, a community meeting hall. Grants for the redevelopment may be forthcoming from football foundations and maintenance would be provided by existing staff.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 200

STCN1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

Site Description:These sites are located to the north of Crown Road, opposite the northern end of St Nicholas Way and are bounded by the High Street to the east and Vale Road to the north. The Collingwood estate lies to the west and the northern boundary adjoins the rear of two-storey, mainly terraced houses in Vale Road. Allocation STC N1 accommodates two gas holders, the vacant Zurich House office building (10 storeys) and car park to the rear and retail units at ground floor, and a retail shed currently occupied by Magnet.

Site Area: 2.3ha53

Current Land Use: Gas storage/small industrial/storage units/retail/vacant office and car park.

Ownership:Utility Company/Private/Council

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Indicative Road Link; Area of Taller Building Potential; Secondary Shopping Frontages. Relevant Planning History:Outline application for the Magnet Site B2006/56167 for location and access to a mixed-use development with office, retail and residential uses.

53 The new site area includes the additional site area for Dex House and Fabric World (0.09ha) and reflects the amended figure for the Gas Holders site which had been incorrectly identified as 1.65ha rather than 1.06ha.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 201

STCN1: CROWN ROAD/HIGH STREET SITES

The sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL, OFFICE and OTHER Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height, stepping down near the existing residential properties in Vale Road Providing active frontages at ground floor/first floor levels Providing a mix of housing types, including family-sized units Retaining the building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport) Protecting land for Tramlink/a Tramlink stop along the High Street frontage Creating a new road link through the site to create a northwards extension to St Nicholas Way and to create a modified town centre gyratory system (as currently set out in the Urban Design Framework). Any alternative highways scheme will only be supported by the council if it meets the objectives of significantly improving the pedestrian environment (including a possible extension of the existing pedestrianised High Street), and, improving connectivity between these sites and the Exchange Quarter to the south Creating small block sizes fronting streets Developing a more permeable site which creates connections through the site, particularly to Collingwood Estate Providing high quality public realm improvements including a public space on the corner of the High Street and Crown Road (Zurich Square) and the provision of street trees Remediating the site of any contamination Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Detailed planning guidance Whilst the Urban Design Framework sets out some guidance regarding the future redevelopment of these sites, the council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 202

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer to the north of the site would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site to the south. Indicative Phasing: April 2010 – March 2015/April 2020 – March 2025 (This is a large and complex site and therefore given discussions with landowners regarding deliverability it is likely that parts of the site will not be delivered until the last Phase). Indicative Housing Capacity 362 units. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. Expected units on the Gas Holders and Magnet sites are based on the Gillespies UDF and capacities for the Zurich, Fabric Warehouse and Dex sites are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha) applied to 70% of the site areas.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 7,726 sq m; Office (B1): 2,258 sq m; Small-scale workshops: 1,663 sq m; Commercial Leisure: 4,013 sq m. This assumes that the Gas Holders are decommissioned and that Health and Safety Executive PADHI guidance does not apply. Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 203

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 204

STCN2: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located in the northern end of the town centre and has frontage to the High Street and Vale Road and adjoins Sutton Green to the north. Buildings in the surrounding area include the vacant 10 storey Zurich building (corner of the High Street and Crown Road) and Helena House, a 6 storey building on the eastern side of the High Street. A 2 storey terrace with retail at ground floor and residential above adjoins the site to the south-east and a 2 storey residential terrace adjoins the site to the west. Site Area:0.15ha Current Land Use:Retail and associated car park Ownership:Private Public Transport: Level 5 Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/59028 refused for the demolition of existing buildings and the erection of a part 3, part 5 storey building with retail at ground floor and residential above.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 205

STCN2: BLOCKBUSTER SITE, 341 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, COMMUNITY and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing a new landmark building, up to 8 storeys in height with frontage to the High Street and Sutton Green Providing buildings of between 3 and 4 storeys in height fronting Vale Road Providing active frontages at ground floor levels Providing retail uses at ground floor with food and drink uses fronting Sutton Green Providing community uses at ground floor fronting Sutton Green Respecting and enhancing the setting of Sutton Green Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to the site (see Site STC N1)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 26 units, assuming 70% residential Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Retail (A-Classes): 360 sqm; Office (B1): 360 sqm; Community uses: 360 sqm Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they may consider redeveloping the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 206

STCN3: BURGER KING SITE, 330 – 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the northern end of the town centre and is currently occupied by a vacant single storey building. A grade II listed building is located to the north of the site, the southern boundary adjoins shops and the eastern boundary, to the rear of the site, partially adjoins dwellings gaining access from Lewis Road. Site Area:0.19ha

Current Land Use:Vacant

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2007/57717 for the demolition of the existing building and the construction of a four-storey building with retail on ground floor and 18 residential units above which was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 207

STCN3: BURGER KING SITE, 330 – 332 HIGH STREET, SUTTON The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 and 5 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along the High Street Creating a strong building line along the High Street (unless required for public transport) Protecting land for Tramlink along the High Street frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features on Sutton Green to mark the entry into the town centre The need to contact the Health and Safety Executive with reference to the current storage of gas in close proximity to this site (see Site STC N1)

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Most of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) up to a potential depth of 200mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing : April 2015 – March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 24 units. Assuming 70% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 964 sq m

Delivery Mechanism The site owners have indicated to the Council that they are in the process of selling the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 208

STCC1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the corner of Throwley Way and Lodge Place, directly to the east of the High Street. A single storey doctor‟s surgery and a single storey office building occupy the site and a bus stop and lay-by are located on Lodge Road.

Site Area: 0.22ha Current Land Use: Medical and Office uses Ownership: Private Public Transport: Level 6 Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way, Manor Place); Area of Taller Building Potential. Relevant Planning History: Planning permission B2000/46952 for office use at Windsor House. Planning application B2009/61421 for demolition of existing building and construction of a new part 4, 5 and 6 storey building with 27 residential units and retail at ground floor withdrawn. A similar planning application, B2010/62741, with office at ground floor was refused. The decision has now been appealed. No recent planning history relating to the Old Court House surgery.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 209

STCC1: NORTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE:HEALTH, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD) Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving no „left-over‟ space

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%).

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing: April 2015 – March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 20 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Health uses: 2,730 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 720 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,850 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the developers have appointed a team of consultants to take forward development proposals.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 210

STCC2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the south of Lodge Place with frontages to the High Street, Lodge Place and Throwley Way. The site comprises two large format shops and associated surface parking areas and four shop units fronting the High Street. Site Area:0.4ha

Current Land Use: Retail and Car park

Ownership:Private

Public Transport: Level 6

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Primary Shopping Area; Primary Shopping Frontage (High Street, Lodge Place); Secondary Shopping Frontage (Throwley Way).

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2004/53161 for a ten- storey mixed use development was lodged and subsequently withdrawn. A similar application, B2005/54590, was submitted in 2005 and was refused by the Council. An outline application, B2006/55542, was lodged in 2006 and was refused by the Council.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 211

STCC2: SOUTH OF LODGE PLACE, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE:RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE or COMMERCIAL LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Lodge Place Planning Brief Supplementary Planning Document (Lodge Place SPD) Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground / first floor levels Protecting land for Tramlink along the Throwley Way frontage Securing the pedestrianisation of Lodge Place Providing high quality public realm improvements on Lodge Road Designing high quality buildings that respect the curvature of Lodge Place Ensuring design proposals comprehensively cover the entire site, leaving no „left-over‟ space

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12).

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%).

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site

Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 95 units. Based on the guidance contained in the Lodge Place SPD.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 3,238 sq m; Office (B1) or Commercial Leisure: 2,950 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The current landowners have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 212

STCC3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY WAY, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the eastern side of Throwley Way and accommodates a single storey building fronting onto the gyratory road. A row of two-storey semi-detached houses back on to the site and a pedestrian/cycle path is located to the south of the site, adjacent to Times Square MSCP, linking Throwley Way to Lenham Road behind.

Site Area: 0.07ha

Current Land Use: Car repair and maintenance

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 213

STCC3: KWIKFIT SITE, THROWLEY WAY, SUTTON

The site is allocated for (i) HOTEL or other TOWN CENTRE USE, or (ii) RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED USE and RETAIL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 5 storeys in height, stepping down near residential properties to the east Providing active frontages at ground floor level including possible café/ restaurant uses Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along the link between Manor Lane and Throwley Way.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13)

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing:April 2010 – March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity:Subject to the site not being developed as a hotel, 15 units, assuming 70% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Hotel: 1,984 sq m. Or Retail (A-Classes): 595 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 214

STCC4: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the northern side of Greenford Road and is comprised of a vacant yard and workshop to the east and to the west, on the corner of St Nicholas Way, a private residence and converted offices. Immediately adjoining to the east is a row of 4 shops fronting the High Street with residential above. Two large retail buildings are in close proximity to the subject site; the 4 storey St Nicholas Centre is located across Greenford Road and the 5 storey Asda building adjoins the site to the north. Site Area:0.07ha

Current Land Use: Dwelling, Office and Vacant yard

Ownership:Private

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: Outline application B2010/62289 for a part one- storey, part two-storey development comprising office, retail and residential units.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 215

STCC4: NORTH OF GREENFORD ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 3 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor to Greenford Road and St Nicholas Way Providing high quality public realm improvements

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Flood risk assessment and Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 17 units, assuming 70% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 450 sq m; Office (B1): 225 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The Council understands that the site owners intend to submit further applications relating to the eastern part of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 216

STCW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the corner of St Nicholas Way and Cheam Road and accommodates a four-storey, U-shaped building with a range of civic uses. A pedestrian underpass under St Nicholas Way links the site and the High Street. Site Area: 0.9ha

Current Land Use:Council offices, library, educational facilities, shop/community facility units, surface car park

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 217

STCW1: CIVIC CENTRE SITE, ST NICHOLAS WAY, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: CIVIC, COMMUNITY, CULTURAL, RETAIL and RESIDENTIAL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Creating a more permeable and legible site, with the development of a series of individual building blocks Providing a new landmark building, up to 10-storeys in height at the south- west corner Providing other buildings of up to 6-storeys in height, stepping down to 3-4 storeys adjacent to the St Nicholas Churchyard Providing a new contemporary Civic Square with high quality public art Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly to the Civic Square Protecting land for Tram link along the St Nicholas Way frontage Enhancing pedestrian connections from the High Street to the west, including the pedestrian/cycle environment of Gibson Road, St Nicholas Road, Hill Street and St Nicholas Way Respecting and enhancing the setting of the listed St Nicholas Church and Church yard Respecting the settings of the listed Trinity Methodist Church and Sutton Baptist Church Including a range of uses: theatre; dance studio; community space; cafés; bars; and restaurants.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles and protection and enhancement of heritage assets (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 218

would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site.

Indicative Phasing:April 2020 – March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity:31 units, assuming 10% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Civic uses (including office): 10,806 sq m; Community/Cultural uses: 10,806 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) 4,912 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism:The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 219

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 220

STCW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the west of the town centre on Cheam Road and is occupied a theatre in a 2-storey converted church with a brick façade and later additions to the rear. The site is surrounded by a mix of uses and building heights. Site Area: 0.28ha

Current Land Use: Theatre

Ownership: Council

Public Transport: Level 5

Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 221

STCW2: SECOMBE THEATRE SITE, CHEAM ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for RESIDENTIAL-LED MIXED-USE and OFFICE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height Creating active frontages along Cheam Road and Gibson Road Providing high quality streetscape and public realm improvements along Cheam Road and Gibson Road The replacement of cultural uses in the town centre Providing a strong frontage to Cheam Road at a key town centre gateway location

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is largely unaffected by surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%). Appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability Indicative Phasing:April 2020 – March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 33 units, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,348 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism:The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 222

STCW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON

Site Description:This site is located on the western side of St Nicholas Way, immediately north of the St Nicholas Churchyard. It comprises residential properties along Beech Tree Place and two pairs of semi-detached houses immediately to the north, on West Street. Most of the properties are owned by the Council and used as sheltered and supported housing. Two houses on West Street are Council owned and leased to voluntary groups. Site Area: 0.37ha

Current Land Use:Sheltered and supported housing, with residential and community uses on West Street.

Ownership: Council/Private

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Site of Importance for Nature Conservation opposite; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 223

STCW3: BEECH TREE PLACE / WEST STREET, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: SOCIAL, COMMUNITY, RESIDENTIAL and OFFICE / SMALL BUSINESS UNITS Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing building heights up to 6 storeys along St Nicholas Way, stepping down to 3-4 storeys along West Street, to complement the existing houses, and towards St Nicholas churchyard to respect the setting of the church Providing active frontages along the roads and the church yard Protecting land for Tramlink along the St Nicholas Way frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements, particularly along St Nicholas Way Replacing social and community uses Replacing existing hostel accommodation/sheltered housing where required to meet an identified housing need

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. However, Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy: The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 152mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site.

Indicative Phasing: April 2015 – March 2020 Indicative Housing Capacity:60 units, assuming 50% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Social/Community uses: 5,310 sqm; Office/Small Business uses: 500 sqm. Delivery Mechanism: The Council intends to bring this site forward for redevelopment. Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 224

STCS1: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on the northern side of Sutton Court Road and comprises two sites:Watermead House office building and a vacant site at 17 Sutton Court Road. The site adjoins Sutton Police Station to the north and east, and Bank House to the west which has recently been refurbished for residential use. Site Area: 0.21ha

Current Land Use: Office and Vacant site

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 6

Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Archaeological Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor (Tramlink) adjoining; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: Planning application B2008/60359 for a building up to seventeen-storeys comprising retail, café and gymnasium uses at lower floors and 82 residential units above is yet to be determined by the Council.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 225

STCS1: NORTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for OFFICE-LED MIXED USE

Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road Providing buildings of between 7 and 10 storeys in height and possibly over 11 storeys to complement the proposed cluster of taller buildings around the station. Retaining the existing 9 storey office building (Watermead House) Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated guidance in the Gillespies‟ Sutton Urban Design Framework. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13)

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: The site is subject to very small, isolated areas of surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%), to a depth of up to 200mm. Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study.

Indicative Phasing: April 2010 – March 2015

Indicative Housing Capacity 26 units, assuming 30% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 8,063 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1,056 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2008/60359 is currently under consideration. Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 226

STCS2: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located to the south of Sutton Court Road and is adjoined by Sutton Railway Station and railway tracks. The site comprises:a vacant 16 storey office building, two vacant lots on both sides and the site of six subdivided/demolished houses to the east. Site Area:0.85ha

Current Land Use: Vacant office building, Vacant sites, Subdivided/ demolished dwellings

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 6

Proposals Map: Archaeology Priority Area; Site Allocation; Public Transport Improvement Corridor and transport interchange (Tramlink); Community Priority Regeneration Area; Pedestrian Links to Sutton Railway Station; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: The applicants have applied to extend the time limit for the implementation of planning permission B2005/55077, for the erection of two 13-14 storey residential buildings and the refurbishment of the existing 16-storey office building on the western portion of the site.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 227

STCS2: SOUTH OF SUTTON COURT ROAD, SUTTON

The site is allocated for MIXED USE:OFFICE, RESIDENTIAL, RETAIL and LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing active shopping frontages at ground floor along Sutton Court Road Providing buildings of between 4 and 11 storeys in height, stepping down to the east Providing a public transport interchange on Sutton Court Road Protecting land for Tramlink along the Sutton Court Road frontage Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Court Road through to Sutton Railway Station and The Quadrant Providing high quality public realm improvements including greening and traffic calming measures on Sutton Court Road, the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Station and the creation of a new public space outside Sutton Station. The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associated guidance in the Gillespies‟ Sutton Urban Design Framework. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies: Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Improving access to housing, employment, health and social facilities in Community Regeneration Areas (PMP3). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Large parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 229mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site.

Indicative Phasing: April 2015 – March 2020

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 228

Indicative Housing Capacity: 278 units, based on the lapsed planning permission for the western portion of the site, and assuming 50% residential on the eastern portion of the site.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 10,810 sq m; Retail (A- Classes): 1,138 sq m; Leisure uses: 562 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism: The application for the extension of time for planning application B2005/55077 is currently under consideration.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 229

- This page has been left blank intentionally -

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 230

STCS3: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located at the southern end of Sutton town centre and is comprised on Sutton Station in the western portion of the site, fronting the High Street, and a surface car park in the eastern portion of the site, accessed from Brighton Road via the Quadrant. The station building is single storey at street level and steps down at the rear to track level. Site Area: 1.3ha

Current Land Use: Railway station, Retail, Surface Car Park

Ownership: Utility Company

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Area of Taller Building Potential

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 231

STCS3: SUTTON STATION AND CAR PARK, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE: OFFICE, RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, CAR PARK, LEISURE and OTHER TOWN CENTRE USES Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associatedguidance in the Gillespies‟ Sutton Urban Design Framework Providing a new landmark building of up to 20-25 storeys in height, located over the railway station and with frontage to a new town square Providing buildings of between 4-6 storeys at podium level and rising up to between 8 and 16 storeys on the car park portion of the site to the east Securing a new town square fronting the High Street Providing active frontages at ground floor level Securing pedestrian connections from Sutton Station through to Sutton Court Road and The Quadrant Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and on the pedestrian connection through to Sutton Court Road/The Quadrant The guidance in the Development Framework for Sutton Station and Adjacent Land Supplementary Planning Document and associatedguidance in the Gillespies‟ Sutton Urban Design Framework. Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 400mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required. Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 400mm foul sewer would require an impact study. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site.

Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 454 units, assuming 50% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 10,000 sq m; Retail (A-Classes): 1926 sq m; Car park: 17,477 sq m; Leisure and Other town centre uses: 13,711 sq m. Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 232

STCS4: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION

Site Description:The site is located at the junction of Mulgrave Road, Brighton Road and the High Street and is directly opposite Sutton Station. It comprises a parade of shops, partially on the bridge over the railway tracks, and some with office units above. Site Area: 0.18ha

Current Land Use: Retail

Ownership: Private and Utilities Company

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Site Allocation; Community Priority Regeneration Area; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 233

STCS4: SHOPS OPPOSITE STATION The site is allocated for MIXED USE: RETAIL, RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE and HOTEL Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 to 6 storeys in height along Mulgrave Road and up to 10 storeys elsewhere on the site Providing active retail frontages at ground floor level Creating a new road link through the site to the north and connecting to Grove Road Providing high quality public realm improvements along the High Street and Mulgrave Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk:

UFluvial (river) Flooding:U Flood Zone 1: Low Risk

USurface Water Flooding: U Small isolated pockets of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth of up to 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure The existing sewerage network capacity is unlikely to be able to support the demand anticipated from this development accordingly any developer would be required to fund an impact study. Connection to the 299mm foul sewer would require an impact study.

Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025

Indicative Housing Capacity 41 units. Assuming 30% residential.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Retail (A-Classes): 1,771 sq m; Office (B1): 3,858 sq m; Hotel: 3,464 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism Discussions with Network Rail are ongoing

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 234

STCS5: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON

Site Description:The site is located on Brighton Road to the south of Sutton Station and to the north of Cedar Road. The existing building is comprised of two main components; the main Sutherland House Tower (12 storeys) and the front podium (3 storeys). The ground floor of the podium building is occupied by retail uses and vacant units. Site Area: 0.26ha

Current Land Use: Vacant offices

Ownership: Private

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Allocated Site; Secondary Shopping Frontage; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History:A part 22-storey building was proposed under a previous planning application (B2007/57947) that was accepted by the Planning Inspector on design grounds but dismissed due to insufficient Section 106 contributions. A similar planning application (B2009/60941) was undetermined as of February 2011.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 235

STCS5: SUTHERLAND HOUSE, BRIGHTON ROAD, SUTTON The site is allocated for MIXED USE:RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, HOTEL, RETAIL and LEISURE Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing for the redevelopment and extension of the existing office building, part of the building potentially up to 22 storeys. Providing active frontages at ground floor levels Providing high quality public realm improvements including the provision of gateway features to mark the entry into the town centre and greening and traffic calming measures on Brighton Road

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13).

Flood Risk Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: Parts of the site are subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy The site is located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre.

Waste Water Infrastructure No known concerns regarding waste water capability

Indicative Phasing April 2015 – March 2020

Indicative Housing Capacity 96 units. Based on planning application B2007/57947 and B2009/60941.

Indicative Non-Residential Capacities Office (B1): 1,612 sq m; Hotel: 3,268 sq m; Retail (A-Classes) and Leisure: 1,436 sq m.

Delivery Mechanism The planning application B2009/60941 is currently under consideration.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 236

STCS6: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON

Site Description:These sites are located on the western side of Brighton Road, at the southern end of the town centre and comprise a part 4, part 5 storey car parking building, a petrol service station and a small parade of shops with office uses above. The sites adjoin railway tracks to the west and residential units to the south. Existing buildings in the area range in height from 3 to 11 storeys and are mainly residential. Sutherland House, a 12 storey vacant office building, is located across Brighton Road to the north east of the site. Site Area: 0.86ha

Current Land Use: Car Park, Petrol Station, Retail and Office uses

Ownership: Council and Private

Public Transport: Level 6a

Proposals Map: Secondary Shopping Frontage; Green Corridor adjoining; Area of Taller Building Potential.

Relevant Planning History: None

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 237

STCS6: BRIGHTON ROAD SITES, SUTTON These sites are allocated for MIXED USE: RESIDENTIAL, OFFICE, RETAIL, CAR PARK, PETROL STATION Any development scheme should pay particular regard to: Providing buildings of between 4 and 6 storeys in height Providing active frontages at ground floor, particularly along Brighton Road Retaining car parking provision on-site Retaining a petrol-filling station on-site Providing high quality public realm improvements along Brighton Road Ensuring integration of all development proposals on all the adjoining land ownerships within this allocation. Where redevelopment of the sites cannot be brought forward together, development on individual sites must not prejudice future redevelopment of the adjoining sites.

Relevant Core Planning Strategy Policies:Making provision for residential development Sutton town centre (PMP1). Supporting proposals for new development which contribute to the regeneration and growth of Sutton town centre (PMP6). Development in accordance with the Council‟s urban design principles (BP12). Area of Taller Building Potential (BP13). The council considers that given the complexity of site ownerships and future scale and mix of development a planning brief should be prepared.

Flood Risk: Fluvial (river) Flooding: Flood Zone 1: Low Risk. Surface Water Flooding: The eastern half of the site is subject to surface water flooding in a 1 in 75 year flood event (1.3%) to a potential depth greater than 500mm. Flood risk assessment and appropriate Sustainable Urban Drainage System measures may be required.

Potential for Decentralised Energy: These sites are located within the Sutton town centre „Decentralised Energy Opportunity Area‟. Accordingly, the Council will seek to enable future connection to any planned district heating network serving the town centre. Waste Water Infrastructure: No known concerns regarding capability assuming connection is to the 450mm foul sewer. No building works are permitted within 3 metres of the public sewers crossing the site. Indicative Phasing: April 2020 – March 2025 Indicative Housing Capacity: 63 units. Expected units on the northern portion of the site are based on the London Plan Density Matrix setting of Central (310 units/ha). Expected units on the southern portion of the site are based on the information contained within Gillepsies‟ Urban Design Framework, assuming 70% residential. Indicative Non-Residential Capacities: Office (B1): 4,485 sq m; Retail (A- Classes): 2,550 sq m; Car park: 7,550 sq m; Petrol Station: 269 sq m. These sites are a possible suitable location for a hotel which could be achieved as part of the mix on site within the identified non-residential capacities. Delivery Mechanism: The current landowners for the northern portion of the site have indicated to the Council an intention to redevelop. The Council intends to bring the southern part of this site forward for redevelopment.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 238

Implementation

5.2 In order to ensure policies are implemented and sites are

FIVE developed, the Council will work with key organisations, businesses and individuals. The Council has consulted with stakeholders on a regular basis

in the preparation of this document and is committed to Implementation and further partnership working Monitoring through The Sutton Partnership, which is responsible for 5.1 Planning Policy Statement 1 delivering the Sutton Strategy „Delivering Sustainable 2008-2020, and through strong Development‟ requires that, relationships at an officer-to- when preparing spatial plans, officer level. local authorities “should set a clear vision for the future 5.3 The key partners working in co- pattern of development, with operation with the Council clear objectives for achieving include: that vision and strategies for The Sutton Partnership; delivery and implementation. National Government and Planning should lead and focus government agencies, such on outcomes. Plan policies as the Environment Agency must be set out clearly, with and the Homes and indicators against which Communities Agency; progress can be measured. The Greater London Authority Plans should guide patterns of and regional agencies, development and seek to including Transport for manage changes to the areas London; they cover” (paragraph 32). The Local agencies, such as the purpose of this chapter is to Sutton and Merton Primary describe how the policies and Care Trust; site allocations from the earlier Infrastructure providers, such chapters will be implemented in as Thames Water; general terms since the details Neighbouring local of each site contains authorities, such as LB information on a specific Croydon, LB Merton and RB delivery mechanism. This Kingston upon Thames; chapter also outlines how the Landowners and potential policies will be monitored to developers; ensure Council objectives are Registered Social Landlords; being met. Existing businesses and

business organisations;

Community and voluntary sector organisations; and Local residents

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 239

developers for regeneration 5.4 In order to implement policies purposes. The general structure and develop sites, the Council is that the public body puts a has identified six potential package of its property assets mechanisms it can influence: into the LABV and the private sector partner puts cash into 1. Developers and the the LABV that is equivalent to Development Management the value of the property assets. Procedure The development management 3. Joint Working across procedure is the main method Council Departments for implementing the policies A number of sites are being and developing the sites. The proposed as allocations for policies provide clarity and services that will be delivered consistency for stakeholders as by the Council. As the Council regards the granting of planning will retain site ownership and permission. Meanwhile, the will be the site operator, once allocation of sites provides clear again, there is a degree of guidelines on what sort of surety that these sites will be development on sites the delivered. Council would find acceptable. Furthermore, the Council 4. Council acting as a provides a significant amount of Coordinator of Funding pre-application advice to ensure Streams the efficient operation of A number of sites could be development management developed and policies could be across the Borough. implemented in conjunction with public-sector funding sources, 2. The Council acting as a such as gaining funding from Landowner Transport for London for A number of the sites which highway improvements and the have been suggested as public/private Building Schools allocated sites are currently in for the Future scheme. The Council ownership and the Council will act as a coordinator Council has indicated that they and facilitator for gaining these are no longer likely to be funds and implementation. required for Council purposes. This gives a certain degree of 5. Planning Obligations surety as regards development and/or the Community on these sites, subject to Infrastructure Levy achieving satisfactory disposal The Council has produced arrangements. Furthermore, the „Planning Obligations‟ SPD Council is currently (2006) which sets out the investigating the feasibility of a Council‟s approach to Local Asset Backed Vehicle developer contributions. The (LABV) to take forward the document outlines what types development of Council-owned of obligations will be sought and sites. An LABV is a special in which circumstances as well purpose scheme formed in as a process for negotiating and partnership with private securing planning obligations.

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 240

Therefore, the SPD provides a measures would be expected to framework for overcoming meet. In addition, it explains delays in agreeing S106 issues, how the indicators will be one of the most frequent reported and it outlines how the obstacles to delivery. development management Furthermore the type of policies are linked to initiatives planning obligations that will be in the Sutton Strategy and the sought will also contribute to the policies of the Core Planning delivery of a number of the Strategy. development management policies. The Council is monitoring advice from national government in respect of the introduction of the Community Infrastructure Levy.

6. Compulsory Purchase The Council has legal powers to compulsorily purchase land to assist with development. While the Council is generally reluctant to use these powers and instead will seek to assemble sites through negotiation, it is accepted that there may be instances where these powers may be required to facilitate development. The Council may, therefore, use its compulsory purchase powers to achieve the plan‟s objectives.

Monitoring 5.5 As PPS1 „Delivering Sustainable Development‟ states, the monitoring of policies is a key part of the plan process and it provides local authorities with the opportunity to see whether the aims and policies of the development plan are being achieved. Table 5.1 shows how the Council intends to measure the effects of its development management policies. The table sets out what indicators will be used to measure policy effectiveness and the Borough and London Plan targets that the policy

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 241

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 242

Table 5.1: Development Management Policies within the LDF Monitoring Framework London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target

Improving the Streetscene and Living Environment SO16: To safeguard the DM Policies (60) Character Assessment (60) To maintain and n/a Sutton Annual n/a distinctive suburban DM4: Historic Study of Borough (part of LDF enhance the quality of urban Monitoring Report character of the Borough Environment evidence base) townscape within each (AMR) local indicator by maintaining a diverse DM32: Tele- character area SA Framework Indicator mix of residential areas, communications 2.1: Built Design and including Conservation Townscape Areas and ASLCs, within Core Policies (61) Number, area and quality of (61) To maintain and n/a AMR local indicator n/a local neighbourhoods PMP2: Suburban Conservation Areas within the enhance the quality of SA Framework Indicator Heartlands Borough (Conservation Area Conservation Areas within 2.2: Historic BP1: Housing Density Appraisal criteria) the Borough by achieving Environment Conservation Area London Plan Management Plan targets Policy 3A.3 (62) Proportion of buildings at (62) To reduce the proportion Reduction in proportion AMR local indicator n/a risk as a percentage of the total of buildings at risk as a of buildings at risk as a SA Framework Indicator number of listed buildings in the percentage of the total percentage of total listed 2.2: Historic Borough number of listed buildings in buildings in Environment London (Indicator 25) London(Indicator 25) 55 SO17: To promote a safe DM Policies (63) The proportion of new (63) Borough targets to be n/a AMR COI H6: Housing n/a and attractive living DM1: Character and dwellings reaching „very good‟, established Quality: Building for Life environment for all by Design „good‟, „average‟ and „poor‟ Assessments ratings against the Building for improving the design and DM2: Protecting 54 layout of buildings and Amenity Life Criteria

public spaces throughout DM3: Maintaining and

the Borough Enhancing the Streetscene (64) Number and proportion of (64) 100% of major n/a SA Framework Indicator n/a major developments within the developments within the 2.1: Built Design and Borough adopting „Secured by Borough adopting „Secured Core Policies Townscape Design‟ by Design‟ BP12:Principles of Good Design BP13: Taller Buildings London Plan Policies 4B.1, 4B.3, 4B.8 & 4B.9

54 New Government-endorsed criteria for well designed homes and neighbourhoods developed by CABE and funded by the Housing Corporation (launched 13 March 2008)

55 Government COIs or „Core Output Indicators‟ for AMRs are set out in „Regional Spatial Strategy and Core Output Indicators – Update 2/2008‟ (CLG, July 2008)

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 243

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target Achieving Environmental Sustainability

SO5: To make the fullest DM Policies (18) Per capita carbon dioxide (18) To reduce per capita CO2 To reduce CO2 emissions AMR local indicator NI186 under contribution to the DM6: Climate Change (CO2) emissions from all emissions in the Borough from below 1990 levels by: SA Framework Environmental mitigation of and Mitigation sources 5.3 k tonnes pa in 2007-08 to: 5% by 2010; Indicators: 4.1 Energy Sustainability adaptation to climate DM8: Climate Change 4.92 in 2009-10; and 20% by 2015; Efficiency, and 5.1 Air change within the Adaptation 4.72 in 2010-11. 25% by 2020; and Pollution Borough and minimise 30% by 2025(Ind 22) carbon dioxide emissions Core Policies (19) Renewable energy (19) To achieve an increase in 945GWh of energy from n/a from new development by AMR COI E3: Renewable BP6: One Planet Living generation by installed capacity energy generated from renewables by 2010 promoting built energy Energy Generation PMP7: Hackbridge and type. renewable sources including at least six large efficiency, the efficient SA Framework Indicator wind turbines (Ind 23) supply of energy, and London Plan 4.2: Renewable Energy renewable sources of Policies 4A1 to 4A7 (20) Net CO2 emissions from all (20) All new development n/a SA Framework: 4.1 n/a energy. energy used in new dwellings or within Hackbridge to be „zero Energy Efficiency; and non-residential buildings carbon‟ by 2011 4.2 Renewable Energy (defined in SAP200556) (21) „Ecological footprint‟ of (21) To reduce „ecological n/a AMR local indicator NI186 under Borough residents global ha per footprint to 3 global ha per SA Framework Environmental person person by 2020 from „3-planet‟ Indicators: 4.1 Energy Sustainability baseline of 5.4 global ha/ pp, Efficiency; and 4.2 NI188 Adapting and Sutton to be a „One Planet Renewable Energy to Climate Living‟ Borough by 2025 Change SO6: To achieve the DM Policies (22) Sustainability ratings for new (22) 100% of new residential n/a AMR local indicator NI186 under highest standards of DM5: Sustainable residential developments under developments to achieve a SA Framework Indicator Environmental sustainable design and Design & Construction the Code for Sustainable Homes sustainability rating of at least Sustainability 57 58 4.3: Sustainable Design construction in all new dev DM9: Water Supply, (CLG , 2007) 3 under the Code : and Construction by addressing climate Water Quality and by 2011 Code for NI188 Adapting change, minimising flood Sewerage Sustainable Homes Level 4; to Climate risks, promoting water & Infrastructure by 2014: Code for Change resource efficiency, DM11: Contaminated Sustainable Homes Level 6. minimising pollution, Land protecting and enhancing local habitats and DM12: Noise and biodiversity, creating Vibration inclusive environments DM13: Light Pollution and reducing reliance on DM14: Hazardous private vehicles Substances

56 Standard Assessment Procedure

57 Department for Communities and Local Government

58 as required by the Council‟s Interim Planning Guidance (IPG) on Sustainable Design and Construction (May, 2008)

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 244

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target Core Policies (23) Sustainability ratings for (23) 100% of major non- AMR local indicator NI186 under BP6: One Planet Living non- residential developments residential developments to SA Framework Indicator Environmental against the appropriate achieve a rating of BREEAM Sustainability BP7: Flood Risk and 59 4.3: Sustainable Design Climate Change BREEAM Scheme „Excellent‟ by 2011 and to and Construction Adaptation achieve the „zero-carbon‟ NI188 Adapting PMP7: Hackbridge standard and BREEAM to Climate „Outstanding‟ by 2017. Change London Plan Policies 4A9 to 4A15 (24) Water efficiency in new (24) To limit water n/a AMR local indicator n/a development (litres per person consumption in existing SA Framework Indicator per day) development to 105 litres per 6.3: Water Resources person per day (residential) and 15 litres per full time employee per day (non residential) (25) EA river quality (25) To achieve a year on year n/a AMR local indicator NI197 Improved classifications from A (very good) improvement in river quality for SA Framework Indicator local Biodiversity to F (bad) for biology, chemistry all watercourses within the 5.2: Water Quality – active man of and nutrients. Borough as monitored by EA local sites. From river quality classifications. 52% to 74% by 2010-11 (26) Number and area of (26) To reduce and minimise n/a AMR local indicator n/a contaminated sites requiring number and area of SA Framework Indicator remediation (or sites of potential contaminated sites requiring 6.1: Sustainable Waste concern) remediation Management (27)The proportion of secondary (27)The maximise the n/a AMR COIs: M1 n/a aggregates used in the proportion of secondary Production of Primary construction of new development aggregates used in the Aggregates; and M2 construction new development Secondary/ Recycled Aggregates SA Framework Indicator: 6.2 Minerals SO7: To ensure that DM Policies (28) Number of planning (28) To ensure that no n/a AMR COI: E2 NI188 Adapting new development is not DM7: Flood Risk permissions granted contrary to planning permissions are Permissions Granted to Climate exposed to DM8: Climate Change EA advice on either flood granted contrary to the advice Contrary to EA advice Change unacceptable risks of Adaptation defence or water quality grounds. of the Environment Agency on SA Framework Indicator flooding and avoids, either flood defence or water 6.3: Flood Risk manages and reduces Core Policies quality grounds the potential risks of BP7: Flood Risk and flooding elsewhere, Climate Change taking into account Adaptation climate change PMP9: The Open 59 Building Research EstablishmentSpaces Environmental Network Assessment Method

London Plan Policies 3D.8 – 3D.17

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 245

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target (29) Developments located within (29) To avoid or minimise the No net loss of functional AMR local indicator NI188 Adapting EA Flood Zones 2 (Medium number of development within flood plan within SA Framework Indicator to Climate Risk), 3a (High Risk) and 3b higher flood risk areas through referable applications 6.3 Flood Risk Change (Functional Floodplain) application of the PPS25 (Indicator 24) „Sequential Test‟. (30) Developments including (30) To ensure that 100% of n/a AMR local indicator NI188 Adapting 60 SUDS and appropriate climate developments include SUDS SA Framework to Climate change adaptation measures and appropriate climate Indicators: 2.1 Built Change change adaptation measures Design and Townscape; where possible and 4.3 Sustainable Design and Construction SO8: To provide sufficient Objective to be met (31) Tonnage of municipal (31) To manage the London 75% (16 million tonnes) AMR: COI W2: Amount n/a waste management through the South (MSW) and commercial & Plan apportionment for Sutton: of London‟s waste of Municipal waste facilities within the London Joint Waste industrial (C&I) waste managed 199,000 tonnes by 2010: treated or disposed of arising, and managed, 61 Borough as part of the Plan (in preparation) within the Borough and South 263,000 tonnes by 2015; within London by 2010, by the WPA South London Waste Plan London (total and proportion of rising to 80% by 2015 310,000 tonnes by 2020. SA Framework Indicator area to achieve self- Core Policies total arisings against the London and 85% by 2020. 6.1: Sustainable Waste sufficiency by 2020, Plan apportionment) BP8: Waste Reduction To contribute towards the Management maximise waste and Management combined apportionment for minimisation, recycling South London of: and composting and London Plan 854,000 tonnes by 2010 recover maximum value Policies 4A21 to 4A.29 from residual waste. (72% self-sufficiency); 1,130,000 tonnes by 2015 (89% self-sufficiency); 1,332,000 tonnes by 2020 (97% self-sufficiency). (32) Number, site area (ha) and (32) To ensure that sufficient Allocations of additional AMR: COI W1: Capacity n/a capacity (tonnes) of new licensed waste sites and facilities are waste management sites of New Waste waste facilities by type and waste provided within the Borough to in DPDs to achieve Management Facilities stream manage LB Sutton‟s share of apportioned tonnages of SA Framework Indicator the combined South London waste in each Borough. 6.1: Sustainable Waste apportionment by 2020 (Indicator 20) Management

60 Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems

61 Waste Planning Authority

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 246

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target (33) The proportion of municipal (33) To increase the proportion To increase municipal AMR local indicator n/a waste arisings recycled or of municipal waste arisings waste recycled or SA Framework Indicator composted (%) recycled or composted to at composted to at least: 6.1 Sustainable Waste least: 35% by 2010; Management 35% by 2010; 45% by 2015 45% by 2015 (Indicator 19) (34) The proportion of (34) To increase the proportion To increase proportion AMR local indicator n/a commercial and industrial waste of commercial & industrial of London‟s commercial SA Framework Indicator arisings recycled or composted waste arisings recycled or & industrial waste 6.1 Sustainable Waste (%) composted to at least 70% by recycled or composted Management 2015: to at least 70% by 2015: (35) The proportion of (35) To increase the To increase the proportion AMR local indicator n/a construction and demolition proportion of construction of London‟s construction SA Framework waste recycled on-site (%) and demolition waste arisings and demolition waste Indicators 6.1: recycled on-site to at least arisings recycled on-site Sustainable Waste 95% by 2015: to at least 95% by 2015: Management; and 6.2: Mineral Resources SO9: To control urban DM Policies (36) Area of Green Belt, (36) No loss of Green Belt Maintain at least 96% of AMR: COI H3: n/a sprawl and protect green DM15: Green Belt/ Metropolitan Open Land and Metropolitan Open Land or new residential New/ Converted belt and metropolitan Metropolitan Open public open space (hectares). public open space development to be on Dwellings on Previously open land, backgardens Land PDL and no net loss of Developed land and rivers, to improve open space designated DM16: Open Space SA Framework Indicator the provision and quality for protection in DPDs due DM17: Biodiversity, 3.1: Strategic Open of open spaces, and, to to development (Indicator Habitats and Species Land protect and enhance 3) DM18: Agricultural biodiversity and habitats (37) Area of public open space (38) To ensure that the overall n/a AMR local indicator n/a throughout the Borough. Land and Diversity within LB Sutton with unrestricted Borough-wide target of public DM30: Backgarden SA Framework Indicator access per 1,000 population open space with unrestricted 3.2: Public Open Space Land access of 2.88 ha per 1,000 population is maintained Core Policies (38) Number, area and condition (39) To maintain and enhance No net loss of designated AMR: COI E2: Change NI197 Improved PMP5: Wandle Valley of regionally or locally designated nationally, regionally and SINCs over the plan in Areas of Biodiversity local Biodiversity 62 PMP9: The Open Space wildlife sites, including SINCs of locally designated wildlife sites period (Indicator 18) Importance – active man of network local/ metropolitan importance & local sites. From LNRs63 52% to 74% by 2010-11

62 Sites of Interest for Nature Conservation

63 local nature reserves

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 247

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (39) Change in priority habitats (39) Targets for priority No net loss of AMR local indicator NI197 Improved 64 Policies 3D.8 to 3D.17 and population of Sutton BAP habitats within the Borough are designated SINCs over SA Framework 3.3: local Biodiversity species set out in the Sutton BAP the plan period (Indicator Landscape Quality; and – active man of 18) 3.4: Biodiversity and local sites. From Habitats 52% to 74% by 2010-11 (40) Quality and extent of Green (40) To maintain the quality n/a n/a Corridors and extent of Green Corridors Promoting Sustainable Transport & Accessibility SO14: To reduce car DM Policies (54) Car journeys by Borough (54) To reduce car journeys n/a AMR local indicator NI198 Children dependence, congestion DM10: Air Quality residents compared to 2006 by Borough residents by 5- SA Framework Indicator travelling to school and the impacts of air DM21: New levels 10% on 2006 levels by 2009 1.1: Traffic Reduction (mode of transport). pollution on the Development and the (trps) Reduce from 28.5% Borough‟s environment. Highway Network to 25.5% by 2010- 11 DM22: Parking (55) Proportion of children (55) To reduce car use n/a Core Policies AMR local indicator travelling to school by car amongst children travelling to SA Framework Indicator Policy BP9: Enabling school by 22.5% by 2010-11 Smarter Travel Choices 1.1 Traffic Reduction – an Area-Based (56) Monitored traffic levels in (56) To reduce traffic growth From 2001-11…traffic AMR local indicator NI198 Children Approach million vehicle kilometres per by one-third from 7.5% to 5% growth in outer London SA Framework Indicator travelling to school annum from 2001-11 and achieve a reduced to no more than 1.1 Traffic Reduction (mode). Reduce

reduction in traffic growth in 5%. (trips) from 28.5% to Sutton Town Centre of 1%. (Indicator 13) 25.5% by 2010-11 London Plan (57) Location of B1, B2 and B8 (57) Maintain at least 50% of Maintain at least 50% of AMR local indicator n/a Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, development in relation to B1 development in PTAL B1 devt in PTAL zones 65 SA Framework Indicator 3C.14 and 3C.17 - PTAL zones zones 5-6 and at least 90% 5-6 and at least 90% of 3C.24 of B2 and B8 development in B2 and B8 in zones 0-2 zones 0-2 (Indicator 17) (58) Monitored air quality against (58) To comply with national Low Emission Zone AMR local indicator NI198 Children national standards (e.g. NOx and air quality standards for SA Framework travelling to school PM10s), including within particulates (PM10s), NOx, (mode of transport). 66 Indicator 1.3: Local Air AQMAs carbon monoxide, benzene Quality Reduce from 28.5% etc, particularly within AQMAs to 25.5% by 2010- 11

64 Biodiversity Action Plan

65 Public Transport Accessibility Levels

66 Air Quality Management Areas

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 248

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target SO15: To provide the DM Policies (59) Length of walking and (59) To increase the length of AMR local indicator n/a necessary level of DM19: Promoting cycling routes including the walking and cycling routes SA Framework Indicator community infrastructure Sustainable Transport Borough Cycle Network and and to complete the 3 strategic 1.2 Sustainable Modes and transport to support DM20: Assessing the London Cycle Network (LCN+), LCN+ routes, together with the economic development Transport Impact of the Wandle Trail, and London Wandle Cycle Route which is and housing growth. New Development Outer Orbital Path. part of the National Cycle Network DM41: Site Allocations

Core Policies BP10: Transport – Strategic and Borough- wide Proposals London Plan Policies 3C.1 - 3C.4, 3C.14 and 3C.17- 3C.24

Creating Active and Inclusive Communities SO1: To meet the future DM Policies (1) Net additional dwellings (1) Completion of at least 3,450 Completion of at least AMR Core Output n/a local need for housing and DM23: Loss of completed to 2016-17 (total and net additional dwellings by 30,500 net additional Indicators (COI): H1 the Borough‟s share of Residential Land/ per annum) 2016-17 or 345 net additional dwellings a year within Housing Targets; H2(a) 67 London‟s need. Buildings dwellings per annum London (Indicator 4) Net Additional Dwellings; DM24: Conversions H2(b) Net Additional DM41: Site Allocations Dwellings; Core Policies (2) Net additional dwellings (2) Completion of at least: Completion of at least H2(c) Net Additional n/a PMP1: Housing completed (total and per annum) 1,725 net additional units 30,500 net additional Dwellings; in Future Provision from: 2009-10 to 2013-14; dwellings a year within Years; and H2(d) 2009-10 to 2013-14; PMP3: Community 1,725 net additional units London (Indicator 4) Delivery Target. 2013-14-to 2018-19; from 2014-15 to 2018-19; Regeneration Areas SA Framework Indicator 2019-24; 1,725 net additional units 10.1: Housing Provision BP1 Housing Density Total over 15 years: from 2019-20 to 2023-24; 15 year total: 5,175.

67 and any further target approved by the Mayor for the period up to 2026

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 249

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (3) Distribution of net additional (3) To achieve a distribution of Completion of at least Policies 3A.1, 3A.2, dwellings completed over the additional new dwellings over 30,500 net additional 3A.3, 3A.17 and 4B.1 Plan period within: the Plan period as follows: dwellings a year within Sutton Town Centre (%); Sutton Town Centre: 40% London (Indicator 4) Hackbridge (%); (2,000 to 2,150); Wallington (%); Hackbridge: 20% (1,000 to Other District Centres (%); and 1,100); Remainder of the Borough (%). Wallington: 10% (500 - 550); Other District Centres – 10% (500 to 550); and Remainder of the Borough: 20% (1,000 to 1,100). (4) Density of new residential (4) To achieve a minimum Over 95% of development AMR local indicator NI 158 Percentage development (habitable rooms densities of 150 habitable to comply with the London SA Framework Indicator of decent homes: per ha) rooms per ha, in all new Plan‟s housing density 10.1 % of non-decent residential development68 matrix (Indicator 2) stock is 28% by 2010-11 (5) Density of new residential (5) To accord with the range of Over 95% of development AMR local indicator NI 158 Percentage development (habitable rooms densities within the following to comply with London SA Framework Indicator of decent homes. per ha) within the following settings as defined in the Plan‟s Density Matrix 10.1 Proportion of non- settings as defined in the London London Plan density matrix: (Indicator 2) decent stock is 28% Plan density matrix: central areas: core area of by 2010-11 central areas; Sutton Town Centre69; urban areas; and urban areas: areas within suburban areas. 800m walking distance of Sutton TC‟s main shops and services and within 400m walking distance of district centre boundaries; suburban area - the rest of the Borough SO2: To provide good DM Policies (6) Number and proportion of (6) 50% of all new housing Completion of 50% of AMR COI H5: Gross NI155: Number of quality and affordable DM25: Maxmising new dwellings (all sources) that from all sources to be new homes as Affordable Housing Affordable Homes housing throughout the Affordable Housing are affordable. affordable. affordable homes each Completions Delivered Borough, including Provision year between 2004-16 SA Framework Indicator (LAA target under accommodation for DM26: Housing Mix (Indicator 5) 10.2: Affordable Housing „Economic and people with care and Housing Renewal‟)

68 lower densities may be necessary to respect and enhance the low density suburban character of surrounding residential areas, particularly within some areas of designated heritage value

69 to be refined in the Sutton Town Centre Area Action Plan

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 250

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target support needs, to meet DM27: Communal (7) Proportion of affordable (7) To ensure that new 70% of affordable the needs of all social Accommodation dwellings which are: affordable dwellings consist of: dwellings for social rent groups and achieve DM28: Gypsy Site for social rent; and 70% for social rent; and and 30% for intermediate balanced communities. Provision intermediate 30% intermediate provision provision (Indicator 5 and framework for Policy 3A.9) DM29: Housing Standards (8) Proportion of all (8) To ensure that 100% of Completion of 50% of developments of 10 + which developments of 10 or more new homes as DM41: Site Allocations include affordable housing dwellings include an element affordable homes each of affordable housing year between 2004-16 Core Policies (Indicator 5) PMP3: Community (9) Net additional pitches for (9) Borough target to Future target to be AMR COI: H4 Additional Regeneration Areas gypsies and traveller within the replicate the London Plan established based on Pitches BP2: Affordable Borough and caravan counts target the London-wide Gyspy SA Framework Indicator Housing and Traveller 11.3 BP3: Gypsy and Accommodation Needs Traveller Sites Assessment (10) The number and proportion (10) All new housing is built All new housing is built AMR local indicator n/a London Plan of new dwellings built to „Lifetime to „Lifetime Homes‟ to „Lifetime Homes‟ SA Framework Policies 3A.5, 3A8 - Homes‟ Standards. Standards. Standards. Indicators 10.2: 3A11, 3A.14 and Affordable Housing; and 3A.17. 11.3: Balanced Communities (11) Proportion of dwellings (11) To ensure that at least To ensure that at least AMR local indicator n/a designed to be wheelchair 10% of new housing is 10% of new housing is SA Framework Indicator accessible, or easily adaptable designed to be wheelchair designed to be 11.1: Accessibility for wheelchair users. accessible or easily adaptable wheelchair accessible or for residents who are easily adaptable for wheelchair users. residents who are wheelchair users. SO3: To promote social DM Policies (12) Number of primary schools (12) To ensure that sufficient n/a AMR local indicator n/a inclusion by ensuring DM31: Social and and secondary school places primary and secondary school SA Framework Indicator equality of opportunity and Community within the Borough places are provided to serve 9.2: Education and accessibility to essential Infrastructure the general increase in Training local services and DM41: Site Allocations primary school age population facilities including high across the Borough quality health and Core Policies education and places of BP4: Education and worship, throughout the Skills Borough

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 251

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target BP5: Improving Health (13) Development of additional (13) To develop additional n/a AMR local indicator NI51 Effectiveness . and Well-Being local healthcare facilities in local healthcare facilities in SA Framework Indicator of child and BP11: Leisure and partnership with the PCT to meet partnership with the PCT to 12.1: Health adolescent mental Cultural Development local needs within Wallington and meet local needs as set out in health services Hackbridge, St Helier and in the the Infrastructure Priority List PMP3: Community south and west of the Borough (Appendix 4). Including: NI55 Obesity Regeneration Areas (see Infrastructure priority List in amongst primary Shotfield Primary Care Appendix 4) school aged London Plan Facilities; children in reception Policies 3A.3, 3A.14, Primary Care Facilities at Hackbridge; and year. 10.25% by 3A.17, 3A.21 - 3A.25 2010-11 and 3D.6 Improving primary care facilities in the western and southern Wards. (14) Number and type of all (14) To retain and improve all n/a AMR local indicator NI8 Participation in sports facilities, playing pitches sports facilities, playing SA Framework Sport. 22.8% by and children‟s play spaces within pitches and children‟s play Indicators 12.1: Health; 2010-11. the Borough spaces throughout the and 12.3: Community Borough. Identity (15) Scores and rankings of (15) To reduce the extent n/a AMR local indicator NI163 Working age individual super output areas and local concentration of SA Framework pop qualified (SOAs) and Wards against the social deprivation within the Indicators 11.2 Social to level 2 (baseline Indices of Deprivation ID2007. Borough and the number of Deprivation; 10.1 71.3%) Increase by (i) Index of Multiple Deprivation SOAs ranked within the 20% Housing; 9.1 Local 3.5% by 2010-11. (IMD) (ii) Employment (iii) ealth most deprived SOAs Employment; and 9.2 NI152 Working age & Disability (iv) Education, skills nationally (for IMD and each Education people claiming out and training; and (v) Barriers to domain) of work benefits. housing and services Reduce from 8.5% to 7.5% by 2010-11 SO4: To promote health Core Policies (16) Percentage of adults (16) To increase the % of N/a AMR local indicator NI8 Participation in and well-being and BP5: Improving Health participating in at least 30 adults participating in at least SA Framework Indicator Sport. 22.8% by prevent ill-health of and Well Being minutes moderate intensity sport 30 minutes moderate intensity 12.1 Health 2010-11. people within the PMP3: Community and active recreation, three or sport and active recreation, Borough. Regeneration Areas more times a week three or more times a week, from 18.8% to 22.8% by 2012. London Plan (17) Scores and rankings of (17) To reduce the number of AMR local indicator NI121 Mortality rate Policies 3A.17, 3A.18, individual SOAs and Wards SOAs within LB Sutton SA Framework from all circulatory 3A.20, 3A23 and3D.6 against Indices of Deprivation ranked within the 20% most Indicators 11.2 Social disease at ages ID2007 in terms of (i)Health & deprived SOAs nationally (for Deprivation; and 12.2 under 75. Target of Disability (ii) Crime and disorder; each domain) Community Safety 69.08/100,000 and (iii) Living environment DSR. Encouraging Enterprise and Employment

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 252

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target SO10: To make provision DM Policies (41) Total amount of additional (41) To make provision for Net increase in the AMR COI BD1: Total n/a for sufficient employment DM33: Strategic and employment floorspace sufficient employment land proportion of London Amount of Additional 2 70 land and premises to Established Industrial (m )developed by type: and premises to support residents working in jobs Employment support economic Locations B1(a) Offices; economic prosperity. in London over the plan Floorspace by Type prosperity. DM34: Other Land in B1(b) R&D; period SA Framework Indicator Industrial Use B1(c) Light Industry (Indicator 6) 7.1 Local Economy DM36: Office Provision B2 Gen Industry; through Mixed B8 Storage & Dist. UseConversions DM41: Site Allocations Core Policies (42) Total amount of additional (42) Total amount of n/a AMR COI BD2: n/a PMP4: Main Locations employment floorspace on additional employment Employment floorspace for Industry and Waste previously developed land by floorspace on previously on Previously Developed 2 2 Management type (m ) developed land by type (m ) Land PMP8: Other District Centres London Plan Policies 2A.6, 2A.8 and 3B.11 SO11: To strengthen role Core Policies (43) Percentage of the Felnex (43) To retain 25% of the n/a AMR local indicator n/a of the Borough in relation PMP5 Wandle Valley Trading Estate, Land adjacent to Felnex Trading Estate, 30% of SA Framework Indicator to South London economy PMP4: Locations for Hackbridge Station and Wandle the Land adjacent to 7.1 Local Economy by securing investment for Industry and Waste Valley Trading Estate Extent Hackbridge Station and 40% of infrastructure within the Management retained for employment uses the Wandle Valley Trading Wandle Valley Corridor. Estate Extent for employment SO12: To enhance Sutton DM Policies (44) Net additional dwellings (44) Sutton Town Centre to Completion of at least AMR COIs: H2(c) Net n/a Town Centre‟s DM35: Development completed accommodate 40% of the 30,500 net additional Additional Dwellings in attractiveness as a in Town Centres in Sutton TC per annum and over Borough‟s housing growth dwellings a year within Future Years shopping centre and the next 15 years as a % of the over the next 15 years (2,000 London SA Framework Indicator: encourage growth as a Core Policies Borough‟s housing growth. to 2,150 net additional (Indicator 4) 10.1 Housing Provision major shopping, PMP1: Housing dwellings from 2009-10 to commercial and Provision 2023-24). residential location in PMP6: Sutton Town South London Centre

70 net and gross additional floorspace

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 253

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target . London Plan (45) Total amount of additional (45) 90%-95% of the predicted Stock of office planning AMR COI: BD1 Total n/a 2 71 Policies 2A.8, 3A.1- floorspace (m ) developed growth in comparison permissions to be at Amount of Additional 3A.3, 3A.17 and 3D.1 within Sutton TC by type: floorspace within the Borough least three times the Employment Floorspace B1(a) Offices, A1 Retail, A2 to be provided in Sutton Town rate of starts over the by Type Financial and Professional Centre previous three years SA Framework Services, A3 Restaurants and (Indicator 7) Indicator 8.1: Sutton Cafes; A4 Drinking Town Centre Establishments; and A5 Takeaways. (46) Vitality and viability of Sutton (46) To improve the vitality n/a AMR local indicators n/a Town Centre as measured by and viability of Sutton Town SA Framework PPS4 Town Centre Health Check Centre as measured by Indicator: 8.1: Sutton Indicators PPS4 Town Centre Health Town Centre Check Indicators SO13: To promote the DM Policies (47) Net additional dwellings (47) Wallington district centre n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a role of district and local DM37: Shopping completed within Wallington to accommodate 10% of the Additional Dwellings; centres in providing a Frontages in Town district centre per annum and Borough‟s housing growth SA Framework sufficient range of shops, Centres over the next 15 years as a over the next 15 years (500 Indicators 8.2: District social and community DM38: Promoting proportion of the Borough‟s to 550 net additional and Local Centres; and facilities and leisure Local Shopping housing growth. dwellings from 2009-10 to 10.1 Housing Provision activities to meet the Provision 2023-24). needs of local residents. (48) Net additional dwellings (48) Other district centres n/a n/a DM39: Local Shops AMR COIs: H2(b): Net completedwithin other district apart from Wallington to outside Town and 72 Additional Dwellings; Local Centres centres per annum and over the accommodate 10% of the SA Framework next 15 years as a proportion of Borough‟s housing growth Indicators 8.2: District DM41: Site Allocations the Borough‟s housing growth. over the next 15 years (500 and Local Centres; and to 550 net additional 10.1 Housing Provision Core Policies dwellings from 2009-10 to PMP1: Housing 2023-24). Provision (49) Growth in comparison and (49) Between 5-10% of the n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a PMP3: Community convenience floorspace within predicted comparison Additional Dwellings; Regeneration Areas Wallington as a proportion of the floorspace growth and 10% of SA Framework Indicator PMP7: Hackbridge predicted growth within the the predicted convenience 8.2 District and Local PMP8: Other District Borough floorspace growth to be Centres and Local Centres accommodated within Wallington district centre

71 net and gross additional floorspace

72 Rosehill, Worcester Park, North Cheam, Cheam and Carshalton,

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 254

London Plan Reporting Sutton Strategy Strategic Objective Policy References Indicator Borough Target Target London Plan (50) Total amount of additional Target not set n/a AMR COIs: H2(b): Net n/a 2 73 Policies 2A.6, 2A.8, 3A.1 floorspace (m ) developed Additional Dwellings; - 3A.3 and 3A.17 within district centres by type: SA Framework Indicator B1(a) Offices; 8.2 District and Local A1 Retail; Centres A2 Fin & Prof. Services; A3 Restaurants etc; A4 Drinking Establishments; A5 Takeaways. (51) Vitality and viability of district (51) To improve the vitality and n/a AMR COIs: H2(b) Net n/a centres PPS4 Town Centre viability of Sutton Town Centre Additional Dwellings Health Check Indicators. as measured by PPS4 Town SA Framework Indicator Centre Health Check 8.2 District and Local Indicators (see above) Centres (52) Net additional dwellings (52) Hackbridge to n/a AMR COI: H2(c) Net n/a completed within Hackbridge per accommodate 20% of the Additional Dwellings in annum and over the next 15 Borough‟s housing growth Future Years; years as a proportion of the over the next 15 years (1,000 SA Framework Borough‟s housing growth. to 1,100 net additional Indicators 8.2: District dwellings from 2009-10 to and Local Centres; and 2024-25). 10.1 Housing 150 Provision (53) The range and quality of (53) To achieve an increase in n/a AMR COI: H2(b): Net n/a retail facilities within Hackbridge the range and quality of retail Additional Dwellings; local centre, including facilities within Hackbridge SA Framework convenience and comparison local centre, including Indicators 7.1 Local retail, complementary dining, convenience and comparison Economy: and 8.2 entertainment and service uses retail, complementary dining, District and local centres (m2) entertainment and service uses;

73 net and gross additional floorspace completed

Site Development Policies – Scheduled for adoption 5 March 2012 255